Ar 203 e

SERVICE MANUAL
CODE: 00ZAR203E/S2E
DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL
SYSTEM/DIGITAL COPIER
AR-203E
AR-203E X
AR-M200
AR-M201
MODEL AR-5420
(The descriptions of the AR-203E X are same as
those of the AR-203E unless otherwise specified.)
CONTENTS
[1] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
[6] COPY PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
[9] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
[11] MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1
[12] USER PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1
[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1
[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 1
Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with
specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
This document has been published to be used

SHARP CORPORATION for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CAUTION
This product is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040 of the CDRH standard and
IEC825. This means that this machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls,
adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous
radiation exposure.
This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved
on the eye’s retina, there is the danger of spot damage to the retina.
The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of
servicing.
1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a
unit, not as individual parts.
2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the developer unit, toner
cartridge, and drum cartridge.
3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected
when removing and installing the optical system.
4) The middle frame contains the safety interlock switch.
Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.
CAUTION VARO !
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION, AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS
OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA
WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED.
NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE ÄLÄ
AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM. KATSO SÄTEESEEN.
VORSICHT ADVARSEL
UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG,
USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING VED ÅBNING, NÅR
WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET UND
SIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AF
SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG ÜBERBRÜCKT.
FUNKTION. UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE FOR
NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.
STRÅLNING.
LASER WAVE – LENGTH : 770 ~ 795nm VARNING !

Pulse times : 12.88µs ± 12.88ns/7mm OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL
Out put power : MAX 0.2mW ÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRREN ÄR URKOPPLAD.
BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN. – STRÅLEN ÄR
FARLIG.

At the production line, the output power Caution
of the scanner unit is adjusted to 0.18 This product contains a low power laser
MILLI-WATT PLUS 20 PCTS and is device. To ensure continued safety do not
maintained constant by the operation of remove any cover or attempt to gain access
the Automatic Power Control (APC). to the inside of the product. Refer all
Even if the APC circuit fails in operation
for some reason, the maximum output servicing to qualified personnel.
power will only be 15 MILLI-WATT 0.1
MICRO-SEC. Giving and accessible
emission level of 42 MICRO-WATT
which is still-less than the limit of
CLASS-1 laser product.
VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA

KUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA
TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄN
TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 YLITTÄVÄLLE
NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE.
VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT

SÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNING
SPECIFICERATS, KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTAS
FÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOM
ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
The foregoing is applicable only to the 220V KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
model, 230V model and 240V model.

CONTENTS
[1] GENERAL [7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS
1. Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1. Outline of operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS 2. Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
1. Basic Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 A. Scanner unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
2. Operation specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 B. Optical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
3. Copy performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 C. Drive system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
4. GDI printer (AR-203E only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 3. Laser unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
5. SPLC printer (AR-M200/M201). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 A. Basic structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
6. Scan function (AR-203E/M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 B. Laser beam path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
C. Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS
4. Fuser section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
A. Europe Subsidiary (AR-203E/5420/M200/M201), A. General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
SCA/SCNZ (AR-203E/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 5. Paper feed section and paper transport section . . . . . . 7-4
B. Asia Subsidiary (AR-203E/M201). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 A. Paper transport path and general operations . . . . . . 7-4
C. SMEF/Distributor (AR-203E/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 6. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/
D. SRH (AR-203E/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 document transport (Duplex model)
(AR-M201 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
2. Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
A. Initial state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
3. Production control number (lot No.) identification . . . . . 3-2
B. Front copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
4. Toner cartridge replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
C. Back copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES
7. Shifter (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
2. Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
1. High voltage section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
3. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
A. AR-203E/5420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
B. Drum replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
B. AR-M200/M201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
C. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
4. Motors and solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
D. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
5. Sensors and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
E. Charger wire cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
6. PWB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
F. Charger wire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
7. Cross sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
2. Operation panel section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
1. Copier installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
2. Cautions on handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
3. Checking packed components and accessories. . . . . . 5-1
3. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
4. Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
5. Removing protective packing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
6. Developer unit installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
7. Toner cartridge installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
4. Fusing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8. Loading paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
9. Power to copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
10. Software (AR-203E/M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
A. Before installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5. Tray paper feed/transport section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
B. Installing the software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
C. Setting up Button Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
11. Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
A. USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
6. Manual paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
12. Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
13. Scanner moisture-proof kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
A. Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
B. Precautions at installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
D. Pressure plate holder attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
C. Attachment method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
7. Rear frame section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
[6] COPY PROCESS A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
1. Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
2. Outline of print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
3. Actual print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

8 Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 [13] ELECTRICAL SECTION
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 A. Overall block diagram (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . 13-1
C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 B. Overall block diagram (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . 13-2
9. DV unit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 2. Actual wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
A. Developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
B. DV seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
C. DV blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 C. SPF unit (AR-203E optional only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
D. DV doctor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 D. RSPF unit (AR-M200/M201 optional only) . . . . . . . 13-5
E. DV sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 E. 2nd cassette unit
10. Duplex motor section (AR-M201 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 (AR-203E/M200/M201 optional only) . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 F. Network box and FAX
(AR-M200/M201 optional only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 3. Signal name list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
11. Reverse roller section (AR-M201 only). . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 4. Circuit diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21
C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 C. OPE PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-37

D. OPERATION PWB (AR-M200/M201). . . . . . . . . . 13-38
[9] ADJUSTMENTS
[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES
1. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
1. Initial setting (Serial number setting procedures) . . . . 14-1
A. Copy magnification ratio adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
2. Download procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
B. Image position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
3. Version acquisition procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
2. Copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
4. EEPROM data acquisition procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
A. Copy density adjustment timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
5. Installing procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
B. Note for copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment . . . . . . . 9-4
D. Features of copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
E. Copy density adjustment procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
3. High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
A. Main charger (Grid bias). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
B. DV bias check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
4. Duplex adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in memory
for duplex copying (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy mode
(AR-M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
5. Automatic black level correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES
1. Entering the simulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
2. Key rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
3. List of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
4. Descriptions of various simulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
5. Trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
A. Trouble codes list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
B. Details of trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
[11] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
2. Maintenance display system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
3. Remaining toner indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
[12] USER PROGRAM
1. Functions that can be set with user programs . . . . . . 12-1
2. Toner save mode (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
3. User programs (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
4. User programs (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
A. Copy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
B. Print mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4

[1] GENERAL
1. Major functions
Configurations
Item
CPM PPM SB/ Color GDI SPLC E- External
2 Tray SPF R-SPF Duplex Shifter USB RJ45 FAX
(A4) (A4) MB Scanner printer printer SORT NIC
Model
AR-203E 20CPM 15PPM MB Opt Opt ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕
(2.0 full)
AR-5420 20CPM — MB ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕
AR-M200 20CPM 20PPM MB Opt ✕ Opt ✕ ✕ ✕ Opt Opt
(2.0 Hi)
AR-M201 20CPM 20PPM MB Opt ✕ Opt ✕ ✕ Opt Opt
(2.0 Hi)
Descriptions of items
CPM: Copy speed (Copies Per Minute)
PPM: Print speed (Print Per Minute)
SB/MB: SB = Manual feed single bypass,
MB = Manual feed multi-bypass
2 Tray: Second cassette unit (AR-D33)
SPF: Original feed unit (AR-SP9)
R-SPF: Duplex original feed unit (AR-RP9)
Color Scanner: Color scanner function
GDI printer: GDI printer function with USB.
AR-203E/AR-5420
AR-M200/AR-M201
SPLC printer: SPLC printer function with USB.
E-SORT: Electronic sort function
(Options)
Duplex: Auto duplex copy/print function
Shifter: Job separator function
USB: Interface port (USB)
RJ45: Interface port (Network)
FAX: FAX function (AR-FX13)
External NIC: AR-NB2A AR-RP9
AR-D33
Descriptions of table
: Standard provision
: No function or no option available
Opt: Option
AR-SP9
AR-NB2A
AR-FX13
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 GENERAL 1 - 1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Basic Specifications
Item
Type Desktop
Copy system Dry, electrostatic
Segment (class) Digital personal copier
Copier dimensions AR-203E/5420: 518mm (W) x 445mm (D) x 298mm (H) (20-1/2" (W) x 17-5/8" (D) x 11-3/4" (H))
AR-M200/M201: 518mm (W) x 452mm (D) x 298mm (H) (20-1/2" (W) x 17-7/8" (D) x 11-3/4" (H))
Weight (Approximately) AR-203E/5420: 16.6kg (36.5 lbs.) Toner cartridge not included
AR-M200: 19.8kg (43.7 lbs.)
AR-M201: 20.5kg (45.2 lbs.)
2. Operation specifications
Section, item Details
Paper feed Paper feed system 1 tray (250 sheets) + multi-bypass (50 sheets)
section AB system Tray paper feed section Paper size A4, B5, A5 (Landscape)
Paper weight 56 - 80g/m2
Paper feed capacity 250 sheets
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper
Remark User adjustment of paper guide available
Multi-bypass paper Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape)
feed section Paper weight 56 - 128g/m2
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,
Label, Envelop (Single copy)
Inch Tray paper feed section Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)
system Paper weight 15 - 21 lbs.
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper
Multi-bypass paper Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2", 3-1/2" x 5-1/2"
feed section (Landscape)
Paper weight 15 - 34.5 lbs.
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,
Label, Envelop (Single copy)
Paper exit section Exit way Face down
Capacity of output tray 200 sheets
Originals Original set Center Registration (left edge)
Max. original size A4 (8-1/2" x 14")
Original kinds sheet, book
Original size detection None
Optical Scanning Scanning system 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp
section section CCD sensor Resolution 600 dpi
Lighting lamp Type CCFL
Voltage 560Vrms
Power consumption 2.8W
Output data Output: R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / Input: A/D 16 bits (12 bits
actual)
Writing Writing system Writing to OPC drum by the semiconductor laser
section Laser unit Resolution 600 dpi
Image forming Photoconductor Type OPC (30ø)
Life 25K
Charger Charging system Saw-tooth charging with a grid, / (-) scorotron discharge
Transfer system (+) DC corotron system
Separation system (-) DC corotron system
Developing Developing system Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development system
Cleaning Cleaning system Counter blade system (Counter to rotation)
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1
Fusing section Fusing system Heat roller system
Upper heat roller Type Teflon roller
Lower heat roller Type Silicon rubber roller
Heater lamp Type Halogen lamp
Voltage 220 - 240V / 120V
Power consumption 800W
Electrical section Power source Voltage 220 - 240V / 120V
Frequency Common use for 50 and 60Hz
Power consumption Max. Less than 1000W
Average (during copying) AR-203E/5420: 350Wh/H or less
AR-M200/ M201: 380Wh/H or less
Average (stand-by) 80Wh/H
Pre-heat mode AR-203E/5420: 25Wh/H or less
AR-M200/ M201: 28Wh/H or less
Auto power shut-off mode AR-203E/5420: 8.8W or less
AR-M200/ M201: 12.5W or less
3. Copy performance
Copy magnification Fixed AR-203E/5420:
magnification 3 Reduction + 2 Enlargement
ratios (AB system: 50, 70, 86, 100, 141, 200%)
(Inch system: 50, 64, 78, 100, 129, 200%)
AR-M200/M201: *1
4 Reduction + 3 Enlargement
(AB system: 25, 50, 70, 86, 100, 141, 200, 400%)
(Inch system: 25, 50, 64, 78, 100, 129, 200, 400%)
Zooming 25 - 400% (376 steps in 1% increments)
magnification 50 - 200% when using SPF (151 steps in 1% increments)
ratios
Manual steps (manual, photo) 5 steps
Copy speed First-copy time *2 AR-203E/5420:
(Approximately) 8.0 seconds (When user program 24 is set to OFF)
10.7 seconds (When user program 24 is set to ON)
AR-M200/M201:
8.0 seconds
(paper: A4 (8-1/2" x 11"), exposure mode: AUTO, copy ratio: 100%)
AB system Copy speed Same size 20
A4 (Landscape) (CPM) Enlargement 20
Reduction 20
AB system Copy speed Same size 20
B5 (Landscape) (CPM) Enlargement 20
Reduction 20
Inch system Copy speed Same size 20
8-1/2" x 11" (CPM) Enlargement 20
(Landscape) Reduction 20
Max. continuous copy quantity 99
Void Void area Leading edge 1 - 4mm
Trailing edge 4mm or less
Side edge 0.5mm or more (per side)
void area 4.5mm or less (total of both sides)
Image loss Leading edge same size: 3.0mm or less (OC) / 4mm or less (SPF)
Enlarge: 1.5mm or less (OC) / 3mm or less (SPF)
Reduction (50%): 6.0mm or less (OC) / 8mm or less (SPF)
Warm-up time 0 sec. Immediately the ready lamp is lit.
Power save mode reset time 0 sec. Immediately the ready lamp is lit.
Paper jam recovery time 0 sec.
∗ Jam recovery condition: Recovery time from 60 sec of door open.
*1: If a value greater than 200% or smaller than 50% is selected when the RSPF is used, the magnification ratio is automatically set to 200% or
50%.
*2: The first-copy time is measured after the power save indicator turns off following power on, using the document glass with the polygon rotat-
ing in the copy ready state and "Selection of copy start state" set to ON in the user programs (A4 (8-1/2" x 11"), paper fed from paper tray).
The first-copy time may vary depending on machine operating conditions and ambient conditions such as temperature.
4. GDI printer (AR-203E only)
Print speed Max. 15ppm (excluding bypass tray, paper size A4, 8.5" x 11") (Variable depending on the PC performance)
Duplex No
Memory 8MB
Interface USB 2.0 (Full speed)
Emulation GDI
Resolution 600dpi *1
Supported OS Win 98 / Me / 2000 / XP / Vista
WHQL support Yes *2
*1: Engine Resolution
*2: By running change
5. SPLC printer (AR-M200/M201)

Print speed Max. 20ppm (Paper size: A4, excluding manual paper feed)
∗ Varies depending on the PC performance.
First print time 8 sec. (without data transfer time)
Duplex Yes (AR-M201 only)
ROPM Yes
Memory 64MB
Interface USB2.0 (Hi Speed)
Network Option: Network expansion kit the AR-NB2A
Emulation SPLC (JBIG GDI)
MIB support No
Resolution 600dpi *1
Supported OS Windows 98/Me, Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Home Edition/Professional, Windows Vista
WHQL support Yes *2
Application Status window
*1: Engine Resolution
*2: Running change
6. Scan function (AR-203E/M200/M201)

Type Flat Bed Color Scanner
Scanning system Original table/SPF/RSPF
Light source 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp (2 pcs of CCFL)
Resolution Optical: 600 x 1200dpi
Setting range: 50 - 9600dpi (Preview resolution is fixed at 75dpi)
Originals Sheet type / Book type
Output data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel A/D 16 bits (12 bits actual)
Scan range OC/SPF/RSPF: 216mm (H) x 356mm (V) (8.5" (H) x 14.0" (V))
Original position: Left Center
SPF/RSPF position: Right Center
Scan speed OC/SPF: Max. 2.88ms/line
Protocol TWAIN / WIA (Only XP, Vista) / STI
Interface AR-203E: USB2.0 (Full speed support)
AR-M200/M201: USB2.0 (Hi speed support)
Scanner utility Button Manager / Sharpdesk / Composer
Scan key/lamp Yes
Duplex scan Yes only when the RSPF is installed (AR-M200/M201)
Supported OS Win 98 / Me / 2000 / XP / Vista
Void area No
WHQL supported Yes *1
*1: By running change
[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS
1. Supply system table
A. Europe Subsidiary (AR-203E/5420/M200/M201), SCA/SCNZ (AR-203E/M201)
No. Name Content Life Product name Packing form
1 Toner cartridge Toner (Toner: Net Weight 243g) × 10 80K AR-208LT One carton of the
(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208LT includes
10 toner cartridges.
2 Developer Developer (Developer: Net Weight 170g) × 10 250K AR-208LD One carton of the
(25K x 10Pcs) AR-208LD includes
10 developers.
3 Drum kit Drum ×1 25K AR-152DM One carton of the
Drum fixing plate ×1 collective package
includes 10 units of the
AR-152DM.
B. Asia Subsidiary (AR-203E/M201)

1 Toner cartridge Toner (Toner: Net Weight 243g) × 10 80K AR-208CT One carton of the
(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208CT includes
2 Developer Developer (Developer: Net Weight 170g) × 10 250K AR-208CD One carton of the
(25K x 10Pcs) AR-208CD includes
10 developers.
3 Drum kit Drum ×1 25K AR-152DR One carton of the
AR-152DR.
C. SMEF/Distributor (AR-203E/M201)
1 Toner cartridge Toner (Toner: Net Weight 243g) × 10 80K AR-208ET One carton of the
(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208ET includes
2 Developer Developer (Developer: Net Weight 170g) × 10 250K AR-208CD One carton of the
(25K x 10Pcs) AR-208CD includes
10 developers.
3 Drum kit Drum ×1 25K AR-152DR One carton of the
AR-152DR.
D. SRH (AR-203E/M201)
1 Toner cartridge Toner (Toner: Net Weight 243g) × 10 80K AR-208CT-C One carton of the
(Black) Polyethylene bag × 10 (8K x 10Pcs) (A4 6% document) AR-208CT-C includes
2 Developer Developer (Developer: Net Weight 170g) × 10 250K AR-208CD-C One carton of the
(25K x 10Pcs) AR-208CD-C includes
10 developers.
3 Drum kit Drum ×1 25K AR-152DR-C One carton of the
AR-152DR-C.
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 1

2. Environmental 3. Production control number (lot No.)
The environmental conditions for assuring the copy quality and the identification
machine operations are as follows:
<Toner cartridge>
(1) Normal operating condition
Temperature: 20 - 25°C
Production month
Humidity: 65 ± 5%RH
Production day
(2) Acceptable operating condition Destination code
Humidity (RH) (Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)
Production place
85%
(SOCC: Fixed to B.)
End digit of year
60% Version No.
<Drum cartridge>
The label on the drum cartridge shows the date of production.
(SOCC production)
20%
Production month
Production day
Destination code
10˚C 30˚C 35˚C
(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)
(3) Transport condition Production place
(SOCC: Fixed to B.)
Humidity (RH) End digit of year
90% Version No.
60%
15%
–25˚C 30˚C 40˚C
(4) Supply storage condition

Humidity (RH) Production control
90% label attachment position
20%
–5˚C 45˚C
Production control
label attachment position(*1)
*1: The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of

a China product.

<Developer>
Sub lot
Production day
Production month
End digit of year
Production place
4. Toner cartridge replacement

1) Open the front and side cabinets of the copier.
2) Keep holding Toner lever, and
3) Carefully pull out Toner unit from the copier.
4) Put Toner unit in a collection bag immediately after removing it

from the copier
Note: Never carry exposed Toner unit. Be sure to put it in the col-
lection bag.

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES
1. Appearance
Interface Interface
1
USB connector USB connector
(AR-203E) (AR-M200/M201)
2
3
7
10
4 8
11
9
5 12
13
14
6
1 Original cover 2 Document glass 3 Operation panel

4 Front cover 5 Paper tray 6 Multi-bypass tray
7 Side cover 8 Side cover open button 9 Bypass tray paper guides
10 Paper output tray 11 Paper output tray extension 12 Power switch
13 Handle 14 Power cord
2. Internal
Toner cartridge Drum cartridge
1 4
5
1 Front cover 2 Side cover 3 Fusing unit release lever

4 Transfer charger 5 Charger cleaner
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 1

3. Operation panel
A. AR-203E/5420
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17
1 Exposure mode selector key and indicators 2 Light and dark keys and indicators
Use to sequentially select the exposure modes: AUTO, Use to adjust the MANUAL or PHOTO exposure level. Selected
MANUAL or PHOTO. exposure level is shown by a lit indicator. Use to start and
Selected mode is shown by a lit indicator. terminate user program setting.
3 Alarm indicators 4 SPF indicator (AR-203E only)
Developer replacement required indicator
Misfeed indicator
Toner cartridge replacement required indicator *1
Maintenance indicator
5 SPF misfeed indicator (AR-203E only) 6 Copy ratio selector key and indicators
Use to sequentially select preset reduction/enlargement copy
ratios.
Selected copy ratio is shown by a lit indicator.
7 Copy ratio display (%) key 8 Display
• Use to verify a zoom setting without changing the zoom ratio. Displays the specified copy quantity, zoom copy ratio, user
• Use to check the number of originals that must be returned to program code, and error code.
the document feeder tray if an original misfeed occurs while
using the SPF.
9 SCAN key and indicator (AR-203E only) *2, *3 10 ONLINE key and indicator (AR-203E only)
Lights up when the unit is used as a printer and scanner. *2
11 Start key and indicator 12 Power save indicator
• Copying is possible when the indicator is on. Lights up when the unit is in a power save mode.
• Press to start copying
• Use to set a user program.
13 Tray select key 14 Paper feed location indicators
Use to select a paper feed station (paper tray or multi-bypass Light up to show the selected paper feed station.
tray).
15 ZOOM keys and indicator 16 Copy quantity keys
Use to select any reduction or enlargement copy ratio from 25% • Use to select the desired copy quantity (1 to 99).
to 400% in 1% increments. (When the SPF is being used, the • Use to make user program entries.
zoom copy ratio range is 50% to 200%.)
17 Clear key
• Press to clear the display, or press during a copy run to
terminate copying.
• Press and hold down during standby to display the total
number of copies made to date.
*1: Toner cartridge replacement Start indicator
When toner density is lower than a specified level, the toner On: Indicates the unit is ready for copying or scanning is
cartridge replacement indicator lights up to warn the user. If the being performed.
toner cartridge is not replaced in that time, the ready lamp Blinking: The indicator blinks in the following situations:
changes to blinking and then start to supply the toner after • When a print job is interrupted.
around 10 copies. (Cartridge replacement lamp continues to • When reserving a copy job.
light.) If toner density is not back to specific level after two min- • When toner is being replenished during a copy or
utes, the ready indicator goes out and toner developer indicator
print job.
starts blinking, and the copier stops. Also when the toner quan-
Off: The indicator is off in the following situations:
tity is insufficient, the lamp is lighted.
• During copying or scanning.
*2: Indicators on the operation panel • The unit is in the auto power shut-off mode.
The ONLINE indicator and the start ( ) indicator indicate the • When a misfeed or error has occurred.
state of the printer or scanner.
ONLINE indicator
SCAN indicator
The ONLINE key is pressed and on line and off line are
ONLINE indicator
Start indicator changed.
On: Indicates the unit is ready for printing or scanning is
Power save indicator
being performed. (On line)
Blinking: Printing or data is being received from a computer.
Off: Copying is being performed. (Off line)

Power save indicator 2) Place the original you wish to scan on the document glass/
On: Indicates the unit is in a power save mode. SPF.
Blinking: Indicates that the unit is initializing (when the side 3) Press the right copy quantity key to display the number of
cover is opened and closed or the power turned off the application that you wish to use for scanning.
and on). The application numbers are initially as follows.
SCAN indicator
On: The SCAN ( ) key has been pressed and the unit
is in scanner mode.
Blinking: A scan job is being executed from the computer, or
scan data is stored in the unit’s memory.
Off: The unit is in the copy mode.
*3: Using the SCAN key to begin scanning Application
Note: Application launched
number
• Scanning is not possible during a copy job. SC2 E-mail (your standard e-mail program in
• If the SCAN ( ) key is pressed during a print job, the scan the Windows OS you are using)
job will be stored. SC3 Fax (if a fax program is installed)
• When scanning an original that has been placed in the SPF, SC4 OCR (if an OCR program is installed)
only one original can be placed unless you are using Sharp- SC5 Microsoft Word (if installed)
desk. SC6 Filing (if a Filing program is installed)
1) Press the SCAN ( ) key.
4) Press the start ( ) key.
The unit enters scan mode.
Scanning will start and the scanned data will be transferred
to the application.
B. AR-M200/M201
For Europe
1 2 3 4 5
Display
READY TO COPY.
1 1 2
100% A4 0
2 2
2 1 1
18 19 20 21
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
For SCA/SCNZ/Asia
1 2 3 4 5
Display
READY TO COPY.
100% A4 0
18 19 20 21
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

1 [MODE SELECT] key / Mode indicators 2 Display
Press this key to select the mode. The indicator of the selected This shows messages indicating the machine status and any
mode lights (copy, printer, scanner, fax indicators). problems that occur, as well as user programs and function
setting menus.
3 Numeric keys 4 [CLEAR] key ( )
Use these to enter the number of copies and other numerical Use this to clear the set number of copies, as well as cancel a
settings. job that is in progress. When a setting menu appears, use this
The keys can also be used to select items in function setting key to move back to the previous menu level.
menus.
5 Power save indicator 6 RSPF indicator
This lights up when the power save function is activated. This lights up when an original is placed in the RSPF.
7 Error indicator 8 [TRAY SELECT] key ( )
This lights steadily or blinks when a paper misfeed or other error Use to select the paper tray that has the desired paper for
occurs. copying.
9 Tray location indicator 10 [MENU] key
Indicates the selected paper tray. The indicator blinks when the Press this key to select the paper size for copying, to configure a
tray is out of paper during operation or is not closed properly. user program or to display the total count.
11 [2-SIDED SCAN] key ( 2 1 ) 1 12 [E-SORT/SP.FUNC] key ( )
1 1 2
[2-SIDED COPY] key ( 2
2
2
1
) 1
Press to select the sort function, 2 IN 1 copy function, or margin
Press to select the automatic two-sided copying mode. shift function.
13 [ ] key ( ), [ ] key ( ), [OK]/[ENTER] key 14 [EXPOSURE] key ( )
Press the [ ] key ( ) or [ ] key ( ) to select an item in Use to switch from auto exposure adjustment to text mode or
a function setting menu. photo mode.
Press the [OK]/[ENTER] key to enter a selection.
15 [ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key 16 [CLEAR ALL] key ( )
Press to select an enlargement or reduction ratio. This returns all functions to the default settings. When pressed in
To select a preset ratio setting, press the [ZOOM]/[COPY a setting menu, this returns the settings and display to the initial
RATIO] key and select the desired preset ratio. To select a ratio state.
that is not preset, press the [ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key, select
the preset ratio that is closest to the desired ratio, and then press
the [ ] key ( ) or [ ] key ( ) to increase or decrease
the ratio in increments of 1%.
17 [START] key ( ) / Ready indicator 18 Shows the current copy ratio.
The ready indicator lights up when copying or scanning is
possible.
To begin copying, press the [START] key ( ).
The [START] key ( ) is also pressed to return to normal
operation from auto power shut-off mode.
19 Shows the selected paper size. 20 Shows the number of copies that has been entered with the
numeric keys.
21 A checkmark " " appears when the exposure has been
changed, or when two-sided copying, sort, 2 IN 1, or margin shift
is selected.

4. Motors and solenoids
9 7
8 3
No. Part name Control signal Function / Operation

1 Main motor MM Drives the copier.
2 Scanner motor MRMT Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).
3 Toner motor TM Supplies toner.
4 Cooling fan motor VFM Cools the optical, fusing section.
5 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid
6 Paper feed solenoid CPFS1 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 1
7 Multi paper feed solenoid MPFS Multi manual pages feed solenoid
8 Duplex motor DMT Devices the duplex paper transport section (AR-M201 only)
9 Shifter motor SFTM Drives the shifter. (AR-M200/M201)

5. Sensors and switches
1 2
7
No. Name Signal Type Function Output
1 Scanner unit home position MHPS Transmission sensor Scanner unit home position "H" at home position
sensor detection
2 POD sensor POD Transmission sensor Paper exit detection "H" at paper pass
3 PPD2 sensor PPD2 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 2 "L" at paper pass
4 Cassette detection switch CED1 Micro-switch Cassette installation detection "H" at cassette insertion
5 PD1 sensor (AR-M200/M201) PD1 Micro-switch Paper width detect "H" at A4 size or less
"L" at A4 size or more
6 PPD1 sensor PPD1 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 1 "L" at paper pass
7 Door switch DSW Micro-switch Door open/close detection 1 or 0V of 24V at door open
(safety switch for 24V)

6. PWB unit
5 2
11
1
10
4
3
7
No. Name Function

1 Exposure lamp invertor PWB Exposure lamp (CCFL) control
2 Main PWB (MCU) Copier control
3 Operation PWB Operation input/display
4 High voltage PWB High voltage control
5 CCD sensor PWB For image scanning
6 LSU motor PWB For polygon motor drive
7 TCS PWB For toner sensor control
8 LSU PWB For laser control
9 FAX-operation PWB FAX operation input (AR-FX13 option)
10 Power PWB AC power input, DC voltage control
11 Modem PWB FAX control (AR-FX13 option)

7. Cross sectional view
1 2 4 3 16 5
15
10
14 13 12 11
No. Part name Function and operation

1 Scanner unit Illuminates the original with the copy lamp and passes the reflected light to the lens unit (CCD).
2 Exposure lamp Exposure lamp (CCFL) Illuminates original
3 LSU (Laser unit) Converts the original image signal into laser beams and writes onto the drum.
4 Paper exit roller Roller for paper exit (AR-203E/5420)
Shifter roller Transports and shifts paper in the back-forth direction of the machine. (AR-M200/M201)
5 Main charger Provides negative charges evenly to the drum surface.
6 Heat roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Teflon roller)
7 Pressure roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Silicon rubber roller)
8 Drum Forms images.
9 Transfer unit Transfers images onto the drum.
10 Pickup roller Picks up the manual feed paper. (In multi feed only)
11 Manual paper feed tray Tray for manual feed paper
12 Manual paper feed roller Transport the paper from the manual paper feed port.
13 PS roller unit Takes synchronization between the lead edge and the rear edge of the paper.
14 Paper feed roller Picks up a sheet of paper from the cassette.
15 Paper transport roller Transports of a paper.
16 Paper transport roller 2 Transports of a paper. (AR-M200/M201)

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION
1. Copier installation 2. Cautions on handling
Improper installation may damage the copier. Please note the fol- Be careful in handling the copier as follows to maintain the perfor-
lowing during initial installation and whenever the copier is moved. mance of this copier.
Caution: If the copier is moved from a cool place to a warm place, Do not drop the copier, subject it to shock or strike it against any
condensation may form inside the copier. Operation in object.
this condition will cause poor copy quality and malfunc-
tions.
Leave the copier at room temperature for at least 2 hours
before use.
Do not install your copier in areas that are:
• damp, humid, or very dusty
Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.

Doing so will damage the surface (green portion) of the drum car-
• exposed to direct sunlight
tridge, causing poor print quality.
• poorly ventilated
Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and toner cartridges

in a dark place without removing from the package before use.
If they are exposed to direct sunlight, poor print quality may result.
Do not touch the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge.
Doing so will damage the surface of the cartridge, causing poor
print quality.
• subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near 3. Checking packed components and
an air conditioner or heater.
accessories
Open the carton and check if the following components and acces-
sories are included.
The copier should be installed near an accessible power outlet for

easy connection. Operation manual
Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that
meets the specified voltage and current requirements.
Also make certain the outlet is properly grounded.
Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servic- Software CD-ROM
ing and proper ventilation.
20cm (8") 20cm (8")

Drum cartridge
(installed in unit)
10cm 10cm
(4") (4")
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 1

4. Unpacking 2) Remove the CAUTION tape from the front cover and remove
the two protective pins from the fusing unit by pulling the
Be sure to hold the handles on both sides of the unit to unpack the strings upward one at a time.
unit and carry it to the installation location.
Protective pins
CAUTION tape
3) Push gently on both sides of the front cover to open the cover.
5. Removing protective packing

materials
1) Remove all pieces of tape shown in the illustration below.
Then open the original cover and remove protective materials.
4) Remove the locking tape of the developer unit.

5) Remove the screw which is fixing the copier and Developer
unit.
6) Remove Developer unit slowly from the copier.
2) Release the scan head locking switch.

The scan head locking switch is under the document glass.
If the switch is locked ( ), the unit will not operate. Unlock the
switch ( ) as shown below.
Grasp here and turn in

the direction of the arrow. 5
1 2
3
(A)
Lock Unlock
To lock the scan head locking switch, hold up the catch in illus- 4
tration (A) and turn the center knob counter-clockwise 90
degrees until you hear a click.
7) Remove the screw (1 pc).
6. Developer unit installation 8) Remove Upper developer unit.
1) Open the multi-bypass tray, and then open the side cover.

9) Shake the aluminum bag to stir developer. 7. Toner cartridge installation
10) Supply developer from the aluminum bag to the top of the MX
roller evenly. 1) To prevent against uneven distribution of toner, hold Toner unit
with both hands and shake it several times horizontally.
2) Hold the section of Toner unit shown in the figure below,

remove the packing tape, and remove the cushion.
3) Pull out the cushion in the arrow direction.
Note: Be careful not to splash developer outside Developer

unit.
11) Attach Upper developer unit and fix it with a screw.
12) Rotate the MG roller gear to distribute developer evenly.
4) Insert Toner unit carefully into the copier.

5) Insert until the hook is engaged with the copier as shown in
the figure below.
Note: Never rotate the gear in the reverse direction.

Note: When carrying Developer unit, do not tilt it extremely as
shown with the arrow in the figure below.
(Prevention of splash of developer)
6) Pull out the shutter in the arrow direction.
13) Insert Developer unit carefully into the copier.

Note: Quick insertion may result in splash of developer. Be
sure to insert carefully.
14) Confirm that Developer unit is completely inserted to the bot- Note: Do not hold and carry the shutter. Otherwise the shutter
tom of the machine, fix Developer unit and the machine with a may drop and Toner unit may drop.
screw. 7) Completion of Toner unit installation
15) Completion of Developer unit installation Close the front and side cabinets.

8. Loading paper 10. Software (AR-203E/M200/M201)
1) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out The CD-ROM that accompanies the machine contains the following
until it stops. software:
MFP driver
Printer driver
The printer driver enables you to use the printer function of the
machine.
The printer driver includes the Print Status Window. This is a utility
2) Remove the pressure plate lock. Rotate the pressure plate that monitors the machine and informs you of the printing status,
lock in the direction of the arrow to remove it while pressing the name of the document currently being printed, and error mes-
down the pressure plate of the paper tray. sages.
Please note that the Print Status Window does not operate when
the machine is used as a network printer.
Scanner driver*
The scanner driver allows you to use the scanning function of the
machine with TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant applications.
Sharpdesk* (Excluding AR-203E X)
Sharpdesk is an integrated software environment that makes it
easy to manage documents and image files, and launch applica-
3) Store the pressure plate lock which has been removed in step tions.
2). To store the pressure plate lock, rotate the lock to fix it on
the relevant location. Button Manager*
Button Manager allows you to use the scanner menus on the
Pressure plate lock
machine to scan a document.
*: The scanning feature can only be used with computers that are
connected to the machine by a USB cable.
A. Before installation
Hardware and software requirements
Check the following hardware and software requirements in order to
4) Adjust the paper guides on the paper tray to the copy paper install the software.
width and length. Squeeze the lever of paper guide (A) and Computer type IBM PC/AT or compatible computer equipped
slide the guide to match with the width of the paper. Move with a USB 2.0/1.1*1
paper guide (B) to the appropriate slot as marked on the tray. Operating Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000
system*2 *3 Professional*4, Windows XP Professional*4,
Windows XP Home Edition*4, Windows Vista*4
Display 1024 x 768 dots (XGA) display with 16bit
Hard disk free 150 MB or more
space
Other hardware An environment on which any of the operating
requirements systems listed above can fully operate
Paper guide (B)
Paper guide (A) *1: Compatible with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000
Professional, Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Home
Edition or Windows Vista preinstalled model standardly
5) Fan the paper and insert it into the tray. Make sure the edges
equipped with a USB port.
go under the corner hooks.
*2: Printing is not available in MS-DOS mode.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum height line ( ).
Exceeding the line will cause a paper misfeed. *3: The machine does not support printing from a Macintosh envi-
ronment.
*4: Administrator's rights are required to install the software using
the installer.
Installation environment and usable software
The following table shows the drivers and software that can be
installed for each version of Windows and interface connection
method.
Operating Printer Scanner Button
Cable Sharpdesk
system driver driver Manager
6) Gently push the paper tray back into the unit. 1
USB Windows 98/ Available* Available
Me/2000/XP/
9. Power to copier Vista
Ensure that the power switch of the unit is in the OFF position. *1: The printer driver that is installed will vary depending on the
Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet. Turn type of connection between the machine and your computer.
the power switch on the left side of the unit to the "ON" position. Install the software according to the Operation Manual.
The start ( ) indicator will light up and other indicators which
show the initial settings of the operation panel will also light up to
indicate the ready condition.

B. Installing the software 8) Click the "MFP Driver" button.
Note: Click the "Display Readme" button to show information on pack-
• The screen images in this manual are mainly for Windows XP. ages that are selected.
With other versions of Windows, some screen images may be dif-
ferent from those in this manual.
• In the following explanations it is assumed that the mouse is con-
figured for right hand operation.
• If an error message appears, follow the instructions on the screen
to solve the problem. After the problem is solved, the installation
procedure will continue. Depending on the problem, you may
have to click the "Cancel" button to exit the installer. In this case,
reinstall the software from the beginning after solving the prob-
lem.
1) The USB cable must not be connected to the machine. Make
sure that the cable is not connected before proceeding.
If the cable is connected, a Plug and Play window will appear. If
this happens, click the "Cancel" button to close the window and
disconnect the cable.
Note: The cable will be connected in step 13).
2) Insert the CD-ROM into your computer's CD-ROM drive.
3) Click the "start" button, click "My Computer", and then double- 9) Select "Connected to this computer" and click the "Next" button.
click the CD-ROM icon. Follow the on-screen instructions.
• In Windows Vista, click the "Start" button, click "Computer",
and then double-click the CD-ROM icon.
• In Windows 98/Me/2000, double-click "My Computer", and
then double-click the CD-ROM icon.
4) Double-click the "setup" icon.
In Windows Vista, if a message screen appears asking you for
confirmation, click "Allow".
5) The "SOFTWARE LICENSE" window will appear. Make sure
that you understand the contents of the software license, and
then click the "Yes" button.
Note: You can show the "SOFTWARE LICENSE" in a different
language by selecting the desired language from the
language menu. To install the software in the selected
language, continue the installation with that language Caution:
selected. • If you are using Windows Vista and a security warning window
appears, be sure to click "Install this driver software anyway".
6) Read the "Readme First" in the "Welcome" window and then
click the "Next" button. • If you are running Windows 2000/XP and a warning message
7) To install all of the software, click the "Standard" button and go appears regarding the Windows logo test or digital signature, be
to step 12). sure to click "Continue Anyway" or "Yes".
To install particular packages, click the "Custom" button and go 10) You will return to the window of step 8). If you wish to install But-
ton Manager or Sharpdesk, click the "Utility Software" button.
to next step.
If you do not wish to install the Utility Software, click the "Close"
button and go to step 12).
Note: After the installation, a message prompting you to restart
your computer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes"
button to restart your computer.

Installing the Utility Software 14) Follow the instructions in the plug and play window to install the
11) Click the "Button Manager" or the "Sharpdesk" button. driver.
Click the "Display Readme" button to show information on pack- Follow the on-screen instructions.
ages that are selected. Caution:
Follow the on-screen instructions. • If you are using Windows Vista and a security warning window
• If you are running Windows 2000/XP and a warning message
appears regarding the Windows logo test or digital signature, be
sure to click "Continue Anyway" or "Yes".
This completes the installation of the software.
• If you installed Button Manager, set up Button Manager as
explained in "C. Setting up Button Manager".
• If you installed Sharpdesk, the Sharpdesk setup screen will
appear. Follow the instructions in the screen to set up Sharpdesk.
(1) Connecting a USB cable
Follow the procedure below to connect the machine to your com-
puter.
A USB cable for connecting the machine to your computer is not
included with the machine. Please purchase the appropriate cable
for your computer.
Caution:
Caution: In Windows 98/Me/2000, if the following screen appears, • USB is available with a PC/AT compatible computer that was orig-
click the "Skip" button or the "Continue" button as appro- inally equipped with USB and had Windows 98, Windows Me,
priate to continue the Sharpdesk installation. Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP or Windows Vista pre-
installed.
If "Skip" is selected, the Sharpdesk installation will con-
tinue without installing Sharpdesk Imaging. • Do not connect the USB cable before installing the printer driver.
The USB cable should be connected during installation of the
If "Continue" is selected, Sharpdesk Imaging will be
printer driver.
installed. If Imaging for Windows is installed on your com-
puter, Sharpdesk Imaging will overwrite Imaging for Win- Note
dows. • If the machine will be connected using a USB 2.0 port of your
computer, please purchase a USB cable that supports USB 2.0.
• To obtain the fastest USB 2.0 data transfer speed, "USB2.0
MODE SWITCH" in the machine's user programs must be set to
"HI-SPEED". For more information, see "[12] USER PROGRAM".
(AR-M200/M201 only)
• Use the machine's "HI-SPEED" mode only when using a com-
puter that is running Windows 2000/XP/Vista.
• Even when the Microsoft USB 2.0 driver is used, it may not be
possible to obtain full USB 2.0 speed if a PC card supporting
USB 2.0 is used. To obtain the latest driver (which may enable a
higher speed), contact the manufacturer of your PC card.
• Connection is also possible using a USB 1.1 port on your com-
12) When installing is finished, click the "Close" button. puter.
Caution: However, the specifications will be USB 1.1 specifications (Full-
• If you are using Windows Vista and a security warning window Speed).
appears, be sure to click "Install this driver software anyway". 1) Insert the cable into the USB connector on the machine.
A message will appear instructing you to connect the machine
to your computer. Click the "OK" button.
your computer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes"
button to restart your computer.
13) Make sure that the power of the machine is turned on, and then (AR-203E) (AR-M200/M201)
connect the USB cable.
2) Insert the other end of the cable into your computer's USB port.
Windows will detect the machine and a Plug and Play screen
will appear.

(2) Using the machine as a shared printer 5) Click the "Add Network Port" button.
(AR-203E/M200/M201) In Windows Vista, the "Add Network Port" button does not
If the machine will be used as a shared printer on a network, follow appear.
these steps to install the printer driver in the client computer.
Note: To configure the appropriate settings in the print server, see
the operation manual or help file of your operating system.
1) Perform steps 2) through 6) in "Installing the software".
2) Click the "Custom" button.
6) Select the network printer that is shared and click the "OK" but-
ton.
Ask your network administrator for the server name and printer
name of the machine on the network.
3) Click the "MFP Driver" button.

Click the "Display Readme" button to show information on pack-
ages that are selected.
7) In the printer port selection window, verify the network printer

that is shared and whether the machine is to be used as the
default printer, make the selections and click the "Next" button.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Caution:
• If you are using Windows Vista and a security warning window
4) Select "Connected via the network" and click the "Next" button.
8) You will return to the window of step 3). Click the "Close" button.
your computer may appear. In this case, click the "Yes" but-
ton to restart your computer.
This completes the installation of the software.
C. Setting up Button Manager

Button Manager is a software program that works with the scanner
driver to enable scanning from the machine.
To scan using the machine, Button Manager must be linked with the
scan menu on the machine. Follow the steps below to link Button
Manager to scanner events.
(1) Windows XP/Vista
1) Click the "start" button, click "Control Panel", click "Printers and
Other Hardware", and then click "Scanners and Cameras".
In Windows Vista, click the "Start" button, select "Control Panel"
and click "Hardware and Sound", and then click "Scanners and
Cameras".

2) Click the "SHARP AR-XXXX" icon and select "Properties" from (2) Windows 98/Me/2000
the "File" menu. 1) Click the "Start" button, select "Settings", and then click "Con-
In Windows Vista, select "Properties" from the "Organize" trol Panel".
menu. 2) Double-click the "Scanners and Cameras" icon.
3) In the "Properties" screen, click the "Events" tab. Note: If the "Scanners and Cameras" icon does not appear in
4) Select "SC1:" from the "Select an event" pull-down menu. Windows Me, click "view all Control Panel options".
3) Select "SHARP AR-XXXX" and click the "Properties" button.
In Windows Me, right click "SHARP AR-XXXX" and click "Prop-
erties" in the pop-up menu.
4) In the "Properties" screen, click the "Events" tab.
5) Select "SC1:" from the "Scanner events" pull-down menu.
5) Select "Start this program" and then select "Sharp Button Man-
ager T" (AR-203E) or "Sharp Button Manager S" (AR-M200/
M201) from the pull-down menu.
6) Select "Sharp Button Manager T / S" in "Send to this applica-

tion".
6) Click the "Apply" button.

7) Repeat Steps 4) through 6) to link Button Manager to "SC2:"
through "SC6:".
Select "SC2:" from the "Select an event" pull-down menu.
Select "Start this program", select "Sharp Button Manager T /
S" from the pull-down menu, and then click the "Apply" button. Note: If other applications are shown, deselect the checkboxes for
the other applications and leave only the Button Manager
Do the same for each ScanMenu through "SC6:".
checkbox selected.
When the settings have been completed, click the "OK" button
to close the screen. 7) Click the "Apply" button.
Button Manager is now linked to the scan menu (1 through 6). 8) Repeat Steps 5) through 7) to link Button Manager to "SC2:"
through "SC6:".
The scan settings for each of scan menu 1 through 6 can be
changed with the setting window of Button Manager. Select "SC2:" from the "Scanner events" pull-down menu.
Select "Sharp Button Manager T / S" in "Send to this applica-
For the factory default settings of the scan menu and the proce-
tion" and click the "Apply" button.
dures for configuring Button Manager settings, see "Button Man-
ager Settings" in the Online Manual. Do the same for each ScanMenu through "SC6:".
When the settings have been completed, click the "OK" button
to close the screen.
Button Manager is now linked to the scan menu (1 through 6).
The scan settings for each of scan menus 1 through 6 can be
changed with the setting window of Button Manager.
For the factory default settings of the scan menu and the proce-
dures for configuring Button Manager settings, see "Button Man-
ager Settings" in the Online Manual.

11. Interface 13. Scanner moisture-proof kit
A. USB If the machine is installed in a highly humid environment, you can
alleviate dew condensation inside the scanner by installing the
Connector scanner moisture-proof kit described below.
Type-B connector
A. Components
Cable
Scanner moisture-proof kit (DKIT-0016QSZZ)
Shielded twisted pair cable
Name Part code Qty
(2 m (6 feet) Max.: high-speed transmission equivalent)
1 Scanner condensation PSHEZ0493QSZZ 3
Pin configuration prevention mylar
The pin numbers and signal names are listed in the following table. 2 Optical right hole mylar B PSHEZ0469QSZZ 2
Pin No. Signal name 3 Scanner motor metal plate PMLT-0106QSZZ 2
1 +5V cushion
2 -DATA 4 Scanner upper surface cushion PMLT-0105QSZZ 1
3 +DATA 5 Scanner motor lower mylar PSHEP0600QSZZ 1
4 GND 6 Scanner UPG mylar J3 PSHEP0599QSZZ 1
7 Fan housing cushion PMLT-0108QSZ1 1
2 1 B. Precautions at installation
Clean the position where each cushion/mylar is attached with
industrial alcohol before the work.
C. Attachment method
Turn the main switch to the "OFF" position and remove the power
plug from the outlet.
1) Remove the document cover.
Remove the document cover from the copier.
3 4
12. Moving
Moving instructions
When moving the unit, follow the procedure below.
Note: When moving this unit, be sure to remove the toner cartridge
in advance.
1) Turn the power switch off and remove the power cord from the
outlet.
2) Open the side cover and front cover, in that order. Remove the
toner cartridge and close the front cover and side cover, in that
order. 2) Remove the rear cabinet.
To open and close the side cover and front cover, and to remove Remove the four screws and then remove the rear cabinet.
the toner cartridge.
3) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out
until it stops.
4) Push the center of the pressure plate down until it locks in place
and lock the plate using the pressure plate lock which has been 1
stored in the front of the paper tray.
5) Push the paper tray back into the unit.
6) Lock the scan head locking switch. 2
Note: When shipping the unit, the scan head locking switch must
be locked to prevent shipping damage.
7) Close the multi-bypass tray and the paper output tray extension,
and attach the packing materials and tape which were removed
during installation of the unit.
8) Pack the unit into the carton.

3) Remove the rear cover for the document glass. Attach along the edge of the projection (the yellow line in the
<1> Remove the two screws and then remove the right glass diagram below).
holder.
<2> Slide the rear cover for the document glass to remove it.
<3> Remove the table glass.
3
2
5) Attach the Optical right hole mylar B at the 2 positions shown

in the diagrams below which are at the top of the rear side of
the main unit.
Note: The holes should be covered with the mylar.
Attach along the edge of the cushion (the yellow line in the dia-
4) Attach the Scanner condensation prevention mylar at the 3 gram below).
positions on the rear side of the main unit as described below.
Align with the inside line of the bent part (the yellow line in the
Note: The hole should be covered with the mylar. diagram below).
Align the edge of the mylar to the R part (the yellow line in the
diagram below) so that the hole of the metal plate is covered
as much as possible.
Stick the excessive part on the side.
Align with the raised part (the yellow line in the diagram
Align the edge of the mylar to the R part (the yellow line in the below).
diagram below) so that the hole of the metal plate is covered Match the center of the mylar (in the horizontal direction) to the
as much as possible. center of the raised part.
Stick the excessive part on the side.

6) Attach the Scanner motor metal plate cushion at 1 position on Bend the part which is sticking out to the rear side of the scan-
the attachment plate of the motor on the rear side of the main ner and attach to the surface.
unit.
Note: The hole on the top of the motor unit should be covered
with the mylar.
Align the edge of the metal plate and the edge of the cushion
(the yellow line in the diagram below).
Press the cushion at the steps shown in the diagram so that

there will be no gap.
Press the cushion to make sure all the holes are covered.
8) Bend the edge of the Scanner motor lower mylar and stick
together.
20mm - 25mm
Press and attach the cushion aligning it to the metal plate so

that there will be no gap between them.
Stick together. Stick together.
9) Attach the Scanner motor lower mylar at 1 position under the

motor attachment plate on the rear side of the main unit.
Note: The mylar should cover the hole under the motor unit.
Attach matching the hole (the yellow mark in the diagram) and
7) Attach the Scanner upper surface cushion on the top and the
along with the side edge (the yellow arrow in the diagram).
rear side at the rear side of the main unit.
Disconnect the motor harness from the connector and take off
Align the cushion with the side of the raised part (the yellow
the snap band from the hole.
line in the diagram below).
Do not cover this hole. Align the edge of the cushion with Press the mylar with a sharp-pointed stick or something so
the edge of the metal plate. that it is stuck correctly.

10) Attach the Scanner motor metal plate cushion covering the
bottom part of the Scanner motor lower mylar.
Note: The hole under the motor unit should be covered.
Attach the cushion to cover the gap between the mylar and the
metal plate (the yellow mark).
Stick the lower part of the cushion to the mylar, too. 13) Attach the Fan housing cushion to the cooling fan at the posi-
tion shown in the diagram below.
Cover the top and the right side of the fan housing when you
see the fan housing from the backside of the machine.
Note: Please make sure the double-sided tape is not exposed
where the cushion is sticking out from the edge of the
fan housing.
Press the cushion with a sharp-pointed stick or something to

fill the gap between the mylar and the metal plate.
View from Back side

the arrow A
11) Attach the motor connector and the snap band to the original
position.
Reference position
Attach the cushion leaving 3 - 7mm
from the edge.
12) Attach the Scanner UPG mylar J3 to cover the hole on the
right side of inside of the scanner.
Note: The mylar should cover the hole shown by the arrow in
the diagram.
Attach along with the bent part of the metal plate and align the
edge of the mylar with the line shown in the diagram (the yel-
3 - 7mm
low line in the diagram).
Attach the cushion leaving 3 - 7mm from the edge so that the
gap between the Fan housing cushion and the filter of the rear
cabinet is filled for sure.
14) Attach the parts removed in the items 1), 2), and 3).

[6] COPY PROCESS
An OPC drum is used for the photoconductor.
(Structure of the OPC drum layers)
OPC layer
(20 microns thick)
Pigment layer (0.2
to 0.3 microns thick)
Aluminum drum
1. Functional diagram
Main charger
Laser beam Cleaning blade
MG roller Drum
Transfer unit
Resist roller
(Basic operation cycle)
Semiconductor laser
Focus correction lens
Main high voltage unit

Exposure
Saw tooth Charge
Toner
Drum Developing
Developer
Cleaning
Cleaning blade
Waste toner box PS roller
To face Synchronization
Paper release Fusing Separation Transfer with drum
Manual feed
down tray
Heat roller Electrode Transfer charger Cassette

paper feed
Heater lamp Transfer high

voltage unit
Print process
Paper transport route
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 COPY PROCESS 6 - 1

2. Outline of print process Step-2: Exposure (laser beam, lens)
A Laser beam is generated from the semiconductor laser and con-
This printer is a non-impact printer that uses a semiconductor trolled by the print pattern signal. The laser writes onto the OPC
laser and electrostatic print process. This printer uses an OPC drum surface through the polygon mirrors and lens. The resis-
(Organic Photo Conductor) for its photoconductive material. tance of the OPC layer decreases for an area exposed by the laser
First, voltage from the main corona unit charges the drum surface beam (corresponding to the print pattern signal). The beam neu-
and a latent image is formed on the drum surface using a laser tralizes the negative charge. An electrostatic latent image is
beam. This latent image forms a visible image on the drum surface formed on the drum surface.
when toner is applied. The toner image is then transferred onto the
print paper by the transfer corona and fused on the print paper in Semiconductor laser
the fusing section with a combination of heat and pressure.
Step-1: Charge
Step-2: Exposure
∗ Latent image is formed on the drum.
Step-3: Developing
Latent image formed on the drum is then changed into
visible image with toner. Exposure
Step-4: Transfer (semiconductor laser)
The visible image (toner image) on the drum is transferred
onto the print paper. OPC layer
Pigment
Step-5: Cleaning layer
Residual toner on the drum surface is removed and col- Aluminum
lected by the cleaning blade. drum
Step-6: Optical discharge
Residual charge on the drum surface is removed, by
semiconductor laser beam. Drum surface charge
after the exposure
OPC layer
3. Actual print process Pigment
layer
Step-1: DC charge Aluminum
A uniform negative charge is applied over the OPC drum surface layer
Non-image area Image area
by the main charging unit. Stable potential is maintained by means
of the Scorotron charger.
Positive charges are generated in the aluminum layer.
About
DC5.5KV
( 580V/ 400V)

Step-3: Developing (DC bias) Step-4: Transfer
A bias potential is applied to the MG roller in the two component The visible image on the drum surface is transferred onto the print
magnetic brush developing method, and the toner is charged neg- paper by applying a positive charge from the transfer corona to the
ative through friction with the carrier. backside of the print paper.
Non-image area of the drum surface charged with negative poten-
tial repel the toner, whereas the laser exposed portions where no
negative charges exist, attract the toner. As a result, a visible
image appears on the drum surface.
:Carrier (Magnetized particle)

:Toner (Charge negative by friction)
(N) (S) Permanent magnet
(provided in three locations)
About DC 5.2kV
MG roller
DC
400V 8V
Step-5: Separation
Since the print paper is charged positively by the transfer corona, it
is discharged by the separation corona. The separation corona is
connected to ground.
Step-6: Cleaning
Toner remaining on the drum is removed and collected by the
cleaning blade. It is transported to the waste toner collecting sec-
tion in the cleaning unit by the waste toner transport roller.
Toner is attracted over the shadowed area because of the develop-

ing bias.

Step-7: Optical discharge (Semiconductor laser) Start
Before the drum rotation is stopped, the semiconductor laser is 1) Because the grid potential is at a low level, the drum potential
radiated onto the drum to reduce the electrical resistance in the is at about -400V. (Carrier may not be attracted though the car-
OPC layer and eliminate residual charge, providing a uniform state rier is pulled towards the drum by the electrostatic force of -
to the drum surface for the next page to be printed. 400V.
When the electrical resistance is reduced, positive charges on the 2) Developing bias (-400V) is applied when the photoconductor
aluminum layer are moved and neutralized with negative charges potential is switched from LOW to HIGH.
on the OPC layer. 3) Once developing bias (-400V) is applied and the photo con-
ductor potential rises to HIGH, toner will not be attracted to the
Semiconductor laser
drum.
Stop
The reverse sequence takes place.
Retaining developing bias at an abnormal occurrence
Function
The developing bias will be lost if the power supply was removed
during print process. In this event, the drum potential slightly
abates and the carrier makes deposits on the drum because of
Charge by the Scorotron charger strong static power. To prevent this, the machine incorporates a
function to retain the developing bias for a certain period and
Function
decrease the voltage gradually against possible power loss.
The Scorotron charger functions to maintain uniform surface
Basic function
potential on the drum at all times, It control the surface potential
regardless of the charge characteristics of the photoconductor. Normally, the developing bias voltage is retained for a certain time
before the drum comes to a complete stop if the machine should
Basic function stop before completing the normal print cycle. The developing bias
A screen grid is placed between the saw tooth and the photocon- can be added before resuming the operation after an abnormal
ductor. A stable voltage is added to the screen grid to maintain the interruption. Therefore, carrier will not make a deposit on the drum
corona current on the photoconductor. surface.
As the photoconductor is charged by the saw tooth from the main
corona unit, the surface potential increases. This increases the
current flowing through the screen grid. When the photoconductor
potential nears the grid potential, the current turns to flow to the
grid so that the photoconductor potential can be maintained at a
stable level.
Process controlling
Function
The print pattern signal is converted into an invisible image by the
semiconductor laser using negative to positive (reversible) devel-
oping method. Therefore, if the developing bias is added before
the drum is charged, toner is attracted onto the drum. If the devel-
oping bias is not added when the drum is charged, the carrier is
attracted to the drum because of the strong electrostatic force of
the drum.
To avoid this, the process is controlled by adjusting the drum
potential and the grid potential of the Scorotron charger.
Basic function
Voltage added to the screen grid can be selected, high and low. To
make it easily understood, the figure below shows voltage transi-
tion at the developer unit.
START STOP
0
Print potential
Toner attract
potential Developing bias
2)
3)
1) Low
Drum potential
4) High
Time

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS
1. Outline of operation
The outline of operation is described referring to the basic configuration.
(Basic configuration)
AR-M200/M201
(Option)
FAX
FAX modem
Scanner section
Operation
CCD (Option)
section
USB Network
Network
FAX I/F
Box
USB
MCU (Main control/image process section) Printer/ PC
Scanner I/F
USB
AR-203E/M200/M201
LSU (Laser unit)

Laser diode, Polygon mirror lens
Laser beam
Paper exit
Fusing section
Process section
Printer section
Paper transport section
Cassette paper Manual paper

feed section feed section
(Outline of copy operation) Printing

Setting conditions 7) Electrostatic latent images are formed on the OPC drum
1) Set copy conditions such as the copy quantity and the copy according to the laser beams, and the latent images are devel-
density with the operation section, and press the COPY but- oped to be visible images (toner images).
ton. The information on copy conditions is sent to the MCU. 8) Meanwhile the paper is fed to the image transfer section in
Image scanning synchronization with the image lead edge.
2) When the COPY button is pressed, the scanner section starts 9) After the transfer of toner images onto the paper, the toner
scanning of images. images are fused to the paper by the fusing section. The cop-
The light from the copy lamp is reflected by the document and ied paper is discharged onto the exit tray.
passed through the lens to the CCD. (Outline of printer operation)
Photo signal/Electric signal conversion The print data sent from the PC are passed through the NIC PWB
3) The image is converted into electrical signals by the CCD cir- (in case of network connection) and the MCU to the LSU. The pro-
cuit and passed to the MCU. cedures after that are the same as above 5) and later.
Image process (Outline of scanner operation)
4) The document image signal sent from the CCD circuit is pro- The scan data are passed through the MCU to the PC according
cessed under the revised conditions and sent to the LSU to the conditions requested by the operations with the operation
(laser unit) as print data. panel.
Electric signal/Photo signal (laser beam) conversion
5) The LSU emits laser beams according to the print data.
(Electrical signals are converted into photo signals.)
6) The laser beams are radiated through the polygon mirror and
various lenses to the OPC drum.
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 1

2. Scanner section
A. Scanner unit
The scanner unit in the digital copier scans images. Spectral sensitivity characteristics (Standard characteristics)
It is composed of the optical unit and the drive unit. The optical unit
performs scanning in the main scan direction with the light receiv-
ing elements (color CCD). The drive unit performs scanning in the
sub scanning direction by moving the optical unit.
Relative sensitivity
B. Optical system
Two white lamps are used as the light source.
Light radiated from the light source is applied to the document on
the document table. The reflected light from the document is
reflected 4 times by No. 1 - No. 3 mirrors and passed through the
reduction lens to form images on the light-receiving surface of 3-
line CCD.
The light-receiving surface of the color CCD is provided with 3 line
scanning sections for RGB. Separate images scanned in each
color section are overlapped to complete color scanning. (When Wavelength [nm]
PC scanning)
The resolution is 600dpi. (Spectrum characteristics of the color CCD)
When copying, only the green component is used to print with the
printer. 1 9 8 10 8 9
The color component for printing can be switched to red or blue by
the service simulation.
100
100.0
75
Sensitivity
6
50.2
50
45.4
25
380 480 580 680 780

7
Wavelength [nm]
(Spectrum characteristics of the lamp) 3 5 4 2
(Optical unit)
1 Table glass 2 Optical unit 3 Lens
4 Mirror 1 5 Mirror 2 6 Mirror 3
7 CCD PWB 8 Lamp 9 Reflector
10 Original
C. Drive system
The drive system is composed of the scanner motor, the pulley
gear, the idle pulley, the idle gear, the belt 473, the belt 190, and the
shaft.
The motor rotation is converted into reciprocated movements of the
belt 473 through the idle gear, the pulley gear, the belt 190, and the
idle pulley to drive the optical unit.
7 9 1
3 4 6 2 8 5 3
1 Scanner motor 2 Pulley gear 3 Idle pulley

4 Belt 473 5 Belt 190 6 Optical unit
7 Shaft 8 Idle gear 9 Table glass

3. Laser unit B. Laser beam path
The image data sent from the MCU (image process circuit) is sent
to the LSU (laser unit), where it is converted into laser beams.
A. Basic structure
The LSU unit is the writing section of the digital optical system.
The semiconductor laser is used as the light source, and images
are formed on the OPC drum by the polygon mirror and fθ lens, etc.
The laser beams are passed through the collimator lens, the cylin-
drical lens, the polygon mirror, the fθ lens, and the mirror to form
images on the OPC drum in the main scanning direction. The laser
emitting PWB is provided with the APC (auto power control) in
order to eliminate fluctuations in the laser power. The BD PWB
works for measurement of the laser writing start point.
4 3 2 1
6
5 C. Composition
Effective scanning width: 216mm (max.)
Resolution: 600dpi
Beam diameter: 75um in the main scanning direction, 80um in the
sub scanning direction
Image surface power: 0.18 ± 0.01mW (Laser wavelength 770 -
6 3 795nm)
Polygon motor section: Brushless motor 20.787rpm
No Component Function No. of mirror surfaces: 5 surfaces
1 Semiconductor laser Generates laser beams.
2 Collimator lens Converges laser beams in parallel. 4. Fuser section
3 Cylinder lens Takes the focus.
4 Polygon mirror, Reflects laser beams at a constant
polygon motor rpm.
5 BD (Lens, PWB) Detects start timing of laser
scanning.
6 fθ lens Converges laser beams at a spot on
the drum.
Makes the laser scanning speeds at
both ends of the drum same as each
other. (Refer to the figure below.)
Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same
as each other.
a≠b≠c d=e=f
a b c d e f
f θ LENS

A. General description 2) The surface temperature of the upper heat roller is set to 160 -
General block diagram (cross section) 200°C. The surface temperature during the power save mode
is set to 100°C.
Thermal fuse Separator pawl 3) The self-check function comes active when one of the follow-
ing malfunctions occurs, and an "H" is displayed on the multi-
PPD2 copy window.
a. When the heat roller surface temperature rises above 240°C.
b. When the heat roller surface temperature drops below 100°C
during the copy cycle.
Separator pawl c. Open thermistor
d. Open thermal fuse
e. When the heat roller temperature does not reach 190°C within
27 second after supplying the power.
Thermistor
Pressure roller (4) Fusing resistor
This model is provided with a fusing resistor in the fusing section
Heat roller to improve transfer efficiency.
Since the upper heat roller is conductive, when using copy paper
Paper guide that contains moisture and the distance between the transfer unit
and the fusing unit is short, the transfer current may find a path to
Top view ground via the copy paper, the upper heat roller and the discharg-
ing brush.
Thermal fuse
Thermistor
Heat roller Heater lamp 5. Paper feed section and paper
transport section
A. Paper transport path and general operations
1 2 4 3 16 5
15
Separator pawl
6
(1) Heat roller 7
A Teflon roller is used for the heat roller and a silicone rubber roller 8
is used for the lower heat roller for better toner fusing performance 9
and paper separation. 10
(2) Separator pawl
Three separator pawls are used on the upper heat roller. The sep-
arator pawls are Teflon coated to reduce friction with the roller and 14 13 12 11
prevent a smear on the paper caused by the separator pawl.
(3) Thermal control 1 Scanner unit 9 Transfer unit
2 Exposure lamp 10 Pickup roller
1) The heater lamp, thermistor, main PWB, DC power supply
PWB, and triac within the power supply unit are used to control 3 LSU (Laser unit) 11 Manual paper feed tray
the temperature in the fuser unit. 4 Paper exit roller 12 Manual paper feed roller
To prevent against abnormally high temperature in the fuser 5 Main charger 13 PS roller unit
unit, a thermal breaker and thermal fuse are used for safety 6 Heat roller 14 Paper feed roller
purposes. 7 Pressure roller 15 Paper transport roller
8 Drum 16 Shifter roller
Paper feed is made in two ways; the tray paper feed and the man-
Heated by the heater ual paper feed. The tray is of universal-type, and has the capacity
lamp. (950W) of 250 sheets.
The front loading system allows you to install or remove the tray
Safety device from the front cabinet.
(thermal breaker, thermal The surface temperature The general descriptions on the tray paper feed and the manual
fuse) of the upper heat roller is
sensed by the thermistor. paper feed operation are given below.
Level of the thermistor is

controlled by the main PWB.
Triac (in the
power supply unit)
With the signal from the

main PWB, the triac is
controlled on and off.
(power supply PWB)

(1) Cassette paper feed operation 5) At this time, the paper is fed passed the paper entry detection
1) The figure below shows the positions of the pick-up roller, the switch (PPD1), and detected by it. After about 0.15 sec from
paper feed clutch sleeve, and the paper feed latch in the initial detection of paper by PPD1, the tray paper feed solenoid
state without pressing the COPY button after lighting the ready (PFS) turns on so that the clutch sleeve projection comes into
lamp. contact with the paper feed latch to stop the pick-up roller.
The paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the Then the pick-up roller rotates for about 0.15 sec so that the
clutch sleeve. lead edge of the paper is evenly pressed on the resist roller,
preventing against skew feeding.
2) When the COPY button is pressed, the main drive motor starts
rotating to drive each drive gear.
PFS
The pick-up drive gear also is driven at that time. Since, how- RRS
ever, the paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of
the clutch sleeve, rotation of the drive gear is not transmitted to ON
the pick-up roller, which does not rotate therefore. OFF
PFS
RRS
6) To release the resist roller, the tray paper feed solenoid and
OFF the resist solenoid are turned on by the paper start signal to
OFF disengage the resist start latch from the clutch sleeve, trans-
mitting rotation of the resist drive gear to the resist roller shaft.
Thus the paper is transported by the resist roller.
7) After the resist roller starts rotating, the paper is passed
through the pre-transfer guide to the transfer section. Images
3) After about 0.1 sec from when the main motor start rotating, are transferred on the paper, which is separated from the OPC
the tray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on for a moment. drum by the drum curve and the separation section.
This disengages the paper feed latch from the projection of the
clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of the pick-up drive gear to
the paper feed roller shaft, rotating the pick-up roller to feed
the paper.
PFS
RRS
OFF
ON
PFS
RRS
OFF
OFF 8) The paper separated from the drum is passed through the fus-
ing paper guide, the heat roller (fusing section), POD (paper
out detector) to the copy tray.
4) After more than half rotation of the pick-up roller, the paper
feed latch is brought in contact with a notch on the clutch
sleeve, stopping rotation of the pick-up roller.

(2) Manual multi paper feed operation 3) When pawl C of the manual paper feed clutch sleeve is
1) Before paper feed operation, the manual paper feed solenoid engaged with the manual feed latch, the manual feed stopper
(MPFS) is turned OFF as shown in the figure below. falls and the manual take-up roller rises. At that time, the man-
ual paper feed roller is rotating.
A
C A
C
OFF ON
MPFS MPFS
2) When the PRINT button is pressed, the manual paper feed
4) The lead edge of the transported paper is pressed on the
solenoid (MPFS) turns on to disengage the manual paper feed
resist roller by the transport roller. Then the paper is stopped
latch.
temporarily to allow synchronization with the lead edge of the
A from the manual paper feed clutch sleeve A, rotating the
image on the OPC drum.
manual paper feed roller and the manual take-up roller. At the
From this point, the operation is the same as the paper feed
same time, the manual paper feed stopper opens and the
operation from the tray. (Refer to 7-5 - 8.)
manual take-up roller is pressed to the surface of the paper to
start paper feeding. 5) The solenoid turns off to close the gate and return to the initial
state.
A A
C
ON
MPFS OFF
MPFS

(3) Conditions of occurrence of paper misfeed
a. When the power is turned on:
PPD or POD is ON when the power is turned on.
b. Copy operation
a PPD1 jam PPD1 does not turn off within 4 sec after
turning on the resist roller.
b PPD2 jam PPD2 is off immediately after turning on the
resist roller.
PPD2 does not turn off within 1.2 sec after
turning off the resist roller.
c POD jam POD does not turn on within 2.9 sec after
turning on the resist roller.
POD does not turn off within 1.5 sec - 2.7 sec
after turning off PPD2.
6. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/

document transport (Duplex model) C. Back copy
(AR-M201 only) Document transport:
By switchback operation, the document is sent through the upper
A. Initial state transport roller and the PS roller to the exposure section, where the
Set duplex documents on the document tray. back surface of the document is exposed.
Set paper on the cassette. (In the duplex mode, the manual feed • The document is sent to the document exit section by the lower
tray cannot be selected.) transport roller and the paper exit roller.
• The document is sent to the intermediate tray. (However, it is not
B. Front copy discharged completely.)
Document transport: • The document is stopped once, and switchback operation is per-
The document feed roller feeds the document from the paper feed formed.
roller to the PS roller. • The document is sent through the upper transport roller and the
• The document is exposed in the exposure section, and trans- PS roller and the exposure section (without being exposed) to the
ported to the document exit section by the lower transport roller document exit section.
and the paper exit roller. • The document is discharged to the document exit tray.
• The document is transported to the paper exit tray. (However, it is Paper transport:
not discharged completely.)
Switchback operation is performed.
• The document is stopped once, and then switchback operation is
• The paper is sent through the upper side of the gate section and
performed. (To the back copy)
the duplex transport section and the PS roller, and the images on
Paper transport: the back surface are transferred.
The paper is passed through the paper feed roller and the PS roller, • The paper is sent through the fusing section and discharged to
and the images on the front surface are transferred. the paper exit tray.
• The paper is passed through the fusing section and the lower
side of the gate section to the paper exit tray side. (However, it is
not discharged completely.)
• The paper is stopped once, and switchback operation is per-
formed. (To the back copy)

Rotation copy mode:
The front and the back are in upside down each other.
Copy mode without rotation:
The front and the back are not in upside down.
7. Shifter (AR-M200/M201)
Shift width: 2.5cm

The offset function by the shifter is turned ON/OFF by the user pro-
gram.
According to the setting, offset operation is performed for every job.
(Default: ON)

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 2) Remove the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.
(Note) Dispose the drum fixing plate which was removed.
Before disassembly, be sure to disconnect the power cord
for safety.
1. Do not disconnect or connect the connector and the
harness during the machine is powered. Especially be
careful not to disconnect or connect the harness
between the MCU PWB and the LSU (MCU PWB: CN119)
during the machine is powered. (If it is disconnected or
connected during the machine is powered, the IC inside
the LSU will be destroyed.)
2. To disconnect the harness after turning on the power, be LO C K
sure to turn off the power and wait for at least 10 sec
before disconnection. (Note that a voltage still remains
immediately after turning off the power.)
The disassembly and assembly procedures are described for the

following sections:
(2)
1. High voltage section
2. Operation panel section
3. Optical section
(3)
4. Fusing section
5. Tray paper feed/transport section
6. Manual paper feed section
3) Check the cleaning blade and the red felt for no damage.
7. Rear frame section
• If there is any damage, execute all procedures from item 5)
8. Power section and later.
9. DV unit section • If there is no damage, execute the procedure of item 12).
10. Duplex motor section (AR-M201 only) 4) Remove the main charger.
11. Reverse roller section (AR-M201 only) (When uneven charging occurs, clean the screen grid and the
sawteeth with an air blower.)
1. High voltage section

A. List
No. Part name Ref.
1 Drum
2 Transfer charger unit
3 Charger wire
B. Drum replacement
1) Remove the drum cover. (4 Lock Tabs)
5) Remove the cleaning blade.

Note: Dispose the cleaning blade which was removed.
If a cleaning error occurs, replace the cleaning blade.
(Recommendable replacement cycle: Every 25K)
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 1

6) Clean the cleaning section and the waste toner pipe to remove Normal state of the molt
waste toner completely with a vacuum cleaner. • Machine F side
7) Remove the felt and duplex tape completely.
Note: Be careful not to scratch or bend the sub blade.
8) Attach the cleaning blade.
Securely insert the plate section of the cleaning blade into the
unit and fix it with a screw.
Do not touch the cleaning blade rubber with your hand.
When attaching the cleaning blade, press the cleaning blade
in the arrow direction and attach.
• Machine R side
Attach the cleaning blade, press the molt on the process frame
with a screwdriver (–), and push it in the clearance between the
process frame and the cleaning blade.
• Machine F side
9) Attach the moquettes.

∗: Check while pressing the blade.
Cleaning blade
0 – 0.3 mm
∗ ∗
0 – 0.3 mm
Moquette R
Moquette F
0.2 – 0.5 mm
0.2 – 0.5 mm
• Machine R side
Sub blade
0 – 0.5 mm 0 – 0.5 mm
Cleaning blade
Moquette R
Moquette F
Sub blade
Be careful not to allow the

moquette to cover the sub blade.
Example of NG
Attach the mocket with slightly pressing section A of the clean-

ing blade.
Do not touch the tip of the cleaning blade.
Do not put the mocket under the cleaning blade.
Do not put the mocket on the sub blade.
Do not press the sub blade with the mocket.
If the moquette F/R is deformed or damaged, replace it.
(Recommendable replacement cycle: Every 25K)

10) Attach the main charger. C. Disassembly procedure
Securely set the MC holder on the projection of the process 1) Press the side cover open/close button and open the side
frame. cover.
Securely insert two projections of the MC holder into the
groove in the process frame.
When attaching the MC holder ass'y, be careful not to make
contact with the cleaning blade.
1)
2)
11) Attach the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.
Apply grease to the inside of the photoconductor drum. (Dia.
2)
2) Push up the lock pawls (2 positions) of the side cover, and

remove the transfer charger.
Lock pawl rear
1)
Attach the drum from (b). (Prevention against the sub blade 2)
edge breakage)
Attach the drum so that its position with the sub blade is as
shown.
Transfer
12) Attach the drum cover. charger 1)
Note: After attaching the drum cover, do not make a copy.
When attaching the drum cover, engage the detection
gear 20T rib with the 30T gear rib, and attach the drum
cover to the process frame.
13) Insert the process unit into the machine until it is fully engaged.
Lock pawl front
D. Assembly procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

E. Charger wire cleaning F. Charger wire replacement
1) Remove the charger cleaner from the manual paper feed unit. 1) Remove the TC cover and remove the screw.
2) Remove the spring and remove the charger wire.
3) Install a new charger wire by reversing the procedures (1) and
(2).
At that time, be careful of the following items.
• The rest of the charger wire must be within 1.5mm. Refer to
Fig.1
• The spring hook section (charger wire winding section) must be
in the range of the projection section.
• Be careful not to twist the charger wire.
3)
1)
1)
Charger wire
1)
2) Clean the TC front guide and the TC holder with alcohol.

2)
1mm
Protrusion
3) Set the charger cleaner to the transfer unit, and move it recipro-
cally a few times in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure
below.
1.5mm
4)
3)
Fig.1
2) 2. Operation panel section

A. List
1)
No. Part name Ref.
1 Operation panel unit
2 Operation PWB
B. Disassembly procedure
1) Open the side door, and Open the front cover.
1)
2)

2) Remove the screws (4 pcs.), the harness, and the operation (AR-M200/M201)
panel unit.
1)
3)
2)
1)
1) 2) 5)
5)
5) 5)
4)
2)
1)
1)
3) Remove four screws, and remove the operation cabinet.

4) Remove four screws, and remove the operation PWB.
(AR-203E/5420)
C. Assembly procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure
2)
1) 3. Optical section
A. List
1)
1) NO. Part name Ref.
1 Copy lamp unit
3) 3)
2 Copy lamp
3) 3 Lens unit
1)
3) B. Disassembly procedure
3) 3)
1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear
4) cabinet cover.
3)
3) 1)
2)
2) 1)
1)

2) Remove two screws, and remove the earth wire. 10) Move the carriage to the position indicated on the figure.
3) Disconnect the connector. 11) Loosen the screw which is fixing the tension plate.
4) Remove the original cover. 12) Move the tension plate in the arrow direction to release the
tension, and remove the belt.
3)
2) 4)
1)
13) Remove the screw, and remove the rod stopper.

14) Remove the rod.
3)
5) Remove five screws. Remove the operation unit, and discon-

nect the connector.
6) Remove the right cabinet.
7) Remove the left cabinet.
8) Remove the screw, and remove the rear cover.
9) Remove the table glass.
1) 2)
1)
7)
1)
5)
8)
1) 15) Lift the rear side of the carriage, remove the belt and the con-
nector, and remove the carriage.
3) 4) 4) 1)
2)
2)
1)
1) 3)

C. Assembly procedure 4. Fusing section
CCD core
A. List
1) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the CCD PWB of the car-
riage unit. No. Part name Ref.
2) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the duplex tape on the back 1 Thermistor
surface of the carriage unit. Clean and remove oil and dirt from 2 PPD2 sensor
the attachment surface. 3 Heater lamp
3) Pass the CCD-MCU harness through the square hole in the 4 Pressure roller
base plate. 5 Heat roller
4) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the base plate with duplex
tape. B. Disassembly procedure
5) Attach two cable fixing sheets to fix the CCD-MCU harness to 1) Remove the connectors (3 pcs.) of the rear cabinet.
the base plate. 2) Open the side cover, remove two screws, and remove the fus-
6) Pass the core through the CCD-MCU harness and fix the core. ing unit.
7) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the MCU PWB.
Note: Attach the FCC to the base

plate securely with duplex tape to
prevent against coming loose.
1)
3)
2)
Note: Attach the FCC to

fit with the marking line. Marking line.
2)
3) Cut the binding band, remove the screw, and remove the ther-
mistor.
1)
2)
Thermistor 3)

4) Remove the screw and remove the U-turn guide. 7) Remove the plate spring on the right and remove the heater
lamp.
1)
2)
1)
2)
Pressure roller section disassembly

5) Remove the three screws, remove the fusing cover lower on
the right side, and open the heat roller section. Heater lamp
2)
3) 4)
8) Remove the spring, and remove the upper separation pawls (3

6)
pcs.).
3)
5) 1)
6) 2)
5)
6) Remove the screw and remove the PPD2 sensor.
1)
1)
2)
PPD2 sensor 9) Remove the E-ring and remove the reverse gate.
3)
1)
2)

10) Remove the spring, and remove the lower separation pawls (4 Heat roller disassembly
pcs.).
(Continued from procedure (4).)
5) Remove screws, remove the fusing cover, and open the heat
2) roller section.
3)
2)
2)
2)
2) 1)
1)
3)
2)
6) Remove the C-ring and the fusing bearing, and remove the
11) Remove the pressure release levers on the right and the left heat roller.
sides.
1)
2) 3) Heat roller
1)
1)
7) Remove the parts from the heat roller.

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with ∗1.
12) Remove the pressure roller, the pressure bearing, and the Grease: "JFE552" UKOG-0235FCZZ
spring.
1
Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with an asterisk (∗).
Grease: "JFE552" UKOG-0235FCZZ
Pressure roller
1 3)
1) 2)
3) 1
2) 1)
1)
2) 8) Remove two screws and remove the thermo unit.

Note: The set temperature of the thermostat differs from that of the
current model.
3) Temperature
Current model 210°C
AR-203E/5420 230°C
AR-M200/M201

2) Remove two screws, and remove the hinge guide R.
3) Disconnect the connector. (2 positions)
1) 4) Remove five screws, and remove the scanner unit.
5) Remove the fan duct.
2)
2)
3) 2) 2)
2)
2)
2)
3)
1)
C. Assembly procedure 2)
6) Remove the connector and the screw, and remove the speaker
5. Tray paper feed/transport section unit. (When the AR-FX13 is installed)
A. List
No. Part name Ref.
1 PPD1 sensor PWB
2 POD sensor PWB
3 LSU unit
4 Intermediate frame unit
5 Paper feed roller
1) Remove the paper holding arm.
Remove the arm holder from the main unit, and remove the
holder from the arm. (AR-M200/M201)
7) Remove the connector.

1)
8) Remove four screws, and remove the FAX PWB unit. (When the
AR-FX13 is installed)
2)
2)
2) 2)
1)
3)
4)
3)
2)
2)

9) Remove each connector and four screws, and remove the MCU 11) Remove two springs and open the intermediate frame unit.
PWB. (The shape of the MCU PWB differs depending on the (AR-203E/5420)
model.)
1)
3)
2)
1)
2)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
10) Remove the PWB insulation mylar and remove the paper trans-
port detection sensor (POD).
1)
12) Remove the screw, and open the upper paper guide.
(AR-M200/M201)
1)
1)
2)
2)
13) Remove the roller, and remove the belt. (AR-M200/M201)

2)
1)

14) Remove the pulleys on the both sides and remove the paper 18) Remove the harness guide.
exit roller. (AR-203E/5420)
3)
1)
4)
19) Remove two screws and remove the toner motor.
2)
2)
15) Disengage the pawl, and remove the roller knob.

16) Disengage the pawl, and shift the pulley and the bearing. 1)
3) 2)
20) Remove three screws, and remove the DUP motor unit and the
belt. (AR-M201)
1)
4)
17) Remove the paper exit roller, and remove the belt, the pulley,
and the bearing.
1)
2) 3)
1) 1)
2)

21) Remove five screws and the grounding wire. 23) Remove four screws, and remove the paper guide unit.
For the AR-203E/5420/M200, remove the main drive plate and (AR-203E/5420)
the belt. 1)
For the AR-M201, remove the main drive plate.
1)
1)
2)
2)
1)
1)
1)
AR-203E/5420/M200
AL-2030 only 3)
1)
24) Remove four screws, and remove the lower paper guide unit.
(AR-M200/M201)
[Note for installation]
Fit the lower paper guide hole (a) with the shifter gear hole (b)
so that the black resin (c) of the shifter unit can be checked.
c b
a
CAUTION:Attach the gears securely
22) Remove the parts as shown below, and remove the pressure 1) 1)
1)
release solenoid and the paper feed solenoid. 1)
3)
2)
4)
2)
1)
1)
4)
2) 3)

25) Put the lower paper guide unit upside down, remove two 30) Remove four screws, and remove the LSU unit.
screws, and remove the shifter motor. (AR-M200/M201)
1)
1)
1) 1)
2)
2)
26) Remove the screw, and remove the grounding plate and the
gear. (AR-M200/M201) [Note for assembling the LSU]
27) Remove the E-ring, the gear, and the bearing, and remove the When installing the LSU, turn the LSU clockwise and fix with
shifter roller. (AR-M200/M201) screws in order to provide an attachment backlash in the proper
direction.
Observe the following sequence of fixing screws.
1)
2)
3)
28) Disengage the pawl, and remove the pulley.

29) Shift and remove the shifter unit. (AR-M200/M201)
3)
2)
4)
3)
1)

31) Remove the screw, slide the left cabinet to the left to detach it. 34) Remove the screw and the E-ring, and remove the PS semi-cir-
Remove each pawl, and remove the paper exit tray. cular earth plate and the PS roller unit.
35) Remove the E-ring and remove the spring clutch from the PS
roller unit.
3)
5)
4)
PS roller unit
Use grease of
Floil FG40H
only to apply to
this section.
4)
PS semi-circuler
PS semi-circular
5)
earth plate
earth plate 1)
1) 2)
2)
4)
32) Remove two screws and remove the fusing connector. 3)

33) Remove five screws and the connector, and lift the intermediate
frame unit to remove.
3) 36) Remove three screws and remove the TC front paper guide.
1)
4)
2)
2)
2)
1)

37) Remove the screw and the connector, and remove the PPD1 6. Manual paper feed section
sensor PWB.
A. List
No. Part name Ref.
1) 1 Manual transport roller
2 Cassette detection switch
3 PPD1 sensor PWB
4 Side door detection unit
Multi unit
2)
1) Remove the screw and remove the multi upper cover.
1)
38) Remove two E-rings and remove the paper feed roller.
39) Remove three E-rings and remove the clutch unit.
Back
5)
2)
Clutch unit
4)
Paper feed
roller
4)
3)
Front
1)
2)

2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit. 4) Remove two screws and remove the multi feed bracket unit
from the multi paper feed upper frame.
2)
2)
1)
1) 1)
Back Wire treatment
2)
3) Remove three screws and remove the multi paper feed upper
frame.
1)
5) Remove three E-rings and remove the manual paper feed

roller B9.
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)
L O CK
T O

6) Remove the pick-up roller. D. Pressure plate holder attachment
1) Attach the pressure plate holder so that the resin section is not
covered with the seal M1-N.
Seal M1-N
1)
Pressure plate
holder
Attachment
reference
2)
7) Cut the binding band and remove the multi paper feed sole-
noid.
1)
Attachment
reference
7. Rear frame section

A. List
No. Part name Ref.
1 Scanner motor
3) 2) 2 Main motor
Multi paper feed
solenoid 3 Exhaust fan motor
4 Main PWB
1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear
cabinet cover.
1)
2)
2) 1)
1)

2) Remove the connector. 7) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the
3) Remove four screws, and remove the FAX PWB unit. (When the exhaust fan motor.
AR-FX13 is installed) Note: Be careful of the installing directions of the fan.
Attach it so that the blowing direction faces outside.
1)
2) 2)
3)
1)
3)
2)
2)
2)
4) Disconnect the connector. Blowing direction

5) Remove two screws, and remove the scanner motor.
8) Disconnect the connectors.
9) Remove the five screws, and remove the MCU PWB.
1)
1)
3) 1)
2)
3)
2)
2)
1)
1) 2)
1)
1)
6) Remove two screws and one harness, and remove the main
2)
motor.
3)
1)
2)

8 Power section 2) Remove the screw, and remove the DV cover.
1)
A. List
No. Part name Ref.
1 Power PWB 2)
1) Disconnect each connector.
2) Remove the screw, and remove the earth line.
3) Remove two screws, and remove the power PWB unit.
4)
1)
1) 1) 1)
3) Remove the used developer.
2)
1)
3)
5)
4)
4) Supply new developer.
9. DV unit section
A. Developer
1) Remove the screw, slide the pawl to the right side, and remove
the TN guide.
B. DV seal
1) Peel off the old DV seal.
2) Clean the attachment surface with alcohol.
1) 3) Attach the new DV seal to the reference position.
DV side seal F C
DV side seal R
A
D
B
A 0 C 0.5
0.5 0
0.5
2) X
D
0.5
0
B
0
X
Magnification ratio:
Bump 200%
B
X-X

C. DV blade E. DV sensor
1) Peel off the old DV blade. 1) Remove the Mylar.
2) Clean the attachment surface with alcohol. 2) Remove the screw, and remove the DV sensor.
3) Attach the new DV blade to the reference position. * Clean the sensor (A) section.
A
1)
B
A
DV blade IC 0.5 0 2)
3)
2)
DV-BOX AS
B
D. DV doctor
1) Remove the screw, and remove the DV doctor. A
* Clean the edge (A) section.
10. Duplex motor section (AR-M201 only)

A. List
No. Part name Ref.
1) 1 Duplex motor
A
2)
1) Remove the rear cabinet.
1) 2) Remove two screws.
3) Remove the Duplex motor cover.
■ Note for installation
4) Remove the Duplex motor.
1) Insert the DG check gauge as shown in the figure.
2) After checking, install the doctor gap and fix it with a screw.
* Apply screw lock to the screw tightening section as shown in the
figure below.
MG-ROL
DG check
gauge
C
DG sect
F/R :1.5 ion
DG se 5
:1. ctio 0.15
5 n
0.1
0
* After checking the DG,

apply screw lock. 3 1
FRONT REAR
2
1
1 20 F 10 10 C R 20 Note: When reassembling, be sure to engage the Duplex motor

2
110 gear with the belt on the main body side.
DG check
position C. Assembly procedure
DG check DG check DG check
gauge gauge gauge For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

11. Reverse roller section (AR-M201 only)
A. List
No. Part name Ref.
1 Reverse roller
1) Remove four screws.
2) Remove the spring, and the earth wire.
3) Remove the reverse unit.
4) Bend the reverse roller and remove it.

[9] ADJUSTMENTS 5) Calculate the main scanning direction magnification ratio.
Main scanning direction magnification ratio
Copy image dimensions
1. Optical section =
Original dimension
X 100 (%)
A. Copy magnification ratio adjustment (When a 100mm scale is used as the original.)
Original (Scale)
The copy magnification ratio must be adjusted in the main scan- HARDENED
STAINLESS
ning direction and in the sub scanning direction. To adjust, use mm
1/2mm 10 20 100 110 120
JAPAN
130 140 150
SIM 48-1. Shizuoka
(1) Outline
HARDENED
The main scanning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjust- Paper feed JAPAN
STAINLESS
mm
ment is made automatically or manually. direction 1/2mm 10 20 100 110 120 130 140 150
Shizuoka
Automatic adjustment: The width of the reference line marked on

Reference Comparison point Copy
the shading correction plate is scanned to perform the main scan-
ning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment automati- 110
cally.
Manual adjustment: The adjustment is made by [Copy quantity]
keys (or [Numeric] keys for the AR-M200/M201) operations. (In
either of the automatic and manual adjustments, the zoom data reg- 6) Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specified
ister set value is changed for adjustment.) range. If it is not within the specified range, perform the follow-
ing procedures.
The magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is adjusted by
changing the carriage (scanner) scanning speed. 7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the main scanning direction copy
magnification ratio adjustment mode.
(2) Main scanning direction magnification ratio To select the adjustment mode, use the [Exposure mode selec-
adjustment tor] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201).
a. Cases when the adjustment is required In the case of the automatic adjustment, when the START switch is
1) When the main PWB is replaced. pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading
2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced. to scan the width of the reference line, calculating the correction
3) When "U2" trouble occurs. value and displaying and storing this value.
4) When repairing or replacing the optical section. After execution of the automatic adjustment, go out from the simu-
lation mode and make a copy to check the magnification ratio.
b. Necessary tools
If the magnification ratio is not in the specified range (100 ± 1.0%),
• Screwdriver (+) manually adjust as follows.
• Scale (AR-203E/5420)
c. Adjustment procedure Adjustment mode Display lamp Default
1) Set the scale vertically on the document table. (Use a long Main scanning direction TEXT mode lamp 50
scale for precise adjustment.) magnification ratio
OC mode sub scan PHOTO mode lamp 50
direction magnification ratio
(AR-M200/M201)
Display
Adjustment mode LED Default
item
Main scan direction F-R PRINT mode lamp 50
magnification ratio
OC mode sub scan SCAN SCAN mode lamp 50
direction magnification ratio
8) Enter the new set value of main scanning direction copy magni-
fication ratio with the copy quantity key (or [Numeric] key for the
AR-M200/M201), and press the [START] key.
9) Change the set value and repeat the adjustment until the ratio is
within the specified range.
When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio is
changed by 0.1%.
(3) Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio
a. Cases when the adjustment is required
2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.
1) When the scanner unit drive section is disassembled or the part
3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper. is replaced.
4) Measure the length of the copied scale image. 2) When the main PWB is replaced.
3) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.
4) When "U2" trouble occurs.
b. Necessary tools
• Scale
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 1
c. Adjustment procedure B. Image position adjustment
1) Set the scale on the document table as shown below. (Use a There are following eleven kinds of image position adjustments,
long scale for precise adjustment.) which are made by laser control except for the image scan start
position adjustment. For the adjustments, SIM 50-01 and 50-10 are
used.
No. Mode SIM
1 Print start position (Main cassette paper feed) 50-01
2 Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed) 50-01
3 Print start position (Manual paper feed) 50-01
4 Image lead edge void amount 50-01
5 Image scan start position 50-01
6 Image rear edge void amount (Cassette paper feed) 50-01
7 Image rear edge void amount (Manual paper feed) 50-01
8 Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed) 50-10
9 Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed) 50-10
10 Print center offset (Manual paper feed) 50-10
11 2nd print center offset (Main cassette paper feed) 50-10
(AR-203E/5420)
To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-01, use the [Exposure
mode selector] key.
The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting
2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.
lamps are as shown in the table below.
3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.
4) Measure the length of the copied scale image. Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Print start position AE, main cassette lamp
5) Calculate the sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio
(Main cassette paper feed)
using the formula below.
Print start position AE, 2nd cassette lamp
Copy image dimensions
= X 100 (%) (2nd cassette paper feed)
Original dimension
Print start position AE, manual feed lamp
(Manual paper feed)
110 Image lead edge void quantity TEXT lamp
Image scan start position PHOTO lamp
Image rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp
Original (Scale)
: Supported for the installing model and skipped for non-install-
HARDDENCD
STAINLESS
ing mode.
JAPAN
mm
1/2mm 10 20 100 110 120 130 140 150 To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-10, use the [Exposure
Shizuoka mode selector] key.
The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting
HARDDENCD Paper feed lamps are as shown in the table below.
JAPAN
STAINLESS direction
mm
1/2mm 10 20 100 110 120 130 140 150
Shizuoka Machine with the multi manual paper feed unit
Reference Comparison point Copy Adjustment mode Lamp ON
6) Check that the actual copy magnification ratio is within the Print center offset AE, main cassette lamp
specified range. (100 ± 1.0%). (Main cassette paper feed)
If it is not within the specified range, perform the following pro- Print center offset (2nd cassette) AE, 2nd cassette lamp
cedures. Print center offset AE, manual paper feed
7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the sub scanning direction copy (Manual paper feed) lamp
magnification ratio adjustment mode. Second side center offset TEXT lamp
To select the adjustment mode, use the [Exposure mode selec- : Supported for the installing model and skipped for non-install-
tor] key (or [ ] [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). (PHOTO ing mode.
lamp ON (or SCAN mode lamp ON for the AR-M200/M201))
8) Enter the new set value of sub scanning direction copy magnifi-
cation ratio with the [Copy quantity] keys (or [Numeric] keys for
the AR-M200/M201), and press the [START] key.
Repeat procedures 1) - 8) until the sub scanning direction actual

copy magnification ratio in 100% copying is within the specified
range.
When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ration is
changed by 0.1%.
(AR-M200/M201) 4) Measure the image loss amount (R mm) of the scale image.
To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-01, use the [ ][ ] Set C = 10 X R (mm). (Example: Set the value of C to 30.)
key. When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is
The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)
lamps are as shown in the table below. 5) Measure the distance (H mm) between the paper lead edge
and the image print start position.
Adjustment mode Display item Lamp ON Set A = 10 X H (mm). (Example: Set the value of A to 50.)
Print start position TRAY1 COPY mode lamp When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is
(Main cassette paper feed) Main cassette lamp shifted to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)
(*) Print start position TRAY2 COPY mode lamp 6) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm).
(2nd cassette paper feed) 2nd cassette lamp When the value of B is increased by 10, the void amount is
Print start position MFT COPY mode lamp increased by about 1mm. For 25 or less, however, the void
(Manual paper feed) Manual paper feed lamp amount becomes zero. (Default: 50)
Image lead edge void DEN-A PRINT mode lamp
(Example)
amount Main cassette lamp
Distance between paper lead
Image scan start position RRC-A SCAN mode lamp edge and image: H = 5mm
Main cassette lamp
Image rear edge void DEN-B COPY mode lamp
amount (Cassette paper PRINT mode lamp Image loss:
feed) SCAN mode lamp R = 3mm
Main cassette lamp
Image rear edge void RRC-B COPY mode lamp
amount (Manual paper PRINT mode lamp
feed) Manual paper feed lamp 5mm
To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50-10, use the [ ][ ]
key.
The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting 10mm
lamps are as shown in the table below.
Adjustment mode Display item Lamp ON
Print center offset TRAY1 COPY mode lamp
(Main cassette paper feed) Main cassette lamp
(2) Image rear edge void amount adjustment
Print center offset TRAY2 COPY mode lamp 1) Set a scale to the rear edge section of A4 or 11" x 8 1/2" paper
(2nd cassette paper feed) 2nd cassette lamp size as shown in the figure below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2"
x 14" paper.
Print center offset MFT COPY mode lamp
(Manual paper feed) Manual paper feed lamp B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″ paper
2nd print center offset SIDE2 PRINT mode lamp
(Main cassette paper feed) Main cassette lamp
(1) Lead edge adjustment A4 size rear edge

1) Set a scale to the center of the paper lead edge guide as shown
below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14" paper.
2) Execute SIM 50-01 to select the image rear edge void amount
adjustment mode.
The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity dis-
play.
3) Make a copy and measure the void amount of image rear edge.
Void amount (Standard value: 2 - 3mm)
Scale image
2) Execute SIM 50-01
3) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge void
amount (TEXT lamp ON) (B), and the scan start position Paper rear edge
(PHOTO lamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at
100%. (AR-203E/5420)
For the AR-M200/M201, the following LED’s are lighted:
• AE lamp/COPY mode lamp: (A)
• TEXT lamp/PRINT mode lamp: (B)
• PHOTO lamp/SCAN mode lamp: (C)
4) If the measurement value is out of the specified range, change 2. Copy density adjustment
the set value and repeat the adjustment procedure.
The default value is 50. A. Copy density adjustment timing
Note: The rear edge void cannot be checked with the first sheet The copy density adjustment must be performed in the following
after entering the simulation mode, the first sheet after cases:
turning off/on the power, or the first sheet after inserting the • When maintenance is performed.
cassette. Use the second or later sheet to check the rear
• When the developing bias/grid bias voltage is adjusted.
edge void.
• When the optical section is cleaned.
(3) Center offset adjustment • When a part in the optical section is replaced.
1) Set the self-made test chart for the center position adjustment
• When the optical section is disassembled.
so that its center line is aligned with the center mark of the doc-
ument guide. • When the OPC drum is replaced.
• Test chart for the center position adjustment. • When the main control PWB is replaced.
Draw a line at the center of A4 or 8 1/2" x 11" paper in the paper • When the EEPROM on the main control PWB is replaced.
transport direction. • When the memory trouble (U2) occurs.
Document guide B. Note for copy density adjustment
1) Arrangement before execution of the copy density adjustment
• Clean the optical section.
• Clean or replace the charger wire.
Center
• Check that the voltage at the high voltage section and the devel-
oping bias voltage are in the specified range.
Copy paper C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment
(A4 or 8 1/2″ × 11″)
• One of the following test charts:
UKOG-0162FCZZ, UKOG-0089CSZZ, KODAK GRAY SCALE
2) Execute SIM 50-10 to select the print center offset (cassette • B4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper
paper feed) adjustment mode. • The user program AE setting should be "3."
The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity dis-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W
play.
3) Make a copy and check that the copied center line is properly
positioned.
The standard value is 0 ± 2mm from the paper center.
Test chart comparison table
2.0mm or less
(Copy A)
UKOG-
Copy image
0162FCZZ
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W
Copy paper DENSITY
Shift folding line No.
UKOG-
0089CSZZ
2.0mm or less 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.9 0
(Copy B) DENSITY
Copy image No.
KODAK
Copy paper
Shift GRAY 1 2 3 4 19 A
folding line
SCALE
(Paper feed direction)
D. Features of copy density adjustment
4) If the measured value is out of the specified range, change the For the copy density adjustment, the image data shift function pro-
set value and repeat the adjustment procedure. vided in the image process LSI is used.
When the set value is increased by 1, the copy image is List of the adjustment modes
shifted by 0.1mm toward the rear frame.
• For the manual paper feed, change the manual paper feed Auto mode Brightness 1 step only
adjustment mode and perform the similar procedures. Manual mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the
• Since the document center offset is automatically adjusted by center brightness is made.
the CCD which scan the reference lines (F/R) on the back of Photo mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the
document guide, there is no need to adjust manually. center brightness is made.
Manual T/S mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the
center brightness is made.
T/S Auto mode Brightness 1 step only
E. Copy density adjustment procedure Adjustment Display Sharp gray chart
LED
Use SIM 46-1 to set the copy density for each copy mode. mode item adjustment level
For selection of modes, use the [Exposure mode selector] key (or Auto mode AE COPY mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.
[ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). Text mode TEXT PRINT mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.
(1) Test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) setting Photo mode PHOTO SCAN mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.
1) Place the test chart so that its edge is aligned with the A4 (Let- Text T/S mode TSTXT PRINT mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.
ter) reference line on the document table. Then place a A4 SCAN mode lamp
(14" x 8 1/2") white paper on the test chart and close the docu- Auto T/S mode TSAE COPY mode lamp "3" is slightly copied.
ment cover. SCAN mode lamp
3) Make a copy.
Check the adjustment level (shown in the above table) of the
exposure test chart (Sharp Gray Scale).
Sharp Gray Scale adjustment level
Non toner 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W
save
White paper mode
Slightly copied.
Not copied.
Toner 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W
save
mode
Test chart
Slightly copied.
Not copied.
(When too bright): Decrease the value displayed on the copy

quantity display.
(When too dark): Increase the value displayed on the copy quan-
tity display.
(2) Perform the adjustment in each mode.
∗ The value can be set in the range of 1 - 99.
1) Execute SIM 46-01 (300dpi). To adjust in 600dpi, execute SIM
46-02.
2) AR-203E/5420 3. High voltage adjustment
Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure mode select
key. Set the exposure level to 3 for all adjustment. (Except for A. Main charger (Grid bias)
the auto mode.) Note:
(1) (2) • Use a digital multi meter with internal resistance of 10MΩ or
more measurement.
• After adjusting the grid LOW output, adjust the HIGH output. Do
(1) Exposure mode select key/display lamp not reverse the sequence.
(2) [Exposure mode selector] key/ Procedures
display lamp 1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC700V.
2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN11-3
(GRID) of high voltage section of the power PWB and set the
Adjustment Exposure mode Sharp gray chart negative side to the frame ground (power frame).
mode display lamp adjustment level 3) Execute SIM 8-2. (The main charger output is supplied for 30
Auto mode Auto lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. sec in the grid voltage HIGH output mode.)
Manual mode Manual lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. 4) Adjust the control volume (VRG1) so that the output voltage is
Photo mode Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied. 580 ± 12V.
Manual T/S Manual lamp/Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.
mode
Auto T/S Auto lamp/Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.
mode
2) AR-M200/M201
Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure key. Set the
exposure level to 3 (center) for all adjustment. (Except for the
auto mode.)
VRG1
TEXT
| | | | | (1) Exposure mode, level display
1 1 2
2 2
2 1 1
(2) Exposure key
B. DV bias check 2) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown
below, in the S-D mode and the D-S mode.
Note: • A digital multi meter with internal resistance of 1GΩ must
be use for correct check. Scale (S-D mode) Scale (D-S mode)
• The adjustment volume is locked, and no adjustment can
be made.
Procedures
1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC500V.
2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN-10-1
(DV BIAS) and set the negative side to the frame ground
(power frame).
3) Execute SIM 8-1 to output the developing bias for 30sec, and 3) Execute simulation 50-18.
check that the output is –400 ± 8V. Mode Display item Default LED
OC memory reverse OC 50 COPY mode lamp
output position
SPF/RSPF memory SPF 50 PRINT mode lamp
VRDV reverse output position
Select the SPF/RSPF memory reverse output position, and
press [START] key to make a copy.
Adjust the setting so that the front edge image loss is less than
4.0 mm in the SPF/RSPF mode.
An increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in
image loss.
Front edge of paper
The front edge of the

scale on test chart Void area
5 10
less than 4 mm
4. Duplex adjustment
A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in
memory for duplex copying (AR-M200/M201)
This step adjusts the front surface printing (odd-number pages of a
document set) in the S-D mode copying and the leading edge posi-
tion of an image on even-number pages in the D-S mode.
That is, it covers the adjustment of the second surface printing
mode (image loss at the front edge of an image) in which image
data is once stored in memory.
The image data is read, starting from its front end in the document
delivery direction (Reference direction of document setting in the
OC mode)and stored in memory.
This stored image data is printed starting at the printing start posi-
tion, in the order of last-stored data to the first-stored data.
2nd printing surface where scale is printed (lower side)
In other words, the front edge image loss of the image can be
adjusted by changing the document read end position.
B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy
(Adjustment procedure)
mode (AR-M201)
1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of
a sheet of A4 white paper or letter paper) This is the adjustment of the first surface printing mode (rear end
void) in duplex copying.
In a duplex copying operation, the paper is delivered starting from
the rear end of the first printing surface. It is therefore necessary to
make a void area at the rear end on the first printing surface to pre-
vent paper jam at the fusing part.
There are two adjustment modes:
1) Paper trailing edge void quantity 50-19 (TEXT)
5 10 This adjustment is made when the cassette paper size is rec-
ognized. The trailing edge void quantity can be adjusted by
changing the trailing edge image laser OFF timing.
2) Print start position (Duplex back surface) (SPF/RSPF) 50-19 2) Execute SIM 50-19 to turn on the SCAN mode lamp and make
(PHOTO) the printing mode in the S-D mode.
The size (length) of a document read from the SPF/RSPF is 3) Remove and reinsert the cassette.
detected, the image at the trailing edge of the first printing sur- Note: Make sure to carry out this step before making a copy during
face is cut to make a void area. (The adjustment of void quantity this adjustment.
at the time when the cassette paper size is not recognized.)
4) Make a copy and check the void area of the scale on the
The paper void quantity should be first adjusted before the image image.
cut trailing edge void quantity (SPF/RSPF) is adjusted. Adjust the setting so that the void area is 2 - 4 mm. An
increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in
(Adjustment procedure) void area.
Void position to be checked
(1) Paper trailing edge void quantity
1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side 5. Automatic black level correction
of a sheet of A/4 white paper or letter paper)
2) Set the test chart on the document glass as shown below. a. Cases when the adjustment is required
1) When the main PWB is replaced.
Document guide The trailing edge has a scale
2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.
3) When "U2" trouble occurs.
4) When repairing or replacing the optical section.
b. Adjustment procedure
Used to acquire the black level target value used for the black level
adjustment of white balance.
When SIM 63-02 is executed, the current correction value is dis-
played in 3 digits of 12bit hexadecimal number.
Place the gray gradation chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) used as the
correction document so that the density 10 (black side) comes on
the left side and that the chart is upside down at the center of the
Table glass plate left center.
3) Using the user simulation [18], set the paper size of the first
cassette.
• Letter paper: 4 10
• A4 paper: 3
4) Execute SIM 50-19 to turn on the PRINT mode lamp and make Chart back surface
the printing mode in OC-D mode.
Make a copy of the test chart to check the void area of the scale
on the image.
Void position to be check

When [START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit scans the chart
and calculates the correction value.
Paper
After completion of correction, the corrected value is displayed on
the display section.
∗ Default: 0
∗ If the value is set to the default, operation is made with 0x60.
AR-M200/M201
c. Operation
1) Initial display
63-02 BLACK LEVEL
The trailing edge void on the first printing surface 0
is shown above. 2) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key: Correction start
Adjust the setting so that the void area is 4 - 5 mm. An increase in 63-02 BLACK LEVEL
1 of setting represents 0.1 mm in void area. EXECUTING...
(2) Print start position (Duplex back surface) <During canceling - When [Clear]/[Clear All] key is pressed->
1) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown After canceling, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby
below. mode.
THE JOB IS BEING
CANCELED.
3) After execution
63-02 BLACK LEVEL
*** OK
3) In case of an error
Scale (S-D mode)
63-02 BLACK LEVEL
*** ERR
[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES Sim Sub
Operation
No. code
02 03 SPF/RSPF Motor ON (Only the AR-203E/M200/
1. Entering the simulation mode M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed)
To enter the serviceman simulation mode, press the keys as fol- 06 Resist clutch ON (SPF) (AR-203E only)
lows: 08 RSPF paper feed solenoid operation check
AR-203E/AR-5420 (Only the AR-M200/M201 with the RSPF installed)
09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check
[Clear] key → Exposure mode selector key → [Clear] key →
(Only the AR-M200/M201 with the RSPF installed)
Exposure mode selector key
03 03 Shifter operation check (AR-M200/M201)
AR-M200/AR-M201 05 01 Operation panel display check
[#] key → [∗] key → [Clear] key → [∗] key 02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation check
To cancel the simulation mode, press the [Clear All] key. 03 Copy lamp ON
06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON
2. Key rule 02 Resist solenoid ON
07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam
AR-203E/AR-5420
06 Intermittent aging
[ ] [ ] key: Entry of MAIN CODE/SUB CODE
08 Shift to copy with the warm-up display
Setting of the adjustment values for the
08 01 Developing bias
adjustment-related simulations
02 Main charger (Grid high)
When [%] key is pressed simultaneously, the
03 Grid voltage (Low)
value is displayed in the descending
sequence such as [0] → [9], not as [0] → [1]. 06 Transfer charger
[START] key: Settlement 09 01 Duplex motor normal rotation operation check
(AR-M201 only)
<In case of simulations for print>
02 Duplex motor reverse operation check
[START] key: Settlement / Print
(AR-M201 only)
[Exposure mode
04 Duplex motor rotation speed adjustment
selector] key: Selection of an item
(AR-M201 only)
[Clear] key: (Interrupting operation check) Returns to the
10 Toner motor aging
upper hierarchy.
14 Cancel of troubles other than U2
On the initial display (00-00), it terminates the
simulation. 16 Cancel of U2 trouble
Exits from the simulation mode. 20 01 Maintenance counter clear
For a simulation of adjustment, the display 21 01 Maintenance cycle setting
returns to the initial display (00-00). 22 01 Maintenance counter display
02 Maintenance preset display
AR-M200/AR-M201
04 JAM total counter display
[Numeric] key: Entry of MAIN CODE/SUB CODE
05 Total counter display
Selection of an item 06 Developer counter display
Setup of an adjustment value in case of 08 SPF/RSPF counter display (Only the AR-203E/
simulations for adjustment M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed)
[ ][ ] key: Selection of MAIN CODE/SUB CODE 11 FAX-related counter display
Selection of an item (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
[OK]/[ENTER]/ 12 Drum counter display
[START] key: Settlement
13 CRUM type display
<In case of simulations for print> 14 ROM version display
[OK]/[ENTER] key: Settlement (Without print) 16 Duplex counter display (AR-M201 only)
[START] key: Settlement / Print
17 Copy counter display
[Clear] key: (Interrupting operation check) Returns to the 18 Printer counter display
upper hierarchy.
19 Scanner mode counter display
In case of simulation of operation check, (AR-203E/M200/M201)
terminates the operations.
21 Scanner counter display
[Clear All] key: Exits from the simulation mode.
22 SPF/RSPF JAM counter display (Only the
For a simulation of adjustment, the display
AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed)
returns to the initial display (00-00).
24 01 JAM total counter clear
04 SPF/RSPF counter clear (Only the AR-203E/
3. List of simulations M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed)
Sim Sub 05 Duplex counter clear (AR-M201 only)
Operation 06 Developer counter clear
No. code
01 01 Mirror scan operation 07 Drum counter clear
02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display 08 Copy counter clear
06 Aging of mirror scanning 09 Printer counter clear
02 01 SPF/RSPF aging operation (Only the AR-203E/ 10 FAX counter clear
M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed) (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
02 SPF/RSPF sensor status display (Only the 13 Scanner counter clear
AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed) 14 SPF/RSPF JAM total counter clear (Only the
AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed)
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 1

Sim Sub Sim Sub
Operation Operation
No. code No. code
24 15 Scanner mode counter clear 50 12 Document off-center adjustment
(AR-203E/M200/M201) 18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex
25 01 Main motor operation check copy (Only the AR-M201, or the AR-M200 with the
(Cooling fan motor rotation check) RSPF installed)
10 Polygon motor ON 19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment
26 02 SPF/RSPF setup (AR-M201 only)
03 Second cassette setup 51 02 Resist quantity adjustment
04 Machine duplex setup 53 08 SPF/RSPF scan position automatic adjustment
06 Destination setup (Only the AR-203E/M200/M201 with the
07 Machine conditions check SPF/RSPF installed)
20 Rear edge void setup 61 03 Polygon motor check (HSYNC output check)
30 CE mark support control ON/OFF 63 01 Shading check
37 Cancel of stop at developer life over 02 Black level automatic correction
39 Memory capacity check 12 Light quantity stabilization wait time setting
40 Polygon motor OFF time setup (Time required for 13 Light quantity stabilization band setting
turning OFF after completion of printing) 64 01 Self print (1by2 mode)
42 Transfer ON timing control setup 66 01 FAX soft SW setting
43 Side void setup (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
54 γ life correction setting 02 FAX soft SW initializing
(excluding the adjustment values)
62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setup
(Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
30 01 Paper sensor status display
03 FAX PWB memory check
41 06 OC cover float detection level adjustment (Only the
AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF
04 Signal send mode (Max. value)
installed)
07 OC cover float detection margin setting (Only the
05 Signal send mode (Soft SW set value)
AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF
installed)
07 Image memory content print
43 01 Fusing temperature setting (Normal copy)
04 Fusing temperature setting in multi copy
10 Image memory content clear
05 Fusing temperature setup in duplex copy
(AR-M201 only)
11 300bps signal send (Max. value)
14 Fusing start temperature setting
46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)
12 300bps signal send (Soft SW set value)
02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)
12 Density adjustment in the FAX mode
13 Dial test
(Collective adjustment)
17 DTMF signal send (Max. value)
13 FAX mode density adjustment (Normal text)
18 DTMF signal send (Soft SW set value)
14 FAX mode density adjustment (Fine text)
21 FAX information print
15 FAX mode density adjustment (Super fine)
24 FAST SRAM clear
18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)
19 Exposure mode setup
30 TEL/LIU status change check
20 SPF/RSPF exposure correction (Only the (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
AR-203E/M200/M201 with the SPF/RSPF installed) 33 Signal detection check
29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi) (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
30 AE limit adjustment 34 Communication time measurement
31 Image sharpness adjustment (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
32 Copier color reproduction setup 37 Speaker sound volume setting
39 FAX mode sharpness adjustment (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
(Executable only when the FAX is installed.) 38 Time setting/check
48 01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction and scan (sub (Executable only when the FAX is installed.)
scanning) direction magnification ratio adjustment 67 50 USB receive speed adjustment (USB1.1)
05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification (AR-203E only)
ratio in copying (Only the AR-203E/M200/M201
with the SPF/RSPF installed)
49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode
50 01 Lead edge image position
06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF)
(Only the AR-203E/M200/M201 with the
SPF/RSPF installed)
10 Center offset adjustment

4. Descriptions of various simulations
Main Sub
Contents Details of function/operation
code code
01 01 Mirror scan operation [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the home position is checked and the mirror base
performs full scan at the speed of the set magnification ratio.
During operation, the set magnification ratio is displayed.
The mirror home position sensor status is displayed with the "Drum replacement required lamp
(or the copy mode indicator for the AR-M200/M201)". (When the mirror is in the home position,
the lamp lights up.)
During operation, the copy lamp lights up.
When [Clear] key is pressed, if the operation is on the way, it is terminated and the machine
goes to the sub code entry standby mode.
[Operation] (AR-M200/M201)
1) Initial display 2) [ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] 3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START]
01-01 SCAN CHK key key
- 100% + 01-01 SCAN CHK 01-01 SCAN CHK
- 78% + EXECUTING... - 78% +
2) [ ] key
01-01 SCAN CHK
- 99% +
2) [ ] key
01-01 SCAN CHK
- 101% +
02 Mirror home position sensor [Function]

(MHPS) status display Monitors the mirror home position sensor, and makes the "Drum replacement required lamp (or
the copy mode indicator for the AR-M200/M201)" turn on during the sensor ON status.
1) Initial display
01-02 MHP-SENSOR
EXECUTING...
06 Aging of mirror scanning [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the mirror base performs full scan at the speed of
the set magnification ratio.
During operation, the set magnification ratio is displayed.
After 3sec, the mirror base performs full scan again.
∗ When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed once, the ready lamp remains OFF.
The mirror home position sensor status is displayed on the "Drum replacement required lamp
(or the copy mode indicator for the AR-M200/M201)." (The lamp is ON when the mirror is in the
home position.)
During aging, the copy lamp is ON.
The operation is similar to simulation 01-01.
02 01 SPF/RSPF aging operation [Function]
(Only the AR-203E/M200/ When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the set magnification ratio is obtained. For the
M201 with the SPF/RSPF SPF, the single-face document transport is performed. For the RSPF, the duplex document
installed) transport is performed.
However, the operating conditions don't matter and the operation is not stopped even in case of
a jam. Also the magnification ratio is displayed on the LCD/display.

Main Sub
code code
02 02 SPF/RSPF sensor status [Function]
display (Only the AR-203E/ The ON/OFF status of the SPF/RSPF sensors can be checked with the LCD/LED.
M200/M201 with the When a sensor is ON, the sensor name is displayed on the LCD/LED.
SPF/RSPF installed) Display item Display item
Sensor
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E)
Document set sensor SPID TD cartridge replacement required
lamp
RSPF document transport sensor SPPD Misfeed lamp
RSPF paper feed cover open/close SDSW —
sensor
RSPF paper exit sensor SPOD —
1) Initial display 2) When the sensor is ON:
02-02 SPF SENSOR 02-02 SPF SENSOR
SPID SPPD SDSW SPOD
03 SPF/RSPF Motor ON [Function]
(Only the AR-203E/M200/ When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the motor rotates for 10sec at the speed corre-
M201 with the SPF/RSPF sponding to the set magnification ratio.
installed)
06 Resist clutch ON (SPF) When the [START] key is pressed, the SPF resist clutch (SRRC) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF
(AR-203E only) (500 ms) 20 times.
08 RSPF paper feed solenoid [Function]
operation check The RSPF paper feed solenoid (SPUS) repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 20 times by
(Only the AR-M200/M201 the use of the solenoid drive control Bios.
with the RSPF installed) [Operation]
1) Initial display
02-08 SPF SPUS CHK
EXECUTING...
09 RSPF reverse solenoid [Function]
operation check The RSPF reverse solenoid (SPFS) repeats ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms 20 times by the
(Only the AR-M200/M201 use of the solenoid drive control Bios.
with the RSPF installed) [Operation]
1) Initial display
02-09 RSPF SPFS CHK
EXECUTING...
03 03 Shifter operation check [Function]
(AR-M200/M201) The shifter is moved back and forth in four reciprocations.
[Operation]
1) Initial display
03-03 SHIFTER CHK
EXECUTING...

Main Sub
code code
05 01 Operation panel display [Function]
check <LED check mode (All ON/Individual ON)>
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, all the LCD's on the operation panel are turned
ON (all pixels ON).
After 5sec of ON, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
When [Mode Select] key is pressed under the all ON state, the mode is shifted to the individual
ON mode, where the LED's are turned on one by one from the left upper end to the left lower
side then from the right upper side to the right lower side. (All the pixels of LCD are lighted
simultaneously.) After lighting all the LCD's sequentially, all the LCD's are lighted simulta-
neously. After 5sec from lighting all the LCD's simultaneously, the machine goes into the sub
code entry standby mode. (Cycle of individual ON mode: ON 300ms, OFF 20ms)
When [Clear] key is pressed in the LED check mode, the machine goes into the sub code entry
standby mode.
When [START] key is pressed, the machine goes into the key input check mode.
<Key input check mode>
When the machine goes into the key input check mode, the value display section indicates "– –
–" (For the AR-M200/M201, 0 of the LCD is indicated).
When any key is pressed after pressing a key on the operation panel, "+1" is added to the
value.
Once a key is pressed, it is not recounted.
When [START] key is pressed, counting is made and the machine goes into the LED ON check
mode (LED all ON status) after 3sec.
When [Clear] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When it is pressed for the second
time, the key check mode is retained as well as when another key is pressed.
(Note in the key input check mode)
• Be sure to press [START] key at the last. (If it is pressed on the way, the machine goes into
the LED ON check mode.) (LED all ON status)
• Multi key input is ignored.
<LED check mode (All ON/Individual ON)>
1) Initial display
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
2) When [Mode Select] key is pressed, the machine goes into the individual ON mode.
<Key input check mode>
1) Initial display 2) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START]
key
05-01 LCD/LED CHK.
0 05-01 LCD/LED CHK.
**
02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan [Function]

operation check When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the fusing lamp repeats ON for 500ms and OFF
for 500ms 5 times. During this period, the cooling fan motor rotates.
Note:
When the CE mark setting is ON, the slow start function may operate depending on the
employed frequency. If the state of the heater lamp cannot be checked, temporarily set SIM 26-
30 to "0" and check the lamp state. After confirming that the heater lamp is ON, set SIM 26-30
to "1" again.
1) Initial display
05-02 HT LAMP CHK
EXECUTING...
03 Copy lamp ON [Function]

When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the copy lamp turns ON for 5sec.
1) Initial display
05-03 C-LAMP CHK
EXECUTING...

Main Sub
code code
06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the selected paper feed solenoid repeats ON for
500ms and OF for 500ms 20 times.
When tray select key (or [Numeric] key or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is pressed,
the paper feed solenoid setting is switched.
Code number Setting Remark
0 CPFS1
1 CPFS2 Operation is possible only when No. 2 cassette is installed.
2 MPFS
1) Initial display 2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key 3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START]
06-01 PSOL CHK key
06-01 PSOL CHK
0:CPFS1 1:CPFS2 06-01 PSOL CHK
2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key EXECUTING...
4) Returns to the initial
06-01 PSOL CHK
display.
2:MPFS
02 Resist solenoid ON [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the resist solenoid repeats ON for 500ms and
OFF for 500ms 20 times.
1) Initial display
06-02 RES.R SOL CHK
EXECUTING...
07 01 Warm-up display and aging [Function]
with jam Copying is repeated to make the set quantity of copies.
When the simulation is executed, warm-up is started and warm-up time is added for every sec-
ond from 0 and displayed.
When warm-up is completed, addition is stopped. When [Clear All] key is pressed, the ready
lamp lights up.
After that, enter the copy quantity with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201)
and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to repeat copying of the set quantity (interval 0sec).
To cancel the simulation, turn off the power or execute a simulation which causes hardware
reset.
1) Initial display 2) After 10sec
07-01 W-UP/AGING 07-01 W-UP/AGING
0 10
06 Intermittent aging [Function]
Copying is repeated to make the set quantity of copies.
When the simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted.
Enter the copy quantity with the [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201) and
press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key, and copying is executed to make the set quantity of copies,
and the ready state is kept for 3sec, and copying is executed again to make the set quantity of
copies. These operations are repeated.
To cancel the simulation, turn off the power or execute a simulation which executes hardware reset.
1) Initial display (Basic display of copy)
READY TO COPY
100% A4 0
08 Shift to copy with the [Function]
warm-up display Enter the simulation code, and warm-up is started and warm-up time is counted for every sec-
ond from 0 and displayed.
When [Clear All] key is pressed during counting up, "0" is displayed on the display and counting
is stopped. However, warm-up is continued.
After completion of warm-up, counting is terminated. (The aging function is removed from simu-
lation 07-01.)
1) Initial display 2) After 10sec
07-08 W-UP C-MODE 07-08 W-UP C-MODE
0 10

Main Sub
code code
08 01 Developing bias [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the developing bias signal is turned ON for 30sec.
When, however, an actual output value is measured, use simulation 25-01.
After completion of this process, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
1) Initial display
08-01 DVLP BIAS SET.
EXECUTING...
02 Main charger (Grid high) [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the main charger is outputted for 30sec in the grid
voltage HIGH move.
1) Initial display
08-02 MHV(H) SET.
EXECUTING...
03 Grid voltage (Low) [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the main charger is outputted for 30sec in the grid
voltage LOW move.
1) Initial display
08-03 MHV(L) SET.
EXECUTING...
06 Transfer charger [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the transfer charger is outputted for 30sec.
1) Initial display
08-06 THV SET.
EXECUTING...
09 01 Duplex motor normal [Function]
rotation operation check Use the duplex motor Bios to drive the duplex motor in the normal direction (paper exit direc-
(AR-M201 only) tion) for 30sec.
[Operation]
1) Initial display
09-01 DPLX ROT.
EXECUTING...
02 Duplex motor reverse [Function]
operation check Use the duplex motor Bios to drive the duplex motor in the reverse direction for 30sec.
(AR-M201 only) After completion of this process, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
[Operation]
1) Initial display
09-02 DPLX ROT.REV.
EXECUTING...
04 Duplex motor rotation speed [Function]
adjustment (AR-M201 only) When this simulation is executed, the currently set value is displayed.
Enter the adjustment value with [Numeric] key and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key. The
entered value is stored and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. The
greater the set value is, the higher the speed is. The smaller the set value is, the lower the
speed is. (Setting range: 1 - 13, Default: 8)
[Operation]
1) Initial display 2) [Numeric] key 3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START]
key
09-04 DPLX ROT.SPEED 09-04 DPLX ROT.SPEED
8( 1-13) 7( 1-13) 09-04 DPLX ROT.SPEED
7( 1-13)

Main Sub
code code
10 Toner motor aging [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the toner motor is rotated for 30sec.
After completion of this process, the machine goes into the main code entry standby mode.
1) Initial display
10-00 TONER MOTOR
EXECUTING...
14 Cancel of troubles other than [Function]

U2 Used to cancel troubles other than U2.
∗ Cancel troubles such as H trouble which writes data into EEPROM, and perform hardware
reset.
1) Initial display
14-00 TRBL CANC.
CLEARED
16 Cancel of U2 trouble [Function]

Used to cancel U2 trouble.
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, check sum of the total counter in the EEPROM is
rewritten and hardware reset is made.
1) Initial display
16-00 U2 TRBL CANC.
CLEARED
20 01 Maintenance counter clear [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the maintenance count value is cleared and
"000,000" is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
1) Initial display The count value is displayed in 3 digits X 2
20-01 M-CNT CLR. times repeatedly.
CLEARED 000,000 <Display example: 012,345>
012 → Blank → 345 → Blank → 012
0.7s 0.3s 0.7s 1.0s 0.7s
21 01 Maintenance cycle setting [Function]
The currently set code of the maintenance cycle is displayed, and the newly set data are saved.
Enter the code number with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/
M201) and press [START] key. The entered value is saved and the display returns to the sub
code input standby state.

0 3,000 sheets
1 6,000 sheets
2 9,000 sheets
3 13,000 sheets
4 25,000 sheets Default
5 Free (999,999 sheets)
1) The current set value is 2) [ ] key or [Numeric] key 3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START]
displayed. key
21-01 M-CYCLE
21-01 M-CYCLE 5:FREE ( 0-5 ) 21-01 M-CYCLE
4:25,000 ( 0-5 ) 2) [ ] key or [Numeric] key 5:FREE ( 0-5 )
21-01 M-CYCLE
3:13,000 ( 0-5 )

Main Sub
code code
22 01 Maintenance counter display [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the maintenance counter is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
1) Initial display The operation is similar to simulation 20-01.
22-01 M-CNT
***,***
02 Maintenance preset display [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the preset value (25,000 sheets, etc.) corre-
sponding to the code set with simulation 21-01 is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-02 M-CNT PRESET
***,***
04 JAM total counter display [Function]
The JAM total counter is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-04 JAM TTL CNT
***,***
05 Total counter display [Function]
The total counter value is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-05 TTL CNT
***,***
06 Developer counter display [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the developer counter value is obtained and dis-
played.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-06 DVLP CNT
***,***
08 SPF/RSPF counter display [Function]
(Only the AR-203E/M200/ The SPF/RSPF counter is displayed.
M201 with the SPF/RSPF
[Operation]
installed)
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E
22-08 SPF CNT
***,***
11 FAX-related counter display [Function]
(Executable only when the The FAX-related counter is displayed.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT COUNTER
1:PAGE 2:TIME
∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is terminated.
2) Select 1 2) Select 2
SEND PAGE:xxx,xxx TX TIME:xxxxx:xx.xx
RECV PAGE:xxx,xxx RX TIME:xxxxx:xx.xx
("xxx,xxx" is the current value.) ("xxxxx: xx. xx" is the current value.)
∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display". ∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display".

Main Sub
code code
22 12 Drum counter display [Function]
The drum counter is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-12 DRUM CNT
***,***
13 CRUM type display [Function]
The CRUM type currently set (written) in the CRUM chip is displayed.
Code number CRUM type Display item

00 Not set 0
01 BTA-A BTA-A
02 BTA-B BTA-B
03 BTA-C BTA-C
99 Conversion CONVERSION
1) The CRUM type is displayed.
22-13 CRUM TYPE
01:BTA-A
14 ROM version display [Function]
The P-ROM version is displayed.
Press [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the dis-
play version.
Code number Version Display item

0 Main unit Program MAIN PROG.
1 F-IMC Program F-IMC PROG.
2 LCD DATA LCD DATA
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key
1) Initial display 22-14 ROM VER.
22-14 ROM VER. F-IMC PROG. 00.00
MAIN PROG. 00.00 2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key
22-14 ROM VER.
LCD DATA 00.00
AR-203E/5420
16 Duplex counter display [Function]

(AR-M201 only) The duplex counter is displayed.
[Operation]
1) Initial display
22-16 DPLX CNT
***,***
17 Copy counter display [Function]
The copy counter is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-17 COPIES CNT
***,***

Main Sub
code code
22 18 Printer counter display [Function]
The printer counter is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-18 PRT.CNT
***,***
19 Scanner mode counter [Function]
display The scanner mode counter is displayed.
(AR-203E/M200/M201)
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E
22-19 S-MODE CNT
***,***
21 Scanner counter display [Function]
The scanner counter is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
22-21 SCAN CNT
***,***
22 SPF/RSPF JAM counter [Function]
display (Only the AR-203E/ The SPF/RSPF JAM counter is displayed.
M200/M201 with the [Operation]
SPF/RSPF installed)
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E
22-22 S JAM CNT
***,***
24 01 JAM total counter clear [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the JAM total counter is cleared to 0 and
"000,000" is displayed on the LCD/display.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
24-01 JAM TTL CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
04 SPF/RSPF counter clear [Function]
(Only the AR-203E/M200/ When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the SPF/RSPF counter value is cleared to 0 and
M201 with the SPF/RSPF "000,000" is displayed on the LCD/display.
installed)
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E
24-04 SPF CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
05 Duplex counter clear [Function]
(AR-M201 only) When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the duplex counter value is cleared to 0, and
[Operation]
1) Initial display
24-05 DPLX CLR.
CLEARED 000,000

Main Sub
code code
24 06 Developer counter clear [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the developer counter value is cleared to 0, and
"000,000" is displayed.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
24-06 DVLP CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
07 Drum counter clear [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the drum counter value is cleared to 0, and
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
24-07 DRUM CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
08 Copy counter clear [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the copy counter value is cleared to 0, and
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
24-08 COPIES CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
09 Printer counter clear [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the printer counter value is cleared to 0, and
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
24-09 PRT.CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
10 FAX counter clear [Function]
(Executable only when the When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the FAX count value is set to 0 and "000,000" is
FAX is installed.) displayed on the LCD.
[Operation]
1) Initial display
24-10 FAX CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
13 Scanner counter clear [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the scanner counter value is cleared to 0, and
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
24-13 SCAN CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
14 SPF/RSPF JAM total [Function]
counter clear (Only the When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the SPF/RSPF JAM total counter value is cleared
AR-203E/M200/M201 with to 0, and "000,000" is displayed on the LCD/display.
the SPF/RSPF installed)
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E
24-14 S JAM TTL CLR.
CLEARED 000,000

Main Sub
code code
24 15 Scanner mode counter clear [Function]
(AR-203E/M200/M201) When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the scanner mode counter value is cleared to 0,
and "000,000" is displayed on the LCD/display.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E
24-15 S-MODE CLR.
CLEARED 000,000
25 01 Main motor operation check [Function]
(Cooling fan motor rotation When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the main motor (and the duplex motor in the case
check) of a duplex model) is operated for 30sec.
To reduce toner consumption, if the developing unit is installed, the developing bias, the main
charger, and the grid are also outputted.
In this case, laser discharge is required when stopping the motor, the polygon motor is also
operated at the same time. Check for installation of the developing unit. If it is not installed, the
high voltage above is not outputted and only the motor is rotated.
To check the developing bias, install the developing unit.
After completion of 30sec operation, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
1) Initial display
25-01 MAIN MOTOR CHK
EXECUTING...
10 Polygon motor ON [Function]
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the Bios is called to rotate the polygon motor for
30sec.
After completion of 30sec operation, the operation is turned off with the Bios and the machine
goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
1) Initial display
25-10 LSU CHK
EXECUTING...
26 02 SPF/RSPF setup [Function]
When this simulation is executed, the current set SPF/RSPF is displayed. Enter the code num-
ber corresponding to the desired SPF/RSPF and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the
setting.
Code number SPF/RSPF Display item
0 SPF NO SPF OFF
1 SPF YES SPF ON
2 RSPF YES RSPF ON
For the AR-203E/5420, the code number cannot be set to 2.
For the AR-M200/M201, the code number cannot be set to 1.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
1) The current set value is 2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key 1) Press [ ] [ ] key to
displayed. change the code number.
26-02 SPF/RSPF
26-02 SPF/RSPF 2:RSPF ON (0- 2) 2) Press [START] key to fix
1:SPF ON (0- 2) the code number.
3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START]
2) [Numeric] key or [ ] key key
26-02 SPF/RSPF 26-02 SPF/RSPF
0:SPF OFF (0- 2) 2:RSPF ON (0- 2)
03 Second cassette setup [Function]
When this simulation is executed, the current set second cassette is displayed. Enter the code
number corresponding to the desired second cassette and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to
save the setting.
Code number Second cassette Display item
0 Second cassette NO OFF
1 Second cassette YES ON
For the AR-203E/5420/M200/M201, the code number cannot be set to 1.
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
26 04 Machine duplex setup [Function]
When this simulation is executed, the current set duplex is displayed. Enter the code number
corresponding to the desired duplex and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting.
Code number Duplex Display item
0 Duplex NO OFF
1 Duplex YES* ON
* AR-203E/5420/M200: cannot be executed.
[Operation]
06 Destination setup [Function]
When this simulation is executed, the current set destination is displayed. Enter the code num-
ber corresponding to the desired destination and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the
setting.
Code number Destination Display item
0 Inch series INCH
1 EX Japan AB series AB
2 Japan AB series –
* Code number 2 cannot be selected.
[Operation]
07 Machine conditions check [Function]
When this simulation is executed, the current machine setting is displayed.
CPM Copy quantity Remark
20 CPM 20
1) The machine setting is displayed.
26-07 CPM
20 CPM
20 Rear edge void setup [Function]
When this simulation is executed, the current set rear edge void is displayed. Enter the code
number corresponding to the desired rear edge void and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to
save the setting.
Code number Setting Display item Remark
0 Rear edge void NO OFF
1 Rear edge void YES ON Default
[Operation]
30 CE mark support control [Function]
ON/OFF When this simulation is executed, the current set CE mark support control is displayed. Enter
the code number corresponding to the desired CE mark support control and press [OK]/
[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting.
0 CE mark support control OFF OFF Default (100V series)
1 CE mark support control ON ON
[Operation]
37 Cancel of stop at developer [Function]
life over When this simulation is executed, the current setting is displayed. Enter the code number and
press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to change the setting.
[Operation]
39 Memory capacity check [Function]
When the simulation is executed, the currently installed SDRAM of the main unit is displayed.
8 8 MBYTE
16 16 MBYTE
1) Memory capacity display
26-39 MEM.CHK
8 MBYTE

Main Sub
code code
26 40 Polygon motor OFF time [Function]
setup (Time required for When this simulation is executed, the current setting is displayed. Enter the code number corre-
turning OFF after completion sponding to the desired setting and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting.
of printing)
Display item
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
0 0sec 0 SEC. 0
1 30sec 30 SEC. 30 Default
2 60sec 60 SEC. 60
3 90sec 90 SEC. 90
[Operation]
42 Transfer ON timing control [Function]
setup AR-203E/5420
When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.
Enter the code number and press the [START] key, and the setting will be changed. (For any
number different from the following ones, the default time is automatically set.)
<Paper lead edge adjustment table>
Code number Setting Code number Setting
0 Default (236 msec) 11 Default (236 msec)
1 –20 msec 12 +2 msec
2 –18 msec 13 +4 msec
3 –16 msec 14 +6 msec
4 –14 msec 15 +8 msec
5 –12 msec 16 +10 msec
6 –10 msec 17 +12 msec
7 –8 msec 18 +14 msec
8 –6 msec 19 +16 msec
9 –4 msec 20 +18 msec
10 –2 msec 21 +20 msec
* The default value, "11," of the transfer ON timing indicates "236msec passed from PS
release."
* When set to "0," it is same as setting to the default, "11."
* The transfer ON timing can be adjusted to 236msec ± 2ms.
AR-M200/M201
For the AR-M200/M201, the adjustment can be made individually for each of the following
modes.
Mode Display item Default Setting range
Front surface paper lead edge F-REAR 11 0 - 21
Front surface paper rear edge F-END 50 1 - 99
Back surface paper lead edge B-REAR 11 0 - 21
Back surface paper rear edge B-END 50 1 - 99
<Paper lead edge adjustment table> is the same as that of the AR-203E/5420 above.
<Front/back surface of paper rear edge adjustment table>
Code Setting Remark
1 –98 msec
... ...
49 –2 msec
50 0 msec Default
51 +2 msec
... ...
99 +98 msec
* The default "50" of the transfer OFF timing indicates "210msec passed from PPD1OFF."
* The transfer OFF timing can be adjusted to 210msec ± 2ms.
1) Initial display 3) [Numeric] key: Value entry
<Front surface lead edge setting> 26-42 TC ON TIMING
26-42 TC ON TIMING F-END 51( 1-99 )
F-REAR 11( 0-21 )
4) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key:
2) [ ][ ] key: Mode selection Settles the entered value. The display is
26-42 TC ON TIMING shifted to the sub code input standby
F-END 50( 1-99 ) menu.

Main Sub
code code
26 43 Side void setup [Function]
When this simulation is executed, the currently set code of the side void quantity is displayed (ini-
tial display), and the set data are saved. (Setting range: 0 – 10, Default: 4 (= One side 2.0mm))
Code Setting Remark Code Setting Remark
0 0 mm 6 3.0 mm
1 0.5 mm 7 3.5 mm
2 1.0 mm 8 4.0 mm
3 1.5 mm 9 4.5 mm
4 2.0 mm Default 10 5.5 mm
5 2.5 mm
* When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the side void is changed as follows:
Side void adjustment: The side void is increased by 0.5mm. (The side void of "Set value x
0.5mm" is made.)
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
1) Initial display 1) Press [ ] [ ] key to change the code
26-43 SIDE VOID number.
4( 0-10) 2) Press [START] key to fix the code number.
2) [Numeric] key
26-43 SIDE VOID
5( 0-10)
3) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key
26-43 SIDE VOID
5( 0-10)
54 γ life correction setting [Function]
Used to set the γ life correction.
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed.
Enter the desired code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting.
(Setting range: 0 – 1, default: 1)
0 OFF OFF
1 ON ON Default
[Operation]
62 Energy-save mode copy [Function]
lamp setup Used to set half-ON /OFF of the copy lamp in the pre-heat mode.
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired
code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting.
0 Copy lamp OFF OFF
1 Copy lamp half-ON ON Default
[Operation]
30 01 Paper sensor status display [Function]
The paper sensor status is displayed on the LCD/LED.
Display item
Sensor Display lamp (AR-203E/5420)
(AR-M200/M201)
Paper exit sensor POD Photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp
No. 1 tray paper width sensor PD1 —
(AR-M200/M201 only)
No. 2 tray paper width sensor PD2 —
(AR-M200/ M201 only)
Paper entry sensor PPD1 Developer cartridge replacement lamp
Duplex sensor (AR-M201 only) PPD2 JAM lamp
No. 2 tray paper feed sensor PPD3 2nd cassette lamp
New drum cartridge sensor DRST Zoom lamp
∗ Since the manual paper feed sensor is a single bypass sensor, its status is not displayed.
∗ The width sensor is available only in the FAX models.
1) Initial display 2) When sensor ON
30-01 P-SENSOR 30-01 POD PD1 PD2
PPD1 PPD2 PPD3 DRST

Main Sub
code code
41 06 OC cover float detection [Function]
level adjustment (Only the When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. When [OK]/[ENTER]/
AR-203E/M200/M201 with [START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the SPF/RSPF scan position to acquire
the SPF/RSPF installed) the OC cover float detection level.
When the mirror base unit returns to the home position, the acquired value is displayed.
If the adjustment is NG, the following message is displayed.
AR-203E/5420: Misfeed lamp lights up, and the 7seg display remains unchanged.
AR-M200/M201: The LCD indicates "ERR."
Note that, this simulation must be executed with the OC cover closed.
∗ If the value is 0, float detection is not performed in normal jobs.
1) Initial display <Canceling - when [Clear]/[Clear All] key is pressed->
41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL After canceling, the machine goes into the sub code entry
0 standby mode.
2) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] THE JOB IS BEING
key CANCELED.
41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL 3) When the level is 3) When the level is not
EXECUTING... acquired: acquired:
41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL 41-06 OC FLOAT LEVEL
**** OK **** ERR
07 OC cover float detection [Function]
margin setting (Only the For the number of pixels between black markers on the SPF/RSFP scanning position saved in
AR-203E/M200/M201 with "41-06: (OC cover float detection level adjustment)", if the number of pixels between the mark-
the SPF/RSPF installed) ers when processing float detection is less than the number of pixels set with this simulation, it
is judged as the float error.
When the set value of this simulation is "0," no float error occurs.
When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed.
Enter the adjustment value with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201), and press
[START] key. The setting is saved and the display is shifted to the sub code input standby menu.
Setting range: 0 – 99 (Copes with margin 0 – 99 pixels.)
Default: 30 (30 pixels)
[Operation]
43 01 Fusing temperature setting [Function]
(Normal copy) Used to set the fusing temperature of 3rd or later sheet. (For 1st and 2nd sheets, simulation 43-
14 is used.)
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Press [ ] [ ] key
(or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the setting and press [OK]/[ENTER]/
[START] key to save the setting into the EERPOM. The machine goes into the sub code entry
standby mode.
The [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is used to select
the mode.
Code Set temperature (°C) Remark Code Set temperature (°C) Remark
0 170 5 195 Default
1 175 6 200
2 180 7 205
3 185 8 210
4 190
Display item Display item
Mode
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
Main cassette paper feed & 2nd cassette paper feed TRAY1 AE mode lamp
Manual paper feed MFT TEXT mode lamp
* The cassette feed and the manual feed are controlled similarly.
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 4) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key
1) Initial display <Main cassette paper feed Settles the entered value. The display is
& 2nd cassette paper feed setting> shifted to the sub code input standby
43-01 FU TEMP menu.
TRAY1 6( 0-8 ) AR-203E/5420
2) [ ][ ] key: Mode selection 1) Press [Exposure mode selector] key to
43-01 FU TEMP change the mode.
MFT 6( 0-8 ) 2) Press [ ] [ ] key to set the value.
3) [Numeric] key: Value entry 3) Press [START] key to fix the code
43-01 FU TEMP number.
MFT 6( 0-8 )

Main Sub
code code
43 04 Fusing temperature setting [Function]
in multi copy For 20th sheet or later in multi copy, the fusing temperature is automatically changed from the
temperature set with simulation 43-01 to the temperature set with this simulation.
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the code
number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to change the setting.
Code Set temperature (°C) Remark

0 165
1 170
2 175
3 180
4 185
5 190
6 195
7 200
Display item Display lamp

Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
Main cassette paper feed & 2nd TRAY1 AE mode lamp 3
cassette paper feed
Manual paper feed MFT TEXT mode lamp 3
Main cassette paper feed & 2nd TRAY1 SH PHOTO mode lamp 1
cassette paper feed (small-size)
Manual paper feed (small-size) MFT SH AE mode lamp 1
TEXT mode lamp
∗ The cassette feed and the manual feed are controlled similarly.
[Operation]
05 Fusing temperature setup in [Function]
duplex copy (AR-M201 only) In the case of duplex copy, the shift temperature set with this simulation is applied to the fusing
temperature.
When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed.
Enter the desired code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save the setting.
Code Shift temperature (°C) Remark Code Shift temperature (°C) Remark
0 ±0 Default 5 ±0
1 –8 6 +2
2 –6 7 +4
3 –4 8 +6
4 –2 9 +8
[Operation]
14 Fusing start temperature [Function]
setting When this simulation is started, the currently set code number is displayed.
Press [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the set-
ting, and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to save it to the EEPROM. The machine goes to the
sub code entry standby mode.
Code Set temperature (°C) Remark Code Set temperature (°C) Remark
0 160 6 190
1 165 7 195 Default
2 170 8 200
3 175 9 205
4 180 10 210
5 185
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
46 01 Copy density adjustment [Function]
(300dpi) Copy density is set for each mode.
When this simulation is executed, the current se value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50).
Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set value.
When the set value is increased, the copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased,
the copy becomes lighter.
In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make darker copy,
Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When made to lighter copy, Exp1. and Exp.5 cop-
ies become lighter, too.
Press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the mode.
The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the LCD/display. (Adjustment value: 1 – 99)
The setting procedure of the magnification ratio is the same as that to copy operation.
Display item LED Display lamp
Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
AE mode (300dpi) AE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
TEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50
PHOTO mode PHOTO SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp 50
TS mode (TEXT) TSTXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50
(300dpi) SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (AE) TSAE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
[Operation]
AR-M200/M201 4) To fix the set value without printing, press
1) Initial display [OK]/[ENTER] key.
46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300 46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300
AE 100% 50( 1-99) AE 100% 62( 1-99)
2) [ ] key: Mode selection * To cancel manual feed paper empty MSG,
46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300 press any key.
TSAE 100% 50( 1-99) * When performing the AE mode exposure
adjustment, place the test chart on the docu-
2) [ ] key: Mode selection
ment table so that the center area of 10cm is
46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300 not covered.
TEXT 100% 50( 1-99) AR-203E/5420
3) [Numeric] key: Value entry 1) Press [Exposure mode selector] key to
46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300 change the mode.
AE 100% 62( 1-99) 2) Press [ ] [ ] key to set the value.
4) [START] key: Fixing and printing value 3) [START] Fixing and printing value
(No change on the LCD) * Print is started in the set mode.
* Print is started in the set mode.
46-01 EXP.LEVEL 300
AE 100% 62( 1-99)
02 Copy density adjustment [Function]
(600dpi) Copy density is set for each mode.
When the set value is increased, the copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased,
the copy becomes lighter.
In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make darker copy,
Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When made to lighter copy, Exp1. and Exp.5 cop-
ies become lighter, too.
Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
46 12 Density adjustment in the [Function]
FAX mode (Collective When [START] key is pressed, scan is executed with the entered exposure adjustment value
adjustment) (Executable and the data stored on the FAX side is rewritten into the entered value.
only when the FAX is All data of the exposure adjustment values are rewritten into the same value.
installed.) For the density adjustment table data, refer to simulation 46-13 (density adjustment (Normal
text) in the FAX mode).
[Operation]
1) Initial display 3) Scan is started (self print), and the LED
of [START] key is turned off.
ADJUST EXP. AUTO
XX ADJUST EXP. AUTO
("XX" is the exposure adjustment value of SCAN YY
normal text stored on the FAX side.) 4) Print is started (self print).
2) Enter a 2-digit value as the exposure
ADJUST EXP. AUTO
adjustment value.
PRINT YY
ADJUST EXP. AUTO After completion of printing, returns to “2)”
YY display.
("YY" is the entered exposure adjustment
value.)
13 FAX mode density [Function]
adjustment (Normal text) Scan is started with the exposure adjustment value entered with [START] key, and the stored
(Executable only when the data of the selected mode on the FAX side is rewritten into the input value.
FAX is installed.) Density adjustment value data table
Mode Photo Exposure adjustment value
STD (Normal text) off
Fine (Fine text) on
off
Sfine (Super fine) on
off
When initializing each data: 50
[Operation]
1) Initial display 3) Scan is started (self print), and the LED
of [START] key is turned off.
ADJUST EXP. STD
XX ADJUST EXP. STD
("XX" is the corresponding exposure adjust- SCAN YY
ment value of normal text mode stored on the 4) Print is started (self print).
FAX side.)
ADJUST EXP. STD
PRINT YY
adjustment value with [Numeric] key.
After completion of printing, returns to “2)”
ADJUST EXP. STD display.
YY
value.)
14 FAX mode density [Function]
adjustment (Fine text) When [START] key is pressed, scan is started with the entered exposure adjustment value and
(Executable only when the the data of the selected mode on the FAX side is changed to the entered value.
FAX is installed.) For the density adjustment value table data, refer to simulation 46-13 (FAX mode density
adjustment (Normal text).)
[Operation]
1) Initial display 3) Scan start (self print)
ADJUST EXP. FINE ADJUST EXP. FINE
XX SCAN YY
("XX" is the corresponding exposure adjust- 4) Print start (self print)
ment value of the fine text mode stored on
ADJUST EXP. AUTO
the FAX side.)
PRINT YY
adjustment value with [Numeric] key. After completion of printing, returns to “2)”
display.
ADJUST EXP. FINE
YY
value.)

Main Sub
code code
46 15 FAX mode density [Function]
adjustment (Super fine) When [START] key is pressed, scan is started with the entered exposure adjustment value and
(Executable only when the the data of the selected mode on the FAX side is changed to the entered value.
FAX is installed.) For the density adjustment value table data, refer to simulation 46-13 (FAX mode density
adjustment (Normal text).)
[Operation]
1) Initial display 3) Scan start (self print)
ADJUST EXP. S-FINE ADJUST EXP. S-FINE
XX SCAN YY
("XX" is the corresponding exposure adjust- 4) Print start (self print)
ment value of the super fine mode stored on
the FAX side.) ADJUST EXP. S-FINE
PRINT YY
adjustment value with [Numeric] key. After completion of printing, returns to “2)”
display.
ADJUST EXP. S-FINE
YY
value.)
18 Image contrast adjustment [Function]
(300dpi) Contrast is set for each mode.
When the set value is increased, the contrast becomes higher. When the set value is
decreased, the contrast becomes lower.
In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make higher con-
trast, Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become in higher contrast. When made to a lower contrast,
Exp1. and Exp.5 copies become lower contrast, too.
Press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to switch the
mode. The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the LCD/display. (Adjustment value: 1
– 99)
Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
* No density display on LCD/display.
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
46 19 Exposure mode setup [Function]
<γ table setting>
When this simulation is executed, the code number of the current set gamma table is displayed.
(Default: 2)
Enter the code number corresponding to the desired gamma table, and press [Exposure mode
selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the mode and write into the
EEPROM.
<AE operation mode>
When setting the γ table, press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] key for the AR-M200/
M201) to change to the AE operation mode, and the current set code number of the AE opera-
tion mode is displayed. (Default: 0)
Enter the code number corresponding to the desired AE operation mode and press [Exposure
mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the mode and write
into the EEPROM.
<PHOTO image process setting>
When [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is pressed in AE
operation mode setting, the mode is changed to the PHOTO image process setting and the
code number of the current set PHOTO image process setting is displayed. (Default: 1)
Enter the code number corresponding to the desired PHOTO image process setting and press
[Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) to change the mode
and write into the EEPROM.
Display item Display lamp Code

Mode Setting content Remark
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420) number
Image quality priority
1
mode
γ GAMMA OFF
Toner consumption Default
2
priority mode
0 Lead edge stop Default
AE AE AE
1 Real time process
1 Error diffusion process Default
PHOTO PHOTO PHOTO
2 Dither process
[Operation]
20 SPF/RSPF exposure [Function]
correction (Only the Used to adjust the exposure correction amount in the SPF/RSPF mode. The adjustment is
AR-203E/M200/M201 with made by adjusting Vref voltage variation for the OC mode.
the SPF/RSPF installed) When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in 2 digits (Default: 50).
Change the set value and press [START] key to save the setting and make a copy.
When the set value is increased, copy becomes darker. When the set value is decreased, copy
becomes lighter. (Adjustment range: 1 – 99)

Mode Default Remark
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E)
RSPF/SPF SPF TEXT mode lamp 50
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
46 29 Image contrast adjustment [Function]
(600dpi) Contrast is set for each mode.
When the set value is increased, the contrast becomes higher. When the set value is
decreased, the contrast becomes lower.
In this case, only Exp.3 copy is made. When, however, the setting is made to make higher con-
trast, Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become in higher contrast. When made to a lower contrast,
Exp1. and Exp.5 copies become lower contrast, too.

Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
* No density display on LCD/display.
[Operation]
30 AE limit adjustment [Function]
Used to set the limit value in AE and AE (toner save).
Change the setting and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to write the setting into the EEPROM.
The machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.
By pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201), setting is
changed. (Setting range: 0 – 31, Default: 0)

Mode Remark
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
Limit value for AE AE AE mode lamp
Limit value for AE (toner save) TEXT TEXT mode lamp
<Remark>
When simulation 26-06 (Destination setting) or simulation 46-19 Auto Exposure mode is
changed, the setting of this simulation is also changed to the default in connection.
[Operation]
31 Image sharpness [Function]
adjustment Used to adjust sharpening/blurring of image in each mode.
Image quality Setting No Remark

Blurring 0
Standard 1 Default
Sharpening 2
When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed and the current set
value is displayed. (Default: 1)
Change the set value and press [START] key to make a copy under the set conditions.
To change the mode, press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/
M201). The code number of the selected mode is dip0slayed on the LCD/display.

Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
AE mode AE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 1
TEXT mode TEXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 1
SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp
SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
46 32 Copier color reproduction [Function]
setup Used to set color reproduction in each mode. Colors easy to be copied and colors difficult to be
copied can be switched.
Set value Colors easy to be copied Colors difficult to be copied
0 Purple, Blue, Red Yellow, Green, Water blue
1 Water blue, Green, Blue Purple, Red, Yellow
2 Yellow, Red, Green Blue, Water blue, Purple
* This setting has virtually no effect on black-and-white documents.

When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed and the current set
value is displayed. (Default: 0)
Press [START] key to make a copy under the set conditions . At that time, color components are
changed for used in copying.
To change the mode, press [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/
M201). The code number of the selected mode is dip0slayed on the LCD/display.
Specification component Setting No Remark
Green 0 Default
Red 1
Blue 2

Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
AE mode AE COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 0
(including TS)
TEXT mode TEXT PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 0
(including TS)
[Operation]
39 FAX mode sharpness [Function]
adjustment (Executable only When [START] key is pressed, scan is started with the entered sharpness adjustment value,
when the FAX is installed.) and the data of the selected mode stored on the FAX side is changed to the entered value.
Sharpness adjustment value data table
Mode Sharpness adjustment value
1: STD
2: FINE
3: S-FINE
4: FINE/PHOTO
5: S-FINE/PHOTO
When initializing each data: 1
[Operation]
1) Initial display 4) Enter a one-digit value (0-2) as the sharp-
SHARPNESS SETTING ness adjustment value with [Numeric]
PRESS ←,→ key.
SHARPNESS SETTING
2) [ ][ ] key or after 2sec
ZZZZ(0-2) Y
Every time when [ ] key is pressed,
the second line is changed in the ("Y" is the entered sharpness adjustment
sequence of No. 1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → value.)
1. ∗ [Clear] key: Returns to “2)” display.
When [ ] key is pressed, the sequence 5) Scan start (self print)
is reversed.
SHARPNESS SETTING
SHARPNESS SET (1-5) SCAN Y
1:STD
6) Print start (self print)
3) Select the arrow key 1-5, and the LED of
SHARPNESS SETTING
[START] key is lighted.
PRINT Y
SHARPNESS SETTING
ZZZZ(0-2) X After completion of printing, returns to “4)”
display.
("ZZZZ" is the mode selected among STD,
FINE, S-FINE, FINE/PHOTO, and S-FINE/
PHOTO.)
("X" is the corresponding sharpness adjust-
ment value of the selected mode stored on
the FAX side.)
∗ [Clear] key: Returns to “2)” display.

Main Sub
code code
48 01 Front/rear (main scanning) [Function]
direction and scan (sub Used to adjust the magnification ratio in the main scan (front/rear) direction and sub scan direc-
scanning) direction tion.
magnification ratio Enter the adjustment value with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201). Press
adjustment [START] key to save the set value and make a copy. (When the adjustment value is increased
by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 0.1%.)
The adjustment mode can be changed by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ]
key for the AR-M200/M201). (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default: 50)
Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
Main scan direction F-R PRINT mode TEXT mode lamp 50
magnification ratio lamp
OC mode sub scan SCAN SCAN mode PHOTO mode 50
direction magnification ratio lamp lamp
[Operation]
05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scan [Function]
direction magnification ratio Used to display the current SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification ratio on the LCD/
in copying (Only the display.
AR-203E/M200/M201 with When [START] key is pressed, the entered data is acquired and saved into the EEPROM, and a
the SPF/RSPF installed) copy is made. (When the set value is increased by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by
0.1%.)
When adjusting the RSPF, the mode is set to "Duplex → Single," single copies of two sheets are
performed.
For printing, regardless of the density mode and the density level,
Density mode = MANUAL
Density level = 3
Display item LED Display

Initial value of
Mode (AR-M200/ (AR-M200/ lamp Default
duplex setting
M201) M201) (AR-203E)
Sub scan magnification S-S SIDE1 COPY mode AE mode 50
ratio adjustment on the lamp lamp
front surface of SPF/RSPF
document
Sub scan magnification D-S SIDE2 PRINT — 50
ratio adjustment on the mode lamp
back surface of RSPF
document (AR-M200/
M201)
* When there is no document in SPF/RSPF, copy is inhibited.
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
49 01 Flash ROM program writing [Function]
mode When this simulation is executed, "d" is displayed on the display (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is
displayed on the LCD for the AR-M200/M201), the machine goes into the program writing mode
from PC to Flash ROM.
Use the writing tool on the PC and write the program.
During writing, the display shows as follows:
After completion of download, turn OFF/ON the power to reset.
AR-M200/M201 AR-203E/5420
Status Pre-heat Ready Remark
Display item Display
lamp lamp
Download data receiving RECEIVING "d" ON ON OFF
Loader function transfer LOADER COPYING AR-M200/M201
Date delete start FLASH ERASE "d" ON OFF ON
Data write (Boot section) BOOT WRITING "d" ON Blink OFF
Data write (Program PROGRAM WRITING "d" ON Blink Blink
section)
Data write (EEPROM) E2PROM WRITING AR-M200/M201
Data write (LCD) LCD DATE WRITING AR-M200/M201
During SUM CHECK FLASH ROM SUM "d" ON ON ON
CHECK
During BOOT SUM BOOT SUM CHECK AR-M200/M201
CHECK
During EEPROM SUM EEPROM SUM CHECK AR-M200/M201
CHECK
Download complete DOWNLOAD "0FF" ON OFF OFF
COMPLETE!
Error state "E ∗" ON OFF OFF AR-203E/5420
* "∗" in an error display indicates the error position.
1 Data reception error 6 Sum check (Loader section)
2 Loader function transfer 7 Sum check (Boot section)
3 FLASH ROM delete 8 Sum check (Program section)
4 FLASH ROM writing (Boot section) 9 Sum check (EEPROM section)
5 FLASH ROM writing (Program section) 10 Data error
In case of an error in download, the following message is displayed on the LCD.

(AR-M200/M201)
Error status Display item
PC data receiving E-01 PC TRANS
Loader function transfer E-02 LOADER COPY
FLASH ROM delete E-03 FLASH ERASE
Boot section FLASH ROM write E-04 BOOT WRITE
Program section FLASH ROM write E-05 PROGRAM WRITE
Loader section SUM CHECK E-06 LOADER SUM
Boot section SUM CHECK E-07 BOOT SUM
Program section SUM CHECK E-08 PROGRAM SUM
E2PROM SUM CHECK E-09 E2PROM SUM
E2PROM write E-10 E2PROM WRITE
E2PROM read Verify E-11 E2PROM READ
E2PROM collating Verify E-12 E2PROM COLLATE
Boot section lens check E-13 BOOT LENGTH
Program section lens check E-14 PROGRAM LENGTH
E2PROM lens check E-15 E2PROM LENGTH
Total data size check E-16 DATE SIZE
IMC communication error E-17 IMC TRANS
IMC FRASH ROM write E-18 IMC FLASH WRITE
LCD section lens check E-19 LCD DATE LENGTH
LCD section FLASH ROM write E-20 LCD DATE WRITE
LCD section SUM CHECK E-21 LCD DATE SUM
To enter the download mode, there is a method to use key operations as well as to use a simu-
lation. With the power OFF, press and hold [Clear All] key + [ ] key, turn on the power.
1) Initial display
DOWNLOAD MODE

Main Sub
code code
50 01 Lead edge image position [Function]
Used to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void amount on copy paper. The
adjustment is made by adjusting the image scan start position at 100% and the print start posi-
tion (resist roller ON timing). When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed
in 2 digits. (Center value: 50)
When [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the AR-M200/M201) is pressed, the
setting mode and the display are changed.
Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy.
When the adjustment is made by the main cassette paper feed, the adjustment values of all the
paper feed ports become the same. (When the set value is increased by 1, shift is made by
0.1mm.)
Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
Print start position (Main TRAY1 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
cassette paper feed) Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp
(*) Print start position TRAY2 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
(2nd cassette paper feed) 2nd cassette lamp 2nd cassette lamp
Print start position MFT COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
(Manual paper feed) Manual paper feed lamp Manual feed lamp
Image lead edge void DEN-A PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50
amount Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp
Image scan start position RRC-A SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp 50
Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp
Image rear edge void DEN-B COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
amount (Cassette paper PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp
feed) SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp
Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp
Image rear edge void RRC-B COPY mode lamp COPY mode lamp 50
amount (Manual paper PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp
feed) Manual paper feed lamp Manual feed lamp
(*): Support for the installation models. For non-installation models, skip.
* When printing with the manual paper feed tray, use paper of the letter size.
* When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.
[Adjustment procedure]
1) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge void amount (TEXT lamp ON)
(B), and the scan start position (PHOTO lamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at
100%. (AR-203E/5420)
For the AR-M200/M201, the following LED’s are lighted:
• AE lamp/COPY mode lamp: (A)
• TEXT lamp/PRINT mode lamp: (B)
• PHOTO lamp/SCAN mode lamp: (C)
2) Measure the image loss (Rmm) of the scale.
Set C = 10 x R (mm). (Example: Set to 40.)
When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)
3) Measure the distance (Hmm) from the paper lead edge to the image print start position.
Set A = 10 x H (mm). (Example: Set to 50.)
When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is moved to the paper lead
edge by 1mm. (Default: 50).
4) Set the lead edge void amount to
(Example)
B = 50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)
When the value of B is increased by Distance from the paper lead edge
to the image lead edge, H = 5mm
10, the void is extended by about
0.1mm. (For 25 or less, however, Image loss, R = 4mm
the void amount is regarded as 0.)
∗ The SPF/RSPF adjustment is made
by adjusting the SPF/RSPF image 5mm
scan start position after OC

adjustment. 10mm
[Operation]
The operation is similar to simulation
46-01.

Main Sub
code code
50 06 Copy lead edge position [Function]
adjustment (SPF/RSPF) Used to adjust the SPF/RSPF copy lead edge.
(Only the AR-203E/M200/ When the adjustment value of the document scan position adjustment is increased by 1, the
M201 with the SPF/RSPF scan start timing is advanced by 0.1mm.
installed)
The print result is shifted to the opposite direction of the scan start position.
When scanning a back surface of document, the mode must be changed to operate the SPF/
RSPF by pressing [2-SIDED SCAN]/[2-SIDED COPY] key.
Initial value Display item LED
Display lamp
Mode of duplex (AR-M200/ (AR-M200/ Default
(AR-203E)
setting M201) M201)
Front surface S-S SIDE1 COPY mode AE mode 50
document scan lamp lamp
position adjustment
Back surface D-S SIDE2 PRINT mode — 50
document scan lamp
position adjustment
(AR-M200/M201)
Rear edge void S-S END SCAN mode PHOTO 50
adjustment (RSPF) lamp mode lamp
∗ When there is no document in the SPF/RSPF, copy is inhibited.

∗ When paper is discharged, the shifter is operated.
[Operation]
10 Center offset adjustment [Function]
Used to adjust the center offset position of copy images on copy paper and that in scanning
document.
When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed.
Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the setting and make a copy. (When
the set value is changed by 1, the center is shifted by 0.1mm.)
When the adjustment value is increased, the center is shifted to right. When decreased, the
center is shifted to left.
The modes can be selected by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ][ ] key for the
AR-M200/M201).
When the set value is changed largely, the area outside the shading area may be scanned to
cause black streaks on the edges. When the SPF/RSPF is used, select the mode for use of the
SPF/RSPF by [2-SIDED SCAN]/[2-SIDED COPY] key.
Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
Print center offset TRAY1 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
(Main cassette Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp
paper feed)
(*) Print center offset TRAY2 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
(2nd cassette paper 2nd cassette lamp 2nd cassette lamp
feed)
Print center offset MFT COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
(Manual paper feed) Manual paper feed Manual paper feed
lamp lamp
(**) 2nd print center SIDE2 PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50
offset (Main cassette Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp
paper feed)
(**): For Simplex models, skip.
* When printing with the manual paper feed tray, use paper of the letter size.
* In the 2nd print center offset adjustment, print is made forcibly as 1to2/Short Edge from OC
regardless of duplex setting.
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
50 12 Document off-center [Function]
adjustment Used to adjust document scan off-center adjustment.
The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ]
[ ] key for the AR-M200/M201). (Adjustment range: 1 – 99, Default: 50)
When the adjustment value is increased, the print result is shifted to left.
Initial value Display item LED Display lamp
Mode of duplex (AR-M200/ (AR-M200/ (AR-203E/ Default
setting M201) M201) 5420)
Platen document scan S-S OC COPY mode AE mode 50
lamp lamp
SPF document front S-S SPF PRINT mode TEXT mode 50
scan lamp lamp
RSPF document back D-S RSPF SCAN mode — 50
scan (AR-M200/M201) lamp
[Operation]
18 Memory reverse position [Function]
adjustment in duplex copy When this simulation is executed, the current set correction value is displayed.
(Only the AR-M201, or the Enter the correction value and press [START] key to save the entered correction value. (Correc-
AR-M200 with the RSPF tion value range; 1 – 99, Default: 50)
installed)
For S-D mode front surface print and print of even paged in D-S mode, reverse memory copy
operation is performed from the rear edge of documents.
When, therefore, the print position adjustment of output images is required, adjust as follows:
In the reverse memory coping, when the document scan is made in the arrow direction, the out-
put image is printed from the rear edge of scan image.
When, therefore, the print lead edge is shifted, set the reference chart so that the reference
position is on the rear edge, and use this simulation to adjust the set value so that the print lead
edge is matched.
Since printing is made from the image data most lately stored in memory to the lead edge data
from the print start position, the image lead edge adjustment is made by changing the end data
position stored in memory by the set value of this simulation.
Since it is performed by changing the scan end position, the image position adjustment is made
by changing the scan end position and the end data stored in memory.
The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [ ][ ] key.
Initial value of
Mode Display item LED Default
duplex setting
OC memory reverse S-D OC COPY mode 50
output position lamp
(AR-M201 only)
SPF/RSPF memory D-S SPF PRINT mode 50
reverse output position lamp
Document transport direction Document transport direction

Scan lead edge Print lead edge
Lead edge void (1)
Print start position
Scan end position

(Default: Scan cut by void (1)) Rear edge void
Print rear edge
Scan direction Scan rear edge
* The initial value of duplex setting is "1to2/Long Edge" for the duplex model, or "2to1" for the
simplex model.
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
50 19 Duplex copy rear edge void [Function]
adjustment Used to adjust the rear edge void amount in duplex copy.
(AR-M201 only) When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in 2 digits. (Center value:
50.) The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [ ][ ] key. (Adjustment range; 1 –
99)
Enter the adjustment value and press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy. (The
paper information is cleared for every copy.)
When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased by about 0.1mm.
Mode Display item LED Default

Paper rear edge void amount DEN-B PRINT mode lamp 50
Print start position (Duplex back surface) RRC-D SCAN mode lamp 50
* The initial value for duplex setting is "1to2/Short Edge" for the OC setting, or "2to2" for the
RSPF setting.
[Operation]
51 02 Resist quantity adjustment [Function]
Used to adjust the contact pressure of the main unit resist roller and the SPF/RSPF resist roller
onto paper. When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed.
The adjustment modes can be selected by pressing [Exposure mode selector] key (or [ ]
[ ] key for the AR-M200/M201).
Enter the adjustment value with [ ] [ ] key (or [Numeric] key for the AR-M200/M201) and
press [START] key to save the set value and make a copy.

Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E/5420)
Main cassette TRAY1 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
paper feed Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp
(*) 2nd cassette TRAY2 COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
paper feed 2nd cassette lamp 2nd cassette lamp
Manual paper feed MFT COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 50
Manual paper feed Manual paper feed lamp
lamp
RSPF document SIDE1 COPY mode lamp — 50
paper feed PRINT mode lamp
(Front surface) SCAN mode lamp
(AR-M200/M201) Main cassette lamp
RSPF document SIDE2 COPY mode lamp — 50
paper feed PRINT mode lamp
(Back surface) Main cassette lamp
(AR-M200/M201)
(*) Duplex back DUP-2 PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 50
surface SCAN mode lamp PHOTO mode lamp
(AR-M201 only) Main cassette lamp Main cassette lamp

Main Sub
code code
53 08 SPF/RSPF scan position [Function]
automatic adjustment (Only Place a A4 paper (white chart) so that it covers the SPF/RSPF scan glass and the OC glass
the AR-203E/M200/M201 together, and close the SPF/RSPF.
with the SPF/RSPF When this simulation is executed, the current adjustment value is displayed as the initial display.
installed)
* Default is 1. Adjustment range is 1 – 99. Adjustment unit 1 = about 0.127mm
* If the values are kept as the default values, SPF/RSPF scan is not performed properly. The
front area of the proper scan position may be scanned.
In case of AUTO, press [START] key, and the mirror unit scans from the home position to the
SPF/RSPF scan position with the adjustment value displayed. The SPF/RSPF glass cover edge
position is calculated from the difference between the SPF/RSPF glass cover edge and the OC
side document glass CCD output level. If the adjustment is normal, the adjusted value is dis-
played. If abnormal, the error LED lights up with the current set value displayed.
During the error LED is lighted, when [START] key is pressed again, execution is performed
again.

Mode Default
(AR-M200/M201) (AR-M200/M201) (AR-203E)
SPF/RSPF scan position AUTO COPY mode lamp AE mode lamp 1
auto adjustment
SPF/RSPF scan position MANU PRINT mode lamp TEXT mode lamp 1
manual adjustment
[Operation]
The operation is similar to simulation 46-01. (In MANUAL)
OK/ERR display in AUTO
<When OK> <When ERR>
53-08 SPF AUTO 53-08 SPF AUTO
AUTO 100% ** OK AUTO 100% ** ERR
61 03 Polygon motor check [Function]
(HSYNC output check) When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is
rotated for 30sec.
At that time, the ZOOM lamp (or the COPY mode lamp for the AR-M200/M201) is lighted for
100msec every time when HSYNC is detected.
1) Initial display
61-03 LSU CHK
EXECUTING...
63 01 Shading check [Function]
Used to display the detection level of white plate for shading.
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for
shading and the copy lamp is lighted.
When the light quantity is stabilized, revision is made for every second, and the level of one
pixel at the center of CCD which is not corrected is detected and the value is displayed in deci-
mal values on the LCD/display. (3 digits)
1) Initial display
63-01 SHADING CHK
EXECUTING... 000

Main Sub
code code
63 02 Black level automatic [Function]
correction Used to acquire the black level target value used for the black level adjustment of white balance.
When this simulation is executed, the current correction value is displayed in 3 digits of 12bit
hexadecimal number.
Place the gray gradation chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) used as the correction document so that the
density 10 (black side) comes on the left side and that the chart is upside down at the center of
the plate left center.
10
Chart back surface
When [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key is pressed, the mirror base unit scans the chart and calcu-
lates the correction value.
After completion of correction, the corrected value is displayed on the LCD/display.
* Default: 0
* If the value is set to the default, operation is made with 0x60.
1) Initial display <During canceling - When [Clear]/[Clear All] key is
pressed->
63-02 BLACK LEVEL
000 After canceling, the machine goes into the sub
code entry standby mode.
2) [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key:
Correction start THE JOB IS BEING
CANCELED.
63-02 BLACK LEVEL
EXECUTING... 3) After execution
63-02 BLACK LEVEL
*** OK
3) In case of an error
63-02 BLACK LEVEL
*** ERR
12 Light quantity stabilization [Function]
wait time setting Used to set the wait time before entering the light quantity level stable evaluation process in the
light quantity stable process of white balance. (Note: The light quantity stable level in the previ-
ous light quantity stable state is used as the target. When the light quantity level reaches the
target during the wait time, the set time of this simulation is ignored and the operation enters the
stable evaluation process.)
When this simulation is executed, the currently set value is displayed.
press [START] key. The entered value is stored and the machine goes into the sub code entry
standby mode.
Setting range: 0 – 99 (Complying with the light quantity stable wait time of 0 – 99sec.)
Default: 15 (15sec)
[Operation]
13 Light quantity stabilization [Function]
band setting When the difference between the maximum and the minimum values of the light quantity level
sampled for 3.2sec in the cycle of 100msec in the white balance light quantity stable process is
within the range set with this simulation, it is judged as the light quantity is stable. (Note: The
magnification ratio of the AFE gain setting is automatically reflected on the stable width.)
When this simulation is executed, the currently set value is displayed.
press [START] key. The entered value is stored and the machine goes into the sub code entry
standby mode.
Setting range: 1 – 99 (Light quantity stable width: Complying with 1 – 99 in 4095 gradations.)
Default: 16
[Operation]

Main Sub
code code
64 01 Self print (1by2 mode) [Function]
The status of the optical section is ignored and printing of one page is made. Also when the
print command is received from the host, printing is made.
When this simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. (Since,
however, the scanner is disabled, initializing is not made.)
Enter the code number and press [OK]/[ENTER]/[START] key to start paper feed from the
selected cassette and print in the selected pattern.
Code number Pattern Display item
0 1by2 1 BY 2
1 Grid pattern CHECK
2 White paper WHITE
3 Black background BLACK
* For 4 – 99, flip.

[Operation]
66 01 FAX soft SW setting [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to check the FAX soft SW setting.
FAX is installed.) Every time when the key is pressed, the bit on the first line is switched 0 and 1.
[Operation]
1) Initial display 3) Select 1
ENTER FAX SOFT SW. # No.### xxxxxxxx
(3 DIGITS) SW.___ USE # KEY 12345678
∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is terminated. 4) Change with 1-8 of [Numeric] key and
the press [OK]/[ENTER] key.
2) Enter a 3-digit value of soft SW No. (To
enter the fourth digit, shift to the left.), No.### xxxxxxxx
and the press [OK]/[ENTER] key. STORED? 1:YES 2:NO
No.### xxxxxxxx "xxxxxxxx" is the set content.
CHANGE? 1:YES 2:NO ∗ Select 2: Returns to the soft SW No. entry
"xxxxxxxx" is the set content. display.
∗ Select 2: Returns to the soft SW No. entry 5) Select 1
display. STORED
After 2sec, returns to "1) Initial display".

02 FAX soft SW initializing [Function]
(excluding the adjustment Use to initializing FAX soft SW.
values) (Executable only [Operation]
when the FAX is installed.)
1) Initial display
INITIALIZED
After 2sec, FAX control is terminated.

Main Sub
code code
66 03 FAX PWB memory check [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to check the FAX PWB memory.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT CHECK MEMORY
PRESS ←, →

Every time when [ ] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of No. 1
→ 2 → 3 → 1.
When [ ] key is pressed, the sequence is reversed.
SELECT MEMORY (1-3) SELECT MEMORY (1-3) SELECT MEMORY (1-3)
1:DRAM 2:SRAM 3:FLASH
3) [OK]/[ENTER] key
CHECKING MEMORY
4) After completion of check

• When the result is OK • In case of address bus • In case of data bus check
check error error
MEMORY CHECK RESULT MEMORY CHECK RESULT MEMORY CHECK RESULT
OK XXXXXXXX A-BUS NG XXXXXXXX D-BUS NG
• In case of sum check error • In case of data check error • In case of erase check error
MEMORY CHECK RESULT MEMORY CHECK RESULT MEMORY CHECK RESULT
XXXXXXXX SUM NG XXXXXXXX DATA NG XXXXXXXX ERASE NG
∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display".
04 Signal send mode (Max. [Function]
value) (Executable only Use to set the signal send mode (Max. value).
when the FAX is installed.) Facsimile simulation design specifications.
1 NO SIGNAL 13 7200bps(V34) 25 2400bps(V27ter)
2 33600bps(V34) 14 4800bps(V34) 26 300bps(FLAG)
3 31200bps(V34) 15 2400bps(V34) 27 2100Hz(CED)
4 28800bps(V34) 16 14400bps(V33) 28 1100Hz(CNG)
5 26400bps(V34) 17 12000bps(V33) 29 300bps(V21)
6 24000bps(V34) 18 14400bps(V17) 30 2100Hz(ANSam)
7 21600bps(V34) 19 12000bps(V17) 31 DUMMY RING
8 19200bps(V34) 20 9600bps(V17) 32 NO VOICE ANSWER
9 16800bps(V34) 21 7200bps(V17) 33 NO RING BACK TONE
10 14400bps(V34) 22 9600bps(V29) 34 LINE OFF HOOK
11 12000bps(V34) 23 7200bps(V29) 35 LINE ON HOOK
12 9600bps(V34) 24 4800bps(V27ter)
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT OUTPUT SIGNAL
(2 DIGITS) No.___
2) 2-digit (1-35) with [Numeric] key / [ ][ ] key / 2sec after

Pressing [ ] key or [ ] key reverses the sequence.
No. (1-35) ..... No. (1-35)
1:NO SIGNAL 35:LINE ON HOOK
3) [OK]/[ENTER] key: Send after setting
OUTPUTING SIGNAL MAX
PRESS CLEAR TO STOP

Main Sub
code code
66 05 Signal send mode (Soft SW [Function]
set value) (Executable only Use to set the signal send mode (Soft SW set value).
when the FAX is installed.) Facsimile simulation design specifications.
1 NO SIGNAL 13 7200bps(V34) 25 2400bps(V27ter)
2 33600bps(V34) 14 4800bps(V34) 26 300bps(FLAG)
3 31200bps(V34) 15 2400bps(V34) 27 2100Hz(CED)
4 28800bps(V34) 16 14400bps(V33) 28 1100Hz(CNG)
5 26400bps(V34) 17 12000bps(V33) 29 300bps(V21)
6 24000bps(V34) 18 14400bps(V17) 30 2100Hz(ANSam)
7 21600bps(V34) 19 12000bps(V17) 31 DUMMY RING
8 19200bps(V34) 20 9600bps(V17) 32 NO VOICE ANSWER
9 16800bps(V34) 21 7200bps(V17) 33 NO RING BACK TONE
10 14400bps(V34) 22 9600bps(V29) 34 LINE OFF HOOK
11 12000bps(V34) 23 7200bps(V29) 35 LINE ON HOOK
12 9600bps(V34) 24 4800bps(V27ter)
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT OUTPUT SIGNAL
(2 DIGITS) No.___
2) 2-digit (1-35) with [Numeric] key / [ ][ ] key / 2sec after
Pressing [ ] key or [ ] key reverses the sequence.
No. (1-35) ..... No. (1-35)
1:NO SIGNAL 35:LINE ON HOOK
3) [OK]/[ENTER] key: Send after setting
OUTPUTING SIGNAL SSW
PRESS CLEAR TO STOP
07 Image memory content print [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to print the image memory content.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
• When print is allowed • When there is no print data • When print is inhibited
PRINT STORED NO DATA CAN NOT PRINT
After completion of printing, After 2 sec, FAX control is After 2 sec, FAX control is
FAX control is terminated. terminated. terminated.
10 Image memory content clear [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to clear the image memory content.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
• When there are some print data • When there are no print data
CLEAR IMAGE MEMORY CLEAR IMAGE MEMORY
After completion of memory clear, the buzzer After completion of memory clear
sounds. CLEARED
CLEARED
PLEASE POWER OFF After 2sec, FAX control is terminated.
Remains unchanged until the power is turned
off.

Main Sub
code code
66 11 300bps signal send (Max. [Function]
value) (Executable only Use to set the 300bps signal send (Max. value).
when the FAX is installed.) 1: NO SIGNAL
2: 11111
3: 11110
4: 00000
5: 010101
6: 00001
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT SIGNAL
PRESS ←, →
→ 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 → 1.
SELECT SIGNAL (1-6) ..... SELECT SIGNAL (1-6)
1:NO SIGNAL 6:00001
3) [OK]/[ENTER] key
OUTPUTING SIGNAL MAX
PRESS CLEAR TO STOP
12 300bps signal send (Soft [Function]
SW set value) (Executable Use to set the 300bps signal send (Soft SW set value).
only when the FAX is 1: NO SIGNAL
installed.)
2: 11111
3: 11110
4: 00000
5: 010101
6: 00001
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT SIGNAL
PRESS ←, →
→ 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 → 1.
SELECT SIGNAL (1-6) ..... SELECT SIGNAL (1-6)
1:NO SIGNAL 6:00001
3) [OK]/[ENTER] key
OUTPUTING SIGNAL SSW
PRESS CLEAR TO STOP

Main Sub
code code
66 13 Dial test (Executable only [Function]
when the FAX is installed.) Use to the dial test.
[Operation]
■ Dial test (PULSE) ■ Dial test (DTMF)
1) Initial display 1) Initial display
SELECT SIGNAL SELECT SIGNAL
1:PULSE 2:DTMF 1:PULSE 2:DTMF
∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is ∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is terminated.
terminated. 2) Select 2
2) Select 1 SELECT HIGH LEVEL
INPUT MAKE TIME 1:DEFAULT 2:SOFT SW.
(0-15) __ ↓ Select 2
3) Enter the make time in 2 digits. INPUT VALUE
↓
INPUT DIAL # (0-15) __
XXXX
3) Select 1 ↓
XXXX: Default SELECT LOW LEVEL
∗ After deleting with [Clear] key, input 1:DEFAULT 2:SOFT SW.
can be made.
↓ Select 2
4) [OK]/[ENTER] key
INPUT VALUE
SEND yyPPS xxms ↓
(0-15) __
1:YES 2:NO
4) Select 1 ↓
"yy" is the selected pulse 10 or 20.
INPUT DIAL #
"xx" is the input value.
XXXX
∗ Select 2: Returns to “2)” display.
XXXX: Default
5) Select 1
∗ After deleting with [Clear] key, input can be
Switched to 10/20PPS set with
made.
pulse selection inside.
4) [OK]/[ENTER] key
6) After setting
H:xx L:yy
SENDING yyPPS xxms
1:YES 2:NO
"xx" indicates HI, and "yy" indicates Low Soft SW.
7) After completion of sending
TERMINATE ?
5) Select 1
1:YES 2:NO
HI/LO is selected with the signal level inside.
6) After setting the signal send level
8) Select 1
SENDING DTMF
TERMINATED
7) After completion of sending

TERMINATE ?
1:YES 2:NO
8) Select 1
TERMINATED

17 DTMF signal send (Max. [Function]
value) (Executable only Use to set the DTMF signal send (Max. value).
[Operation]
1) Initial display 3) Communication is started after setting the
INPUT DIAL # signal send level.
SENDING SIGNAL MAX
∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is terminated. PRESS CLEAR TO STOP
2) [Numeric] key input ∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display".
The content selected with signal send
level selection is set inside.

Main Sub
code code
66 18 DTMF signal send (Soft SW [Function]
set value) (Executable only Use to set the DTMF signal send (Soft SW set value).
[Operation]
1) Initial display 3) Communication is started after setting the
INPUT DIAL # signal send level.
SENDING SIGNAL SSW
∗ [Clear] key: FAX control is terminated. PRESS CLEAR TO STOP
2) [Numeric] key input ∗ [Clear] key: Returns to "1) Initial display".
The content selected with signal send
level selection is set inside.
21 FAX information print [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to print the FAX information.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT REPORT (1-3)
PRESS ←, →
Every time when [ ] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of 1 → 2
→ 3 → 1.
SELECT REPORT (1-3) SELECT REPORT (1-3) SELECT REPORT (1-3)

1:USER SW. LIST 2:SOFT SW. LIST 3:PROTOCOL
3) [OK]/[ENTER] key
• When print is allowed • When print is inhibited
PRINT STORED CAN NOT PRINT
After completion of printing, After 2sec, FAX control is

FAX control is terminated. terminated.
24 FAST SRAM clear [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to clear the FAST SRAM.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
1) Initial display 2) After completion of clearing
CLEAR FAST SRAM CLEARED

30 TEL/LIU status change [Function]
check (Executable only Use to check the TEL/LIU status change.
[Operation]
1) Initial display
HS2 :xxx HS1 :xxx
RHS :xxx EXHS:xxx
↑
The display is switched every 2sec.
↓
CHECKING
PRESS CLEAR TO STOP

Main Sub
code code
66 33 Signal detection check [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to check the signal detection.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
1) Initial display
CHECKING NONE
PRESS CLEAR TO STOP
When a signal is detected, the display is changed from NONE to the following.
CI/CNG/CED/BT/DT/Flag/SDT/DTMF
34 Communication time [Function]
measurement (Executable Use to measurement the communication time.
only when the FAX is
[Operation]
installed.)
1) Initial display
COMM. TIME
xx:xx:xx:xxx msec
"xx:xx:xx:xxx" indicates o'clock, minute, second, millisecond.
37 Speaker sound volume [Function]
setting (Executable only Use to set the speaker sound volume.
when the FAX is installed.) 1: NO SOUND
2: LOW
3: MID
4: HIGH
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT SPEEKER VOL.
PRESS ←, →
Every time when [ ] key is pressed, the second line is changed in the sequence of 1 → 2
→ 3 → 4 → 1.
SELECT (1-4) SELECT (1-4) .....
1:NO SOUND 2:LOW
3) [OK]/[ENTER] key
STORED
xxx
xxx: Set content

Main Sub
code code
66 38 Time setting/check [Function]
(Executable only when the Use to check the time setting.
FAX is installed.)
[Operation]
1) Initial display
SELECT TO SET
1:DATE 2:TIME
xxxx.xx.xx(xxx) xx:xx
CHANGE? 1:YES 2:NO CHANGE? 1:YES 2:NO
"xxxx.xx.xx(xxx)" is the current value. (No "xx:xx" is the current value.
revision of display)
INPUT YEAR INPUT HOUR
(4 DIGITS)____.__.__ (0-24) __:__
∗ Select 2: Returns to "1) Initial display".
4) Enter the year in 4 digits.
4) Enter o'clock in 2 digits.
INPUT MONTH
INPUT MINUTE
(1-12) 1998.__.__
(00-59) 01:__
5) Enter the month in 2 digits.
5) Enter minute in 2 digits.
INPUT DAY
xx:xx
(1-31) 1998.01.__
STORED? 1:YES 2:NO
6) Enter the day in 2 digits. "xx:xx" is the current value.
xxxx.xx.xx(xxx) ∗ Select 2: Returns to "1) Initial display".
STORED? 1:YES 2:NO
6) Select 1
"xxxx.xx.xx(xxx) is the entered value.
STORED
7) Select 1
STORED

67 50 USB receive speed Used to set the limitation on the print data receive speed of USB2.0 (Full speed) port (USB port
adjustment (USB1.1) on the machine).
(AR-203E only) → When print images from USB2.0 (Full speed) port are disturbed, change the setting and try
again.
When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.
Enter the code number corresponding to the adjustment value, and press [START] key to
change the setting.
Code number Setting Speed
1 FAST ↑ Fast
2 NORMAL1
3 NORMAL2
4 SLOW ↓ Slow
5. Trouble codes
A. Trouble codes list
Main Sub Main Sub
Details of trouble Details of trouble
code code code code
E1 00 IMC communication trouble E7 16 Abnormal laser output
10 IMC trouble F2 02 Toner supply abnormality
13 IMC flash ROM error 04 Improper cartridge (Destination error, life cycle error)
81 IMC communication interface error (Parity) F5 02 Copy lamp lighting abnormality
82 IMC communication interface error (Overrun) F6 10 FAX board trouble
84 IMC communication interface error (Framing) H2 00 Thermistor open
E7 01 Duplex model memory setup error, memory not- H3 00 Heat roller high temperature detection
detected error H4 00 Heat roller low temperature detection
02 LSU trouble L1 00 Feeding is not completed within the specified time
10 Shading trouble (Black correction) after starting feeding. (The scan head locking switch
11 Shading trouble (White correction) is locked)

Main Sub Main Sub
code code code code
L3 00 Scanner return trouble E7 01 Content Duplex model memory setup error, memory
L4 01 Main motor lock detection not-detected error
32 Exhaust fan motor lock detection trouble Detail The memory is not set properly or the
L6 10 Polygon motor lock detection memory capacity is not set to the duplex
U1 03 FAX board battery error setup (6M).
U2 04 EEPROM read/write error (Serial communication Check Set SIM 26-39 code number to 2.
error) and
11 Counter check sum error (EEPROM) remedy
02 Content LSU trouble
40 CRUM chip communication error
Detail The BD signal from the LSU cannot be
B. Details of trouble codes detected in a certain cycle. (Always OFF or
always ON)
Main Sub Cause LSU connector or LSU harness defect or
Details of trouble
code code disconnection
E1 00 Content IMC communication trouble Polygon motor rotation abnormality
Detail An abnormality occurs in communication Laser beams are not generated.
between the CPU and the IMC. MCU PWB abnormality.
Cause IMC abnormality Check Check connection of the LSU connector.
IMC memory defect/data abnormality and Execute SIM 61-03 to check the LSU
Check Replace the MCU PWB with new one. remedy operations.
and Check that the polygon motor rotates
remedy normally.
10 Content IMC trouble Check that the laser emitting diode
Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC. generates laser beams.
Cause USB chip error/CODEC error on the IMC. Replace the LSU unit.
Replace the MCU PWB.
Check Replace the MCU PWB with a new one.
and 10 Content Shading trouble (Black correction)
remedy Detail The CCD black scan level is abnormal when
13 Content IMC flash ROM error the shading.
Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC flash Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat
ROM. cable
CCD unit abnormality
Cause IMC abnormality
MCU PWB abnormality
Check Replace the MCU PWB with a new one.
Check Check connection of the CCD unit flat cable.
and If downloading of the program is abnormally
remedy terminated, it may cause an error. Download and Check the CCD unit.
the program again to avoid this. remedy
81 Content IMC communication interface error (Parity) 11 Content Shading trouble (White correction)
Detail The CCD white scan level is abnormal when
Detail A parity error occurs in communication
between the CPU and the IMC. the shading.
Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat
Cause IMC abnormality
IMC memory defect/data abnormality cable
Dirt on the mirror, the lens, and the reference
Check Replace the MCU PWB with new one.
white plate
and
Copy lamp lighting abnormality
remedy
CCD unit abnormality
E1 82 Content IMC communication interface error
MCU PWB abnormality
(Overrun)
(When occurred in the SPF/RSPF scan
Detail An overrun error occurs in communication position.)
between the CPU and the IMC. Improper installation of the mirror unit
Cause IMC abnormality Check Clean the mirror, lens, and the reference
IMC memory defect/data abnormality. and white plate.
Check Replace the MCU PWB with new one. remedy Check the light quantity and lighting status of
and the copy lamp (SIM 05-03).
remedy Check the MCU PWB.
84 Content IMC communication interface error 16 Content Abnormal laser output
(Framing) Detail When the laser output is stopped, HSYNC is
Detail A framing error occurs in communication detected.
between the CPU and the IMC. Cause Laser abnormality
Cause IMC abnormality MCU PWB abnormality.
IMC memory defect/data abnormality. Check Check the laser emitting diode operation.
Check Replace the MCU PWB with new one. and Replace the MCU PWB.
and remedy
remedy

Main Sub Main Sub
code code code code
F2 02 Content Toner supply abnormality H3 00 Content Heat roller high temperature detection
Detail The maximum toner supply time is greatly Detail The fusing temperature exceeds 240°C.
exceeded. Cause Thermistor abnormality
Cause CRUM chip trouble Control PWB abnormality
Improper developing unit Fusing section connector disconnection.
Check Replace the CRUM chip. Check Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp
and Replace the developing unit. and blinking operation.
remedy remedy When the lamp blinks normally.
04 Content Improper cartridge (Destination error, life Check the thermistor and its harness.
cycle error) Check the thermistor input circuit on the
Detail The destination of the main unit differs from control PWB.
that of the CRUM. When the lamp keeps ON.
When the life cycle information is other than Check the power PWB and the lamp control
circuit on the MCU PWB.
Not Used (FFh).
Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic
Cause CRUM chip trouble
display.
Improper developing unit
H4 00 Content Heat roller low temperature detection
Check Replace the CRUM chip.
Detail 1) When the target temperature (165°C) is
and Replace the developing unit.
not reached in 55 sec after starting
remedy
warming-up.
F5 02 Content Copy lamp lighting abnormality
2) When the temperature below 100°C is
Detail The copy lamp does not turn on. detected for 300ms under the ready print
Cause Copy lamp abnormality state.
Copy lamp harness abnormality ∗ "Starting warming-up" means not only that
CCD PWB harness abnormality. in power supply but also reset that in reset
Check Use SIM 5-3 to check the copy lamp from shut-off and in side door close. (The
and operations. timing of generating H4 is not limited to
remedy When the copy lamp lights up. that in power supply.)
Check the harness and the connector Cause Thermistor abnormality
between the CCD unit and the MCU PWB. Heater lamp abnormality
When the copy lamp does not light up. Thermostat abnormality
Check the harness and the connector Control PWB abnormality
between the copy lamp unit and the MCU Check Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp
PWB. and blinking operation.
Replace the copy lamp unit. remedy When the lamp blinks normally.
Replace the MCU PWB. Check the thermistor and its harness.
F6 10 Content FAX board trouble Check the thermistor input circuit on the
Detail Communication trouble between MCU and control PWB.
FAX control PWB When the lamp does not light up.
Cause FAX control PWB connector disconnection Check for disconnection of the heater lamp
Defective harness between FAX control and the thermostat. Check the interlock
PWB and MCU PWB switch.
Motherboard connector pin breakage Check the power PWB and the lamp control
FAX control PWB ROM error/Data error circuit on the MCU PWB.
IC on FAX PWB causes abnormality Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic
Check Check connector/harness of FAX control display.
and PWB and MCU PWB.
remedy Check the grounding of the copier.
Check FAX control PWB ROM.
Replace the FAX PWB.
H2 00 Content Thermistor open
Detail The thermistor is open.
The fusing unit is not installed.
Cause Thermistor abnormality
Control PWB abnormality
Fusing section connector disconnection
The fusing unit is not installed.
Check Check the harness and the connector
and between the thermistor and the PWB.
remedy Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic
display.

Main Sub Main Sub
code code code code
L1 00 Content Feeding is not completed within the L4 32 Content Exhaust fan motor lock detection trouble
specified time after starting feeding. (The Detail The error detection is started after 2 sec
scan head locking switch is locked) from starting rotation of the exhaust fan
Detail The white area and the black marking on the motor.
shading plate are used to obtain the 1) The continuous rotation state of 250ms is
difference in the CCD level values for not detected for 1 sec after starting
judgment of lock. When the difference in the detection.
levels of which and black is small, it is judged 2) When the lock sensor (in the exhaust fan)
that the black mark could not be scanned by detects the HIGH level (unstable) after
lock and the trouble code "L1" is displayed. detection the lock state (stable state).
Cause The scan head is locked by the lock switch. Cause Exhaust fan motor connector connection
Mirror unit abnormality trouble
The scanner wire is disconnected. Exhaust fan motor trouble
The origin detection sensor abnormality MCU PWB trouble
Mirror motor harness abnormality Check Exhaust fan motor connector connection
Check Check to confirm that the scan head lock and check
and switch is released. remedy Exhaust fan motor replacement
remedy Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror Replace the MCU PWB.
reciprocating operations. L6 10 Content Polygon motor lock detection
When the mirror does not feed. Detail The lock signal (specified rpm signal) does
Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. not return within a certain time (about 20
Check the harness and the connector sec) from starting the polygon motor
between the mirror motor and the MCU rotation.
PWB. Cause Polygon motor unit abnormality
Replace the mirror unit. Improper connection or disconnection of the
Replace the MCU PWB. polygon motor and the harness.
When the mirror does feed. MCU PWB abnormality
Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home Check Use SIM 61-1 to check the polygon motor
position sensor.
and operations.
L3 00 Content Scanner return trouble remedy Check connection of the polygon motor
Detail When the mirror base is returned for the harness/connector.
specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializing Replace the polygon motor.
after turning on the power, the mirror home Replace the MCU PWB.
position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON. U1 03 Content FAX board battery error
Or when the mirror base is returned for the Details The SRAM backup battery voltage on FAX
specified time (about 6 sec) after start of
PWB falls.
copy return, the mirror home position sensor
Cause The SRAM backup battery voltage on FAX
(MHPS) does not turn ON.
PWB falls.
Cause Mirror unit abnormality
Check Check voltage of the SRAM back up battery.
Scanner wire disconnection
and Replace the battery.
Origin detection sensor abnormality
remedy
Mirror motor harness abnormality
U2 04 Content EEPROM read/write error (Serial
Check Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror
communication error)
and reciprocating operations.
Detail EEPROM access process error
remedy When the mirror does not return.
Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. Cause EEPROM abnormality
Check the harness and the connector Check Check that the EEPROM is properly set.
between the mirror motor and the MCU and Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble.
PWB. remedy Replace the MCU PWB.
Replace the mirror unit. 11 Content Counter check sum error (EEPROM)
Replace the MCU PWB. Detail Check sum error of the counter area in the
When the mirror does feed. EEPROM
Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home Cause EEPROM abnormality
position sensor. Check Check that the EEPROM is properly set.
L4 01 Content Main motor lock detection and Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble.
Detail When the main motor encoder pulse is not remedy Replace the MCU PWB.
detected for 100 msec. 40 Content CRUM chip communication error
Cause Main motor unit abnormality Detail An error occurs in MCU-CRUM chip
Improper connection or disconnection the communication.
main motor and the harness. Cause CRUM chip trouble
MCU PWB abnormality Defective contact of developing unit
Check Use SIM 25-01 to check the main motor MCU PWB trouble
and operations.
Check Replace the CRUM chip.
remedy Check connection of the main motor and Check installation of the developing unit.
harness/connector. remedy Cancel by turning OFF/ON the power.
Replace the main motor.
Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB.

[11] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance table
: Check (Clean, adjust, or replace when required.) : Clean : Replace : Adjust ✩: Lubricate
Section Parts 25K 50K 75K 100K 125K Remark
Developing Developer
DV blade
DV side seal (F/R)
DV doctor White streaks are made on the image.
Process peripheral Drum
2. Maintenance display system

Toner Life 8K
Remaining quantity NEAR EMPTY EMPTY
About 12.5%
LED ON Flash
Machine Operation allowed Stop
Developer Life 25K
LED ON at 25K of the developer count.
Machine Selection is available between Not Stop and Stop by Service Simulation (SIM 26-37) Setup.
(If Stop is selected, the LED will flash and stop at 25K.)
∗ Default: Not Stop
∗ Clear: SIM 24-06
Maintenance LED Selection is available among 25K, 13K, 9K, 6K, 3K, and free (no lighting) with SIM 21-1.
∗ Default: 25K
∗ Clear: SIM 20-1
Machine Not stop.
Note: When developer is replaced, be sure to execute simulation No. 24-06 to reset the counter.
3. Remaining toner indication

TONER FULL
Display for users
Remaining toner indication
100%
75% Lo
50%
25% LOW LEVEL
100-76% 75-51% 50-26% 25-13% 12.5% or less
• The remaining toner indication is based on the number of revolutions of the toner motor.
• The toner END indication appears when the END is detected by the toner sensor.
• The remaining toner indication is a rough indication of the remaining toner quantity.
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 MAINTENANCE 11 - 1
[12] USER PROGRAM 3) To enter the toner save mode, press the light ( ) key. The
light and dark indicator marked "1" will light up, indicating the
The conditions of factory setting can be changed according to the toner save mode is selected.
use conditions.
1. Functions that can be set with user

programs
Toner save mode
Reduces toner consumption by approximately 10%.
Power save modes 4) Press the exposure mode selector key. The PHOTO ( )
The unit has two power save modes of operation: preheat mode indicator will stop blinking and light up steadily. The light and
and auto power shut-off mode. dark indicator marked "3" will light up. The toner save mode is
now active.
Preheat mode
Note: To return to the standard mode, repeat the procedure but
When the unit enters the preheat mode, the power save ( ) indi- use the dark ( ) key to select exposure level "5" in step
cator will light up and other indicators will remain on or off as 3).
before. In this condition, the fuser in the unit is maintained at a
lower heat level, thereby saving power. To copy from the preheat
mode, make desired copier selections and press the start ( )
3. User programs (AR-203E/5420)
key using the normal copying procedure. The user programs allow the parameters of certain functions to be
Auto power shut-off mode set, changed, or canceled as desired.
When the unit enters the auto power shut-off mode, the power Set the power save modes, auto clear time, preheat mode,
save ( ) indicator will light up and other indicators except the SPF automatic original discharge time, resolution of AUTO &
ONLINE indicator will go out. The auto power shut-off mode saves MANUAL mode and reset factory setting.
more power than the preheat mode but requires a longer time 1) Press and hold down the light ( ) key simultaneously for
before starting copying. To copy from the auto power shut-off more than 5 seconds until all the alarm indicators
mode, press the start ( ) key. Then make desired copier selec- ( , , , ) blink and " " appears in the display.
tions and press the start ( ) key using the normal copying proce-
2) Use the left copy quantity ( ) key to select a user program
dure.
number (1: Auto clear time, 2: Preheat mode, 3: Auto power
Auto clear shut off mode, 4: Auto power shut off timer, 6: SPF automatic
The unit returns to the initial settings a preset amount of time after original discharge time, 10: Resolution of AUTO & MANUAL
the end of job. mode, 21: Reset factory, 24: Prevention of OC copies when
the SPF is up function, 25: Copy effective paper width setting
This preset amount of time (auto clear time) can be changed.
function (Bypass tray), 26: Copy effective paper width setting
Resolution of AUTO & MANUAL mode function (Tray), 28: Selection of copy start state (Polygon rota-
You can set the copy resolution used for AUTO and MANUAL tion on/off), 29: Fusing temperature setting when the bypass
( ) exposure mode. tray is used). The selected number will blink in the left side of
the display.
2. Toner save mode (AR-203E/5420) 3) Press the start ( ) key. The entered program number will be
steadily lit and the currently selected parameter number for the
1) Press the exposure mode selector key to select the MANUAL program will blink on the right side of the display.
( ) mode. 4) Select the desired parameter using the right copy quantity
( ) key. The entered parameter number will blink on the
right of the display.
Program
Mode Parameters
No.
1 Auto clear time 1 → 10 sec., 2 → 30 sec.,
*3 → 60 sec., 4 → 90 sec.,
5 → 120 sec., 6 → OFF
2) Press and hold down the exposure mode selector key for 2 Preheat mode *1 → 30 sec., 2 → 60 sec.,
approximately 5 seconds. The MANUAL ( ) indicator will 3 → 5 min., 4 → 30 min.,
go out and the PHOTO ( ) indicator will begin to blink. The 5 → 60 min., 6 → 120 min.,
light and dark indicator marked "5" will light up, indicating the 7 → 240 min.
standard toner mode is active. 3 Auto power shut off mode *1 → ON, 2 → OFF
4 Auto power shut off timer *1 → 5 min., 2 → 30min.,
3 → 60 min., 4 → 120 min.,
5 → 240 min.
6 SPF automatic original 1 → 5 min., *2 → 30 min.,
discharge time 3 → 60 min., 4 → 120 min.,
5 → 240 min., 6 → OFF
10 Resolution of AUTO & *1 → 300dpi, 2 → 600dpi
MANUAL mode
21 Reset factory 1 → YES, *2 → NO
24 Prevention of OC copies *1 → ON, 2 → OFF
when the SPF is up
function
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 USER PROGRAM 12 - 1

Program 3) Press the [ ] key [ ] or [ ] key [ ] to change the set-
Mode Parameters ting of the selected item.
No.
25 Copy effective paper width *1 → Large (A4 width/ • See "1. User programs" for the program code.
setting function (Bypass LETTER), 2 → Small (B5R
PREHEAT MODE PREHEAT MODE
tray) width/INVOICE) 1:1 MIN 1:1 MIN
26 Copy effective paper width *1 → Large (A4 width/
setting function (Tray) LETTER), 2 → Small (B5R
1 1 2
width/INVOICE) 2
2
2
1 1
28 Selection of copy start *1 → ON, 2 → OFF

state (Polygon rotation on/
off)
29 Fusing temperature 1 → Low, *2 → High NOTE:
setting when the bypass • If you mistakenly select the wrong item, press the [Clear] key
tray is used ( ) and repeat the procedure from step 2).
∗ Factory default settings are indicated with an asterisk (*). • To cancel a setting for a user program, press the [MENU] key.
5) Press the start ( ) key. The right-hand number in the display 4) Press the [OK]/[ENTER] key.
will be steadily lit and the entered value will be stored. Your selection appears briefly and then the previous screen
Note: To change the setting or to set another mode, press the appears.
clear key. The unit will return to step 2). NOTE:
6) Press the light ( ) key to return to the normal copy mode. When "AE LEVEL ADJUST" is selected in the user programs and
the [OK]/[ENTER] key is pressed, the automatic exposure
4. User programs (AR-M200/M201) adjustment screen appears. Adjust the exposure and press the
[OK]/[ENTER] key.
1) Press the [MENU] key and then press the [OK]/[ENTER] key.
In printer mode, the user programs are accessed by simply Audible signals (key entry beep, invalid key beep, base
pressing the [MENU] key. setting beep)
MAIN MENU MAIN MENU
The machine sounds three different types of beep signals: a key
1:USER PROGRAM 1:USER PROGRAM entry beep that sounds when a valid key is pressed, an invalid
key beep that sounds when an invalid key is pressed, and a base
setting beep that sounds when a setting is the same as the base
1 1 2
2
2
2
1 1 setting (base settings are explained below). The base setting
beep is initially disabled. If you wish to enable the base setting
beep, see "SOUND AT DEFAULT". If you wish to change the vol-
ume of the beep signals or disable them, see "KEY TOUCH
2) Press the [ ] key [ ] or [ ] key [ ] to select the item SOUND".
that you wish to configure in the USER PROGRAM items, and The beep patterns of each type of beep signal are as follows:
then press the [OK]/[ENTER] key.
Key entry beep: One beep Invalid key beep: Two beeps
• See "1. User programs" for the program name and program Base setting beep: Three beeps
code.
Base settings
• You can also select a program by directly entering the pro-
The base settings are preset standard selections for each copy
gram number with the numeric keys.
setting. The base settings are as follows:
USER PROGRAM USER PROGRAM Copy ratio: 100% Paper feed location:
2:PREHEAT MODE 2:PREHEAT MODE
Light and Dark level: Center Tray 1 (Upper paper tray)
AUTO/TEXT/PHOTO: AUTO
1 1 2
2 2
2 1 1

A. Copy mode
Setting codes
Program
Program name (factory default setting Explanation
number
appears in bold)
1 AUTO CLEAR 1: 10 SEC. • Auto clear time automatically returns the copy settings to the initial settings
2: 30 SEC. if no keys are pressed for a preset period of time following the end of a copy
3: 60 SEC. job.
4: 90 SEC. • This program is used to select the period of time. Auto clear time can also
5: 120 SEC. be disabled.
6: OFF
2 PREHEAT MODE 1: 30 SEC. • This function automatically switches the machine to a low power
2: 1 MIN. consumption state if the set duration of time elapses without the machine
3: 5 MIN. being used when the power is on. The power save indicator lights up,
4: 30 MIN. however, the keys on the operation panel can be used. Normal operation
5: 60 MIN. automatically resumes when a key on the operation panel is pressed, an
6: 120 MIN. original is placed, a print job is received.
7: 240 MIN.
3 AUTO SHUT-OFF 1: ON • Use this setting to enable or disable auto power shut-off mode.
2: OFF
4 AUTO SHUT-OFF 1: 5 MIN. • This function automatically switches the machine to a state that consumes
TIME 2: 30 MIN. even less power than preheat mode if the set duration of time elapses
3: 60 MIN. without the machine being used when the power is on. All lights except the
4: 120 MIN. power save indicator go off. To resume normal operation, press the
5: 240 MIN. [START] key ( ). Normal operation also resumes automatically when a
print job is received or scanning is begun from a computer. While in auto
power shut-off mode, no keys (except the [START] key ( )) can be used.
7 LAYOUT IN 2IN1 1: PATTERN 1 • Use this setting to select the layout pattern when two original pages are
2: PATTERN 2 copied onto a single sheet of paper.
8 OFFSET 1: ON • When enabled, this function offsets the position of each set of copies in the
FUNCTION 2: OFF output tray in copy mode, and each print job in printer mode.
9 ROTATE ORIG. 1: ON • When two-sided copying is performed, this function rotates the image on
IMAGE 2: OFF the back of the original. This is convenient when binding the copies at the
(AR-208D only) top (tablet binding).
10 AE/TEXT 1: 300dpi • This setting is used to change the copy resolution in AUTO and TEXT
RESOLUTION 2: 600dpi mode from 600 x 300 dpi to 600 x 600 dpi (high-quality mode). Scanning is
slower when high-quality mode is used.
11 2-SIDED COPY 1: HI-SPEED • If the memory fills up when two-sided copying is performed, "NORMAL"
MODE 2: NORMAL can be selected to make copying possible. However, "NORMAL" results in
(AR-208D only) a slower copying speed. Normally "HI-SPEED" is selected to enable fast
two-sided copying.
12 MARGIN WIDTH 1: 1/4" • Use this setting to set the margin width.
2: 1/2"
3: 3/4"
4: 1"
13 MEM. FOR 1: 30% • Use this to change the proportion of machine memory used for printer
PRINTER 2: 40% mode.
3: 50%
4: 60%
5: 70%
14 AUTO KEY REPEAT 1: ON • Use this setting to select whether or not holding down a key causes
2: OFF repeated input of the key. For keys that normally cause a set value to
decrease or increase when held down (for example, the [ ] key ( ) or
[ ] key ( )), this program can be used to have the set value not
change when the key is held down.
15 KEY PRESS TIME 1: NORMAL • Use this setting to select how long a key must be pressed for the input to be
2: 0.5 SEC. accepted. By selecting a longer time, you can prevent settings from being
3: 1.0 SEC. changed by the accidental pressing of a key.
4: 1.5 SEC.
5: 2.0 SEC.
16 KEY TOUCH 1: LOW • This sets the volume of beep signals.
SOUND 2: HIGH
3: OFF
17 SOUND AT 1: ON • Use this to sound a beep when a base setting is selected.
DEFAULT 2: OFF
18 TONER SAVE 1: ON • This mode reduces toner usage by about 10% when copying. Toner save
MODE 2: OFF mode is effective when the exposure mode is AUTO or TEXT.

Setting codes
Program
number
appears in bold)
19 AE LEVEL ADJUST 1: SPF/RSPF • This is used to adjust the exposure level.
(Adjustment to 5 levels • The automatic exposure level can be adjusted separately for the document
is possible.) glass and the RSPF.
2: DOCUMENT GLASS • For the procedure for adjusting the exposure and guidelines for numeric
(Adjustment to 5 levels values. The factory default setting for the exposure level is center.
is possible.)
20 LANGUAGE 1: AMERICAN ENGLISH • This is used to set the language used in the display.
2: ENGLISH
3: FRENCH
4: SPANISH
:
:
21 RESET FACTORY 1: Yes • This is used to return all settings to the factory default settings.
2: No
22 SORT AUTO 1: ON • Use this setting to enable or disable sort auto select mode.
SELECT 2: OFF
24 CHECK RSPF 1: ON • You can set the operation that takes place if the [START] key ( ) is
OPEN 2: OFF pressed when the RSPF is not completely closed. (Valid only when the
multi-bypass paper feed is used.)
25 VALID COPY 1: 8.5x11 • Set the allowed paper sizes for copying from the bypass tray. When
WIDTH 2: 5.5x8.5 "5.5x8.5" is selected, a copy of a letter size original will only be printed up
to invoice size.
28 LSU SETTING 1: ON • Select whether copying is only allowed when the polygon motor is rotating,
2: OFF or also when the polygon motor is stopped.
29 PAPER TYPE 1: PLAIN PAPER • Set the temperature of the fusing unit when the bypass tray is used.
2: HEAVY PAPER Normally "HEAVY PAPER" should be selected.
30 DISPLAY 1: LIGHTER • Set the contrast of the display.
CONTRAST 2: LIGHT
3: NORMAL
4: DARK
5: DARKER
B. Print mode
Setting codes
Program
number
appears in bold)
1 FORCED OUTPUT 1: ON • When this function is enabled, printing in printer mode will automatically
2: OFF continue using a different size of paper if the specified size of paper runs out
in all trays. This feature does not function in copy mode.
2 USB 2.0 MODE 1: FULL-SPEED • This sets the USB 2.0 data transfer speed. To obtain the fastest speed when
SWITCH *1 2: HI-SPEED using the USB 2.0 connector, first verify that your computer meets the
system requirements (operating system and driver), and then use this
program to change the USB 2.0 mode to "Hi-Speed". Note that the setting
should not be changed while running a TWAIN driver.
3 AUTO TRAY 1: ON • If the paper runs out during printing and there is paper of the same size in
SWITCH*2 2: OFF another tray, this function automatically switches to that tray (excluding the
bypass tray). The function can be disabled.
*1: The scanning speed increases when the USB 2.0 mode is set to "HI-SPEED", however, the printing speed does not increase considerably.
*2: When the 250-sheet paper feed unit is installed.

Carriage Unit
CCD PWB
12V 5V NF A5V 3.3V Reg 5V
SPF Motor (AR-203E optional only) Mechanical Load
AFE(HT82V24)
CCD CCFL x 2
R C A M MPFS,RRS,CPFS1
(ILX558X) AD HOME
G D G P 8bits(MSB/LSB)
B POSITION
S C X 16bits SENSOR
Lamp Inverter
5V for CCFL
CCD Driver
1. Block diagram
MCU-PWB 0 - 24V Sensor/SW

(Electorical detector/SW/Sensor)
DC-DC Driver CPU INTERRUPT

SPPD
PWM
3.3V SDRAM CPU I/O

Interlock SW
16Mbyte Cassette detector X 2
or 8Mbyte Drum Initial detector
PPD1
[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION
POD
MHPS MFD
Printer CLK KRONOS ASIC
A. Overall block diagram (AR-203E/5420)
(18.3856MHz) PPD2
(296pin) SPOD
System Reset PD1
3.3V
Scanner CLK(48MHz)
Reset IC
CPU OPE PWB

A[19…1]
H8S/2321 OP-CLK
(19.6608MHz) OP-LATCH
D[15…0] OP-DATA
USB2.0
USB I/F
AR-5420)
LED Driver LED
FullSpeed
(expect for
USB1T20
SRAM 1Mbit
Flash ROM 16Mbit ONL
ONL LED
PSL
PSL LED
SELIN1,2,3
KEYIN1,2 HC151 x 2 16bit
KEY Matrix
SSCG I2C Bus

PSW
Fan Motor I2C Bus START KEY
HC151
(2speed with Lock detect) 8Kbyte
24V 12V EEPROM
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 1

CPU CLK(19.6608MHz)
MMCLK
Driver
/MMD
/MMRDY
Driver Driver
PMD
PMCLK
EEPROM
(CRUM)
2nd Cassette MainMotor Toner Motor Mirror Motor
(AR-203E Optional only) LSU
POWER SUPPLY HVU
LASER Polygon
Mechanical load Motor /POFF,HL,PR
CPFS2 FW TC, GRID, MC, BIAS
3.3V,5VEN,5V,12V,24V
Sensor/SW
PAPD,PPD3,
PD2,CED2
AC Code
Carriage Unit
12V 12V Reg A5V 3.3V

RSPF Motor (AR-M200/M201 optional only)
AFE(HT86V26)
CCFL x 2
CCD R C A M
G AD 8bits (MSB/LSB) HOME
(ILX558K) D G P
B 16bits POSITION
S C X SENSOR
Lamp Inverter
AR-FX13 (Option)
5V for CCFL
CCD Driver Speaker

FAX Main PCBA
Mechanical Load
MCU-PWB MPFS,RRS,CPFS1
0 - 24V
(RSPF UNIT) SPUS,SRVC

FAX I/F

DC-DC Driver
3.3V 8Mb
PWM 256Mbx2 or 16Mb
SDRAM
8Mbyte SDRAM Flash ROM
MHPS D[7..0] AR-NB2A
RD 12MHz (Option)
CS
INT
Image BUS(PI-Bus) P-Bus
8 Sensor/SW
ISP1583
B. Overall block diagram (AR-M200/M201)
Printer CLK 8 Image BUS(PO-Bus) Network Box Ethernet (Electorical detector/SW/Sensor)

/ESPRD OA982 100Base-T
USB2.0
High-speed
CPU INTERRUPT
KRONOS ASIC System Reset SPPD
18.3856MHz (296pin) 3.3V 18.3856MHz
UART CPU I/O
Reset IC NW PWB Interlock SW
Cassette detector X 2
SSCG Drum Initial detector
Scanner CLK (12MHz x4 48MHz) A[19…1] CPU PPD1
H8S/2321 POD
D[15…0] (19.6608MHz) MFD
OP-CLK PPD2
SRAM 1Mbit OP-LATCH OPE PWB
Flash ROM 16Mbit OP-DATA SPID
LED Driver LED SRJD
PSL SCOD
PSL LED
Duplex Model Only CPUCLK SELIN1,2,3
KEYIN 8bit
HC151
Duplex Motor
KEY Matrix
KEYSCAN1 - 3 FAX Model Only
Driver HC238
IO ASIC SSCG I2C Bus (3 to 8 decode) 8bit FAX OPE PWB AR-FX13
D[15…8] 8Kbyte
PSW
Shifter Motor START KEY Buzzer
KEY Matrix
Driver EEPROM
CPU CLK (19.6608MHz) LCD
LCD E LED
/MMLD
MMCLK
(2 x 20)
/MMD
Fan Motor 24V 12V Driver Driver LCD RS
LCD R/W (TBD)
PMD
Driver

LCD DB7-4
PMCLK
PMRDY
EEPROM
(CRUM)
2nd Cassette Main Motor Toner Motor Mirror Motor
LSU
POWER SUPPLY HVU
LASER
Mechanical load /POFF,HL,PR
CPFS2 FW TC, GRID, MC, BIAS
3.3V,5VEN,5V,12V,24V
Sensor/SW Polygon
PPD3, Motor
PD2, CED2
AC Code
DHAI-0519QSPZ DHAI-0287QSZZ CN22 CN2 DHAI-0513QSPZ CN304
1 LEDPPD2 1 1 LEDPPD2 D-GND 1 1 D-GND
PPD2 2 PPD2 2 2 PPD2 KEYIN1# 2 2 KIN1
3 D-GND 3 3 D-GND SELIN3 3 3 SELIN3
4 RTH_IN STROBE 4 4 OP-STB
1 RTH_IN 1 5 D-GND SELIN1 5 5 SELIN1
Thermistor 2 D-GND 2 B5B-PH-K-S OP-CLK 6 6 OP-CLK
SELIN2 7 7 SELIN2
OP-LATCH 8 8 OP-LATCH
CN11 OP-DATA 9 9 OP-DATA
1 VFMOUT EN5V 10 10 5VEN
2 FANLK D-GND 11 11 D-GND
Fan MT 3 /VFMCNT PSL 12 12 PSL
4 PGND ONL 13 13 ONL
B4B-PH-K-S PSW 14 14 PSW OPE
KEYIN2# 15 15 KIN2
5V 16 16 5V PWB
DRST 17 17 DRST
D-GND 18 18 D-GND
IMSA-9619S-18A
CN4
OUTA+ 1
OUTB+ 2
OUTA- 3
SCANNER MT
OUTB- 4
B4B-PH-K-R
CN3 DHAI-0268QSZ4
DHAI-0286QSZZ CN19 P-GND 1 1 P-GND
1 LEDPOD P-GND 2 2 P-GND SCANNER
2 POD VCL 3 3 VCL
A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420)
POD
3 D-GND VCL 4 4 VCL
2. Actual wiring diagram
B3B-PH-K-S 12V 5 5 12V UN

12V 6 6 12V
EN5V 7 7 EN5V

DHAI-0530QSPZ CN42 D-GND 8 8 D-GND
- HSYNC 8 1 /SYNC (VSAMP) 9 9 (VSAMP)
D-GND 7 2 D-GND CCD-TG 10 10 CCD-TG
+5V 6 3 INT5V D-GND 11 11 D-GND
CL
D-GND 5 4 D-GND CCD-RS 12 12 CCD-RS
- LDEN 4 5 /LDEN (BSAMP) 13 13 (BSAMP)
- VIDEO 3 6 /VIDEO CCD-CP 14 14 CCD-CP
- S/H 2 7 SHOLD (AFE_SDI) 15 15 (AFE_SDI)
D-GND 1 8 D-GND CCD_PHI2 16 16 CCD_PHI2 VCL 1
D-GND D-GND P-GND
INVERTER
B08B-CZHK-B 17 17 2
LD CCD_PHI1 18 18 CCD_PHI1 PWB CL
(AFE_SEN) 19 19 (AFE_SEN)
(ADCLK) 20 20 (ADCLK)
D-GND 21 21 D-GND
DHAI-0529QSPZ CN41 (AFE_SCK) 22 22 (AFE_SCK) CCD
24V 5 1 24V (AFE_DB7) 23 23 (AFE_DB7)
P-GND 4 2 P-GND mt_at_home 24 24 MHPS PWB
/PMD 3 3 /PMD (AFE_DB5) 25 25 (AFE_DB5)
PMRDY 2 4 PMRDY (AFE_DB6) 26 26 (AFE_DB6)
PMCLK_A 1 5 PMCLK_A D-GND 27 27 D-GND
B05B-CZHK-B (AFE_DB4) 28 28 (AFE_DB4)
POLYGON MT (AFE_DB3) 29 29 (AFE_DB3)
(AFE_DB2) 30 30 (AFE_DB2)
CN25 (AFE_DB1) 31 31 (AFE_DB1)
1
MCU (AFE_DB0) 32 32 (AFE_DB0)
2 PD1 FF4-32-S15D5
3 D-GND
B3B-PH-K-M
CN5 DHAI-0516QSPZ
DHAI-0514QSPZ CN6 5VEN 2 2 5VEN
INT24V 1 1 INT24V
PWB (CRUMSDA) 4 4 (CRUMSDA)
PGND 2 2 PGND (CRUMSCL) 6 3 (CRUMSCL)
/MMD 3 3 /MMD PGND 8 1 PGND
MMLD 4 4 MMLD 24V 1 P18-FX-4S-C
/MMCLK 5 5 /MMCLK TCS 3
B5B-PASK-1 DVSEL 5 CRUM
MAIN MT D-GND 7
9
CN23 10
1 TMA_O B10B-PHDSS-B
TONER MT 2 TMB_O
B2P-VH CN5 DHAI-0526QSPZ
24V 1 1 24V 1
TCS 2 2 TCS 2 TCS DV
DVSEL 3 6 DVSEL 6
CN12 D-GND 4 5 D-GND 5 un
RESIST ROLLER 1 24V B4B-PH-K-R 8 BIAS 8
SOLENOID 2 /RRS
3
B3B-PH-K-E DHAI-0515QSPZ
1 BIAS MC 1

2 F-GND
CN10 DHAI-0273QSZZ
CASSETTE PAPER 1 24V CN1 DHAI-0525QSPZ MCFB 1
2 /CPFS1 INT5V 1 1 INT5V GRID 4
SOLENOID 3 INT24V 2 2 INT24V
B3B-PH-K-S 3 3 HVT PWB
4 4 DHAI-0292QSZZ
/BIAS 5 5 /BIAS TC 1
/TC 6 6 /TC
DHAI-0269QSZZ CN7 /GRIDL 7 7 /GRIDL
CED1 1 1 CED1 /MC 8 8 /MC DHAI-0267QSPZ
CED1 D-GND 2 2 D-GND B24B-PNDZS-1 BC 1
3 D-GND
B3B-PH-K-K
DHAI-0289QSZZ CN16
1 LEDPPD1 CN1
PPD1 2 PPD1 D-GND 9 1 D-GND THERMOSTAT
3 D-GND P-GND 10 2 P-GND HLL 1 DHAI-0536QSPZ DHAI-0537QSPZ
B3B-PH-K-R D-GND 11 3 D-GND 2 1 HLL 1
3.3VIN 12 4 3.3VIN HLN 3 2 HLN 2 HL
EN5V 13 5 EN5V
3.3VIN 14 6 3.3VIN
CN26 5V 15 7 5V
MPFS 1 24V /POFF 16 8 /POFF
2 /MPFS 12VIN 12VIN
POWER
SOLENOID 17 9
3 5䌖 24V 18 10 24V SUPPLY
4 MFD FW 19 11 FW PWB
5 DGND 24V 20 12 24V
B5B-PH-K-R /PR 21 13 /PR
AC-INLET AC-CORD
HLOUT 22 14 HLOUT
DSW P-GND 23 15 P-GND L 1 L
DHAI-0272QSZZ CN15 P-GND 24 16 P-GND N 2 N
1 24V B24B-PNDZS-1 PGND
2 24V1(DSWS)
B2P-VH-R
DHAI-0519QSPZ DHAI-0287QSZZ CN11 CN3 DHAI-0517QSPZ CN302
1 LEDPPD2 1 1 LEDPPD2 D-GND 1 32 D-GND
PPD2 2 PPD2 2 2 PPD2 BL 2 31 BL
3 D-GND 3 3 D-GND INFOLED 3 30 INFOLED
4 RTH_IN OP_LATCH 4 29 OP_LATCH
5 D-GND D-GND 5 28 D-GND
Thermistor 2 D-GND 2 B5B-PH-K-S OP_CLK 6 27 OP_CLK
OP_DATA 7 26 OP_DATA
PSW 8 25 PSW
CN16 PSL 9 24 PSL
1 VFMOUT DRST 10 23 DRST
2 FANLK LCDD7 11 22 LCDD7 LCD_OPE
Fan MT 3 /VFMCNT LCDD6 12 21 LCDD6
4 PGND LCDD5 13 20 LCDD5 PWB FAX Model/FX13 Optional KIT only
B4B-PH-K-S LCDD4 14 19 LCDD4
LCDE 15 18 LCDE DHAI-0543QSPZ
LCDRS 16 17 LCDRS
LCDCONT 17 16 LCDCONT CN301 CN401
BZR 18 15 BZR F-KEYSC3 1 15 F-KEYSC3
CN27 KEYSC1 19 14 KEYSC1 F-KEYSC2 2 14 F-KEYSC2
1 24VSFTMT KEYSC2 20 13 KEYSC2 F-KEYSC1 3 13 F-KEYSC1
2 /SFTMT_0 KEYSC3 21 12 KEYSC3 F-KEYIN7 4 12 F-KEYIN7
SHIFTER MT 3 /SFTMT_1 KEYIN 22 11 KEYIN F-KEYIN6 5 11 F-KEYIN6
4 /SFTMT_2 SELIN3 23 10 SELIN3 F-KEYIN5 6 10 F-KEYIN5
5 /SFTMT_3 SELIN2 24 9 SELIN2 F-KEYIN4 7 9 F-KEYIN4 FAX_OPE
SELIN1 25 8 SELIN1 F-KEYIN3 8 8 F-KEYIN3
D-GND 26 7 D-GND F-KEYIN2 9 7 F-KEYIN2
EN5V 27 6 EN5V F-KEYIN1 10 6 F-KEYIN1 PWB
CN20 D-GND 28 5 D-GND LED_V3 11 5 LED_V3
1 24VDupMT 5V 29 4 5V LED_V2 12 4 LED_V2
2 /DMT_0 D-GND 30 3 D-GND LED_V1 13 3 LED_V1
DUPLEX MT 3 /DMT_1 VCC3 31 2 VCC3 DATA1 14 2 DATA1
4 /DMT_2 D-GND 32 1 D-GND D-GND 15 1 D-GND
5 /DMT_3
B05B-XASK-1
Duplex Model only CN22
OUTA+ 1
OUTB+ 2 SCANNER
DHAI-0286QSZZ CN26 OUTA- 3
1 LEDPOD OUTB-
MT
4
POD 2 POD
B4B-PH-K-R
B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201)
3 D-GND
B3B-PH-K-S
CN4 DHAI-0268QSZ4
P-GND 1 1 P-GND

P-GND 2 2 P-GND SCANNER
DHAI-0530QSP1 CN42 VCL 3 3 VCL Carriage
- HSYNC 8 1 /SYNC VCL 4 4 VCL
12V 5 5 12V
UN
D-GND 7 2 D-GND
+5V 6 3 INT5V 12V 6 6 12V
D-GND 5 4 D-GND EN5V 7 7 EN5V
- LDEN 4 5 /LDEN D-GND 8 8 D-GND
- VIDEO 3 6 /VIDEO (VSAMP) 9 9 (VSAMP)
- S/H 2 7 SHOLD CCD-TG 10 10 CCD-TG
D-GND 8 D-GND D-GND 11 11 D-GND CCFL
1
B08B-CZHK-B CCD-RS 12 12 CCD-RS CN2
LD (BSAMP) 13 13 (BSAMP) AC VOUT 1
CCD-CP 14 14 CCD-CP GND 3
(AFE_SDI) 15 15 (AFE_SDI)
DHAI-0529QSP1 CN41 CCD_PHI2 16 16 CCD_PHI2 VCL 1
24V D-GND D-GND P-GND 2
INVERTER
5 1 24V 17 17
P-GND 4 2 P-GND CCD_PHI1 18 18 CCD_PHI1 PWB CCFL
/PMD 3 3 /PMD (AFE_SEN) 19 19 (AFE_SEN) CN3
PMRDY 2 4 PMRDY (ADCLK) 20 20 (ADCLK) AC VOUT 1
PMCLK_A 1 5 PMCLK_A D-GND 21 21 D-GND GND 3
B05B-CZHK-B (AFE_SCK) 22 22 (AFE_SCK) CCD
POLYGON MT (AFE_DB7) 23 23 (AFE_DB7)
mt_at_home 24 24 MHPS
DHAI-0423QSZZ 1
CN28
MCU (AFE_DB5)
(AFE_DB6)
25
26
25
26
(AFE_DB5)
(AFE_DB6)
PWB
2 PD1 D-GND 27 27 D-GND
PD1 3 D-GND (AFE_DB4) 28 28 (AFE_DB4)
B3B-PH-K-M (AFE_DB3) 29 29 (AFE_DB3)
(AFE_DB2) (AFE_DB2)
FAX Model only
PWB (AFE_DB1)
30
31
30
31 (AFE_DB1)
(AFE_DB0) 32 32 (AFE_DB0)
DHAI-0514QSPZ CN12 FF4-32-S15D5
INT24V 1 1 INT24V
PGND 2 2 PGND
/MMD 3 3 /MMD CN7 DHAI-0516QSPZ
MMLD 4 4 MMLD 5VEN 2 2 5VEN
/MMCLK 5 5 /MMCLK (CRUMSDA) 4 4 (CRUMSDA)
B5B-PASK-1 (CRUMSCL) 6 3 (CRUMSCL)
MAIN MT D-GND 8 1 P-GND
24V 1 P18-FX-4S-C
TCS 3
CN25 DVSEL 5 CRUM
1 TMA_O D-GND 7
TONER MT 2 TMB_O 9
B2P-VH 10
B10B-PHDSS-B
CN18 CN6 DHAI-0526QSPZ

RESIST ROLLER 1 24V 24V 1 1 24V 1
SOLENOID 2 /RRS TCS 2 2 TCS 2 TCS DV
3 DVSEL 3 6 DVSEL 6
B3B-PH-K-E D-GND 4 5 D-GND 5 un
B4B-PH-K-R 8 BIAS 8
CN15 DHAI-0515QSPZ
CASSETTE PAPER 1 24V 1 BIAS MC 1
2 /CPFS1 2 F-GND

SOLENOID 3
B3B-PH-K-S DHAI-0273QSZZ
CN2 DHAI-0525QSPZ MCFB 1
INT5V 1 1 INT5V GRID 4
INT24V 2 2 INT24V
DHAI-0269QSZZ CN21 P-GND 3 3 P-GND HVT PWB
CED1 1 1 CED1 P-GND 4 4 P-GND DHAI-0292QSZZ
CED1 D-GND 2 2 D-GND /BIAS 5 5 /BIAS TC 1
3 D-GND /TC 6 6 /TC
B3B-PH-K-K /GRIDL 7 7 /GRIDL
/MC 8 8 /MC DHAI-0267QSPZ
B24B-PNDZS-1 BC 1
DHAI-0289QSZZ CN24
1 LEDPPD1
PPD1 2 PPD1
CN2 DHAI-0525QSPZ
3 D-GND D-GND 9 1 D-GND
B3B-PH-K-R P-GND 10 2 P-GND DHAI-0510QSP1 (for 100V area)
D-GND 11 3 D-GND DHAI-0536QSPZ (for 200V area) THERMOSTAT
3.3VIN 12 4 3.3VIN HLL 1
CN14 EN5V 13 5 EN5V 2 1 HLL 1
MPFS 1 24V 3.3VIN 14 6 3.3VIN HLN 3 2 HLN 2 HL
SOLENOID 2 /MPFS 5V 15 7 5V
3 5䌖 /POFF 16 8 /POFF DHAI-0511QSP1 (for 100V area)
4 MFD 12VIN 17 9 12VIN POWER DHAI-0537QSPZ (for 200V area)
5 DGND 24V 18 10 24V SUPPLY For 120V area
B5B-PH-K-R FW 19 11 FW
24V 20 12 24V PWB
/PR 21 13 /PR AC-CORD
DSW L 1
DHAI-0272QSZZ CN10 HLOUT 22 14 HLOUT N 2
1 24V P-GND 23 15 P-GND
2 24V1(DSWS) P-GND 24 16 P-GND
B2P-VH-R B24B-PNDZS-1
For 200V area AC-CORD

AC-INLET
DHAI-0491QSZZ
C. SPF unit (AR-203E optional only)
CN24 DHAI-0532QSP1
24VSPFMT 1 5 COMA
24VSPFMT 2 2 COMB
SPMT_0 3 4 A
SPMT_2 4 6 /A SPMT
MCU SPMT_1
SPMT_3
5
6
3
1
B
/B
PWB
SPID 7
DGND 8
LEDSPID 9
SPPD 10 1 SPID
DGND 11 2 DGND SPID
LEDSPPD 12 3 LEDSPID
B12B-PH-K-S
1 SPPD
2 DGND SPPD
3 LEDSPPD
SPF UNIT
D. RSPF unit (AR-M200/M201 optional only)
CN30 DHAI-0533QSPZ DHAI-0541QSPZ

LED_SRJD 1 3 LED_SRJD 3 3 LEDSRJD
DGND 3 2 D-GND 2 2 DGND SRJD
SRJD 5 1 SRJD 1 1 SRJD
LED_SPPD 2 3 LED_SPPD 3
MCU DGND
SPPD
LED_SCOD
4
6
7
2
1
D-GND
SPPD
2
1 DHAI-0540QSPZ
PWB DGND
SCOD
LED_SPID
9
11
8 3 LED_SPID 3
3
2
1
LEDSPPD
DGND
SPPD
SPPD
DGND 10 2 D-GND 2
SPID 12 1 SPID 1
24VSPFSOL 17 1 24V 1
SPUS 19 2 _SPUS 2
24VSPFSOL 21 1 24V 1 3 LEDSCOD
SRVC 23 2 SRVC 2 2 DGND SCOD
SPMT_3 14 1 SCOD
24VSPFMT 22
SPMT_1 16
SPMT_0 20
24VSPFMT 24 DHAI-0539QSPZ
SPMT_2 18 3 LEDSPID
24VSPFSOL 13 2 DGND SPID
NC 15 1 SPID
B24B-PNDZS-1
SPUS
RSPF UNIT
SRVC
1 /B
2 COMB
3 B
4 A SPMT
5 COMA
6 /A
E. 2nd cassette unit (AR-203E/M200/M201 optional only)
AR-203E: CN18
AR-M200/AR-M201: CN19
2 /CPFS2 2 14 /CPFS2 1 1 /CPFS2
CPFS2 1 24V 1 13 24V 2 2 24V
11 5V 4 4 5V
8 PPD3 7 7 PPD3
7 D-GND 8 8 D-GND
5V 3 6 PD2 9 11 PD2
PPD3 PPD3 2 4 D-GND 11 12 D-GND
D-GND 1 2 CED2 13 13 CED2
1 D-GND 14 14 D-GND
9 FG 6 3
DHAI-0442QSZZ 12 3 DHAI-0441QSZZ 5
10 5 6
PD2 1 5 10 9
PD2 D-GND 2 3 12 10
B14B-PHDSS-B
MCU PWB
CED2 1
CED2 D-GND 2
2nd CASSETTE UN

F. Network box and FAX (AR-M200/M201 optional only)
FAX Model / FX13 Optional Model Only
DHAI-0538QSPZ
CN5 CN2 CN3
1 MODEM_IN 2 MODEM_IN 1 BT1
2 D-GND 1 D-GND 2 LT1 Speaker
3 MCU_D6 4 MCU_D6 B02B-PH-K-S
4 MCU_D7 3 MCU_D7
5 MCU_D4 6 MCU_D4
6 MCU_D5 5 MCU_D5
7 MCU_D2 8 MCU_D2
8 MCU_D3 7 MCU_D3
9 MCU_D0 10 MCU_D0
10 MCU_D1
11 MCU_nCS
12 /RD
9
12
11
MCU_D1
MCU_nCS
/RD
FAX
13 PB_DATA7
14 MCU_INT
14
13
PB_DATA7
MCU_INT
Main
MCU 15 PB_DATA5
16 PB_DATA6
17 PB_DATA3
16
15
18
PB_DATA5
PB_DATA6
PB_DATA3
PWB
PWB 18 PB_DATA4
19 PB_DATA1
20 PB_DATA2
17
20
19
PB_DATA4
PB_DATA1
PB_DATA2
21 PB_ADDR7 22 PB_ADDR7
22 PB_DATA0 21 PB_DATA0
23 PB_DATA5 24 PB_DATA5
24 PB_ADDR6 23 PB_ADDR6 MJ2
25 PB_ADDR3 26 PB_ADDR3 1 BT1
26 PB_ADDR4 25 PB_ADDR4 2 LT1 To
27 PB_ADDR1 28 PB_ADDR1 3 TEL1 TEL
28 PB_ADDR2 27 PB_ADDR2 4 TEL2
29 PB_NCS1 30 PB_NCS1 5 LT2 Communication
30 PB_ADDR0 29 PB_ADDR0 6 BT2 Line
31 PB_NWE 32 PB_NWE
32 PB_NAE0 31 PB_NAE0
33 FAX_RST 34 FAX_RST
34 PB_NOE 33 PB_NOE MJ1
35 24V 36 24V 1 NC
36 MDM_IRQ 35 MDM_IRQ 2 NC To
37 VCC3 38 VCC3 3 L1 TEL
38 EN5V 37 EN5V 4 L2
39 D-GND 40 D-GND 5 NC
Communication
40 P-GND 39 P-GND 6 NC Line
CN8 USB Cable CN1
TPTX+ 1 VBUS 1 1 5V
TPTX- 2 D- 2 2 D-
TPRX+ 3 D+ 3 3 D+
NC 4 GND 4 4 GND
NC 5 FG 5 5 FG
To TPRX- 6
NC 7 CN9
LAN NC 8
ST_LED 9
5V 10
LK_LED 11
5V 12
NW Box
PWB
PJ1
VCC 2
GND 3
POWER
DHAI-0544QSPZ CN3
1 L 1 1 L SUPPLY
AC adapter 2 N 2 3 N PWB
AR-NB2A Optional Model only
3. Signal name list

Signal name Name Function/Operation Section
(ADCLK) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section
(AFE_DB0) AFE Image scan data Scanner unit section
(AFE_SCK) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section
(AFE_SDI) AFE AFE serial data Scanner unit section
(AFE_SEN) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section
(BSAMP) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section
(VSAMP) AFE AFE control signal Scanner unit section
/BIAS HV bias signal HV bias drive Process section
/CPFS1 1st CS pickup solenoid Paper transport section
/CPFS2 2nd CS pickup solenoid 2nd cassette section
/DMT_0 DUP motor DUP motor phase control Duplex drive section
/FAX_RST FAX PWB reset signal FAX optional section
/GRIDL HV grid signal Main charger grid control Process section
/LDEN Laser Laser circuit control signal LSU
/MC HV MC signal Main charger control Process section
/MDM_IRQ FAX PWB interrupt FAX optional section
/MMCLK Main motor Clock signal to the polygon motor Main drive section
/MMD Main motor Polygon motor drive signal Main drive section
/MPFS Multi bypass solenoid Paper transport section
/PMD Polygon motor Polygon motor drive signal LSU
/POFF Low voltage power Output power control Power section
/PR Heater lamp Power relay control Power section

/RD Control signal MCU bus control signal FAX optional section
/RRS 1st transport solenoid Paper transport section
/RSV_SOL Reverse solenoid RSPF section
/SFTMT0 Shifter motor Shifter motor phase control Shifter motor section
/SPUS Paper feed solenoid RSPF section
/SRVC Reverse clutch RSPF section
/SYNC Laser Horizontal sync signal from the LSU LSU
/TC HV TC signal Transfer charger grid control Process section
/VFMCNT Fan speed signal Fan rotation speed control Optical section
/VIDEO Laser Laser drive signal LSU
BZR Buzzer signal Buzzer Operation section
CCD_PHI1 CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section
CCD_PHI2 CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section
CCD-CP CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section
CCD-RS CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section
CCD-TG CCD CCD control signal Scanner unit section
CED1 Machine cassette detection Paper transport section
CED2 2nd CS cassette detection 2nd cassette section
DVSEL Developing tank detection Developing section
FANLK Fusing fan Fan lock detection signal Optical section
FW Low voltage power Zero cross detection Power section
HLOUT Heater lamp Heater lamp control Power section
KEYIN Key scan input Key detection control Operation section
KEYSC1 Key scan output Key scan output Operation section
LCDCON LCD control signal Signal for LCD Operation section
LCDDB4 LCD data signal Signal for LCD Operation section
LCDE LCD control signal Signal for LCD Operation section
LCDRS LCD control signal Signal for LCD Operation section
LEDPOD POD sensor power Paper exit section
LEDPPD1 PPD sensor power Paper transport section
LEDPPD2 PPD2 sensor power Fusing section
LEDSCOD SCOD sensor power RSPF section
LEDSPID SPID sensor power RSPF section
LEDSPID SPID sensor power SPF section
LEDSPPD SPPD sensor power RSPF section
LEDSPPD SPPD sensor power SPF section
LEDSRJD SRJD sensor power RSPF section
MCU_D0 Data signal MCU bus control signal FAX optional section
MCU_INT MCU interrupt MCU bus control signal FAX optional section
MCU_NCS Control signal MCU bus control signal FAX optional section
MHPS MHPS sensor Carriage HP detection Optical section
MMLD Main motor Polygon motor ON/OFF detection signal Main drive section
MODEM_IN FAX connection detection signal FAX optional section
ONL Online LED Operation section
OP_CLK LED driver control Operation section
OP-DATA LED driver control Operation section
OP-LATCH LED driver control Operation section
OUTA- Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section
OUTA+ Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section

OUTB- Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section
OUTB+ Scanner motor Scanner motor phase control Optical drive section
PB_ADDR0 Address signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section
PB_DATA0 Data signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section
PB_NAE0 Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section
PB_NCS1 Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section
PB_NOE Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section
PB_NWE Control signal Peripheral bus control signal FAX optional section
PD1 PD SW sensor 1st CS paper width sensor Paper transport section
PD2 PD2 SW sensor 2nd CS paper width detection 2nd cassette section
PMCLK_A Polygon motor Clock signal to the polygon motor LSU
PMRDY Polygon motor Polygon motor ON/OFF detection signal LSU
POD POD sensor Paper transport detection Paper exit section
PPD1 PPD sensor Paper transport detection Paper transport section
PPD2 PPD2 sensor Paper transport detection Fusing section
PPD3 PPD3 sensor 2nd CS paper transport detection 2nd cassette section
PSL Power save LED Operation section
PSW Start button control Operation section
RTH_IN Thermistor Fusing section thermistor temperature detection Fusing section
SCOD SCOD sensor RSPF cover open sensor RSPF section
SELIN1 Select signal HC151 select signal Operation section
SHOLD Laser Laser APC signal LSU
SPID SPID sensor RSPF UN paper entry sensor RSPF section
SPID SPID sensor SPF UN paper entry sensor SPF section
SPMT_0 RSPF motor RSPF motor phase control RSPF section
SPMT_0 SPF motor SPF motor phase control SPF section
SPPD SPPD sensor RSPF transport detection RSPF section
SPPD SPPD sensor SPF transport detection SPF section
SRJD SRJD sensor RSPF paper exit sensor RSPF section
STROBE LED driver control Operation section
TCS Toner sensor Toner quantity detection Developing section
TMA_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section
TMA_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section
TMB_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section
TMB_O Toner motor Toner motor phase control Toner motor drive section
USB +D USB signal USB section
USB -D USB signal USB section
VCL Copy lamp Copy lamp control Scanner unit section
VFMOUT Fusing fan Fan drive signal Optical section

5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (CPU section) (AR-203E/5420) 1/12

VCC3
Spreading Range : +/- 1.2% VCC3
C1
When IC1 is, mounted NOT mounted *6
R7(*3) OPEN 0J R1 R2 C2
IC1 BR1 BR2 BR3
R4(*1) OPEN 680J N.M. N.M. 0.1u TP257 R3 /STBY D15 /CS0#
1 8 1 8 1 8
7 1 *2 R4 *1 XTAL NMI 2 7 D14 2 7 /CS1# 2 7
D R8(*4) 22J OPEN TP253 VDD XIN/CLKIN /WDTOVF D13 /CS2#
D
6 FRSEL XOUT 8 3 6 3 6 3 6
TP254 4 5 TP262 4 5 D12 4 5 /CS3# 4 5
R3(*2) 0J OPEN TP255 S0 SSCLK X1 C3 C4
3 S1 VSS 2
HC-49U/S 10kJx4 10kJx4 10kJx4
C5(*5) 27pF 15pF 19.6608MHz 100p 100p
CY25811SC BR5 BR6
C1(*6) 27pF 15pF R5 R6 R7 *3 EXTAL MCNT R245 10kJ(open) D11 ARB_INT
1 8 1 8
/CS5 R246 10kJ D10 2 7 (FW) 2 7
*R3,R4,C1, and C5 are temtative N.M. 0J CRUMSCL R247 10kJ D9 3 6 CPU_SYNC 3 6
C6 /PRINTST R248 10kJ D8 4 5 CCD_TG 4 5
C5 *5
4. Circuit diagram
TP256 R8 *4 12p 10kJx4 10kJx4
BR7 BR8
RY/BY 1 8 D7 1 8
/ESSRDY 2 7 D6 2 7
(KEYIN2) 3 6 D5 3 6
TP263 4 5 D4 4 5
10kJx4 10kJx4
(2,4)
C78
A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420)
/PRINTST 100p BR10 BR11

(2) /PRINTST
TP1 R9 33J /RD# TP209 DMT0 D3 1 8 CPUCLK(NC) 4 5
(2,3) /RD DMT0 (6)
TP218 R10 33J /HWR# TP208 DMT1 D2 2 7 /RD# 3 6
(3) /HWR DMT1 (6)
TP220 R11 100J /LWR# TP207 DMT2 D1 3 6 /HWR# 2 7
/RESET1
(2) /LWR DMT2 (6)
TP206 DMT3 D0 4 5 /LWR# 1 8
DMT3 (6)
CPUCLK(NC)
TP222 R12 33J TP205 MMCLK

(4) SELIN3 MMCLK (5)
(4) SELIN2 TP224 R13 33J TP204 RESETOUT1 10kJx4 10kJx4
TP226 R14 33J TP203
(4) SELIN1 D_CONT (4)
TP202 STROBE BR12
STROBE (4)
EXTAL
XTAL
/STBY
NMI
TP201 CRUMSCL SPFMT3 4 5 POFF R249 N.M._10kJ
CRUMSCL (12)
(8) ONL ONL TP200 CRUMSDTA SPFMT2/MIRCNT 3 6 TxD R250 10kJ
CRUMSDTA (12)
(KEYIN2) TP199 /CS5 SPFMT1 2 7 SDA R251 2kJ
33p
33p
33p
(4) (KEYIN2)
/WDTOVF
/ESSRDY TP198 MCNT SPFMT0 1 8 SCL R252 2kJ
MCNT (5)
TP7
RY/BY
TP228
TP227
TP225
TP223
TP221
TP219
TP216
TP217
TP215
TP214
TP213
TP212
TP211
TP210
(3) RY/BY CPU3.3 10kJx4
TP229
TP230
BR14 BR15
C7
C8
C9
DMT0 1 8 /TRANSST 1 8
DMT1 2 7 /SCANST 2 7
C DMT2 3 6 /SCANSP# 3 6 C
DMT3 4 5 TP267 4 5
10kJx4 10kJx4
IC2
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
BR16
(SIN1) 4 5
(SIN2) 3 6
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
(SIN3)
NMI
2 7
RES
VCC
VCC
XTAL
STBY
PF7/0
(KEYIN1) 1 8
EXTAL
PF6/AS
PF5/RD
103 64 TP197
PF3/LWR
WDTOVF
P50/TxD2
PF4/HWR
(USB_IN) (4)
P51/RxD2
AVcc P35/SCK1
P52/SCK2
PF1/BACK
PF0/BREQ
104 63 SCL 10kJx4
P63/TEND1
P62/DREQ1
P53/ADTRG
Vref P34/SCK0 SCL (3)
TP231 105 62 RxD
(5) RTH P40/AN0 P33/RxD1 RxD (9) /ES_PAGE
TP232 106 61 TP196 SDA R17 10kJ
P61/TEND0/CS5
P60/DREQ0/CS4
(5) (TCS_AN) P41/AN1 P32/RxD0 SDA (3)
P20/PO0/TIOCA3
P24/PO4/TIOCA4
P25/PO5/TIOCB4
P26/PO6/TIOCA5
P27/PO7/TIOCB5
P21/PO1/YICOB3
P22/PO2/TIOCC3
P23/PO3/TIOCD3
TP233 107 60 TxD /MSU_ST1 R261 10kJ
(4) (SIN1) P42/AN2 P31/TxD1 TxD (9)
TP234 108 59 TP195 POFF RxD R262 10kJ
(4) (SIN2) P43/AN3 P30/TxD0 POFF (2,5)
TP235 109 58 CRUMSDTA R263 10kJ
(4) (SIN3) P44/AN4 VCC
/ES_PAGE TP236 TP6 TP194 D15
PF2/LCAS/ WAIT/BREQO
110 P45/AN5 PD7/D15 57 1 8 BR17
TP237 111 56 TP8 2 7 33Jx4 TP193 D14 R19 STROBE R421 10kJ
(4) (KEYIN1) P46/AN6/DA0 PD6/D14
/MSU_ST1 TP238 112 55 TP9 3 6 TP192 D13 10kJ
C11 P47/AN7/DA1 PD5/D13 TP10 TP191 D12
113 AVss PD4/D12 54 4 5
N.M. 114 53
R18 /SCANSP# TP239 Vss Vss TP24 BR18 TP190 D11
(2) /SCANSP 115 P17/PO15/TIOCB2/TCLKD PD3/D11 52 1 8
/SCANST 33J 116 51 TP25 2 7 33Jx4 TP189 D10
(2) /SCANST P16/PO14/TIOCA2 HD6412321VF25(H8S/2321) PD2/D10
/TRANSST 117 50 TP30 3 6 TP188 D9
(2) /TRANSST P15/PO13/TIOCB1/TCLKC PD1/D9
TP240 118 49 TP31 4 5 TP187 D8
(5) PMCLK P14/PO12/TIOCA1 PD0/D8
SPFMT3 TP241 119 48 TP32 1 8 BR19 TP186 D7
(4) SPFMT3 P13/PO11/TIOCD0/TCLKB PE7/D7
SPFMT2/MIRCNT TP242 120 47 TP33 2 7 33Jx4 TP185 D6
(4) SPFMT2/MIRCNT P12/PO10/TIOCC0/TCLKA PE6/D6
SPFMT1 TP243 121 46 TP125 3 6 TP184 D5
(4) SPFMT1 P11/PO9/TIOCB0/DACK1 PE5/D5
SPFMT0 TP244 122 45 TP126 4 5 TP183 D4
(4) SPFMT0 P10/PO8/TIOCA0/DACK0 PE4/D4
123 MD0 Vss 44
124 43 TP127 1 8 BR20 TP182 D3
MD1 PE3/D3 TP128 TP181 D2
125 MD2 PE2/D2 42 2 7 33Jx4
(8) PSL PSL TP245 126 41 TP129 3 6 TP180 D1
TP246 PG0/CAS PE1/D1 TP130 TP179 D0
127 PG1/CS3 PE0/D0 40 4 5
128 PG2/CS2 VCC 39
BR21
TP2 5 4 /CS3#
TP247
TP248 6 3 /CS2#
PG3/CS1
PG4/CS0
Vss
NC
VCC
PC0/A0
PC1/A1
PC2/A2
PC3/A3
Vss
PC4/A4
PC5/A5
PC6/A6
PC7/A7
PB0/A8
PB1/A9
PB2/A10
PB3/A11
Vss
PB4/A12
PB5/A13
PB6/A14
PB7/A15
PA0/A16
PA1/A17
PA2/A18
PA3/A19
Vss
PA4/A20/IRQ4
PA5/A21/IRQ5
PA6/A22/IRQ6
PA7/A23/IRQ7
P67/CS7/IRQ3
P66/CS6/IRQ2
Vss
Vss
P65/IRQ1
P64/IRQ0
(2) /CS2 D[15..0] (2,3)
TP154 7 2 /CS1#
(3) /CS1
/CS0#
1
2
3
4
5
(3) /CS0 8 1
10
19
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
B TP155 B
33Jx4 H8S/2321
TP131
TP133 6
TP134 7
TP135 8
TP136 9
TP137 11
TP138 12
TP139 13
TP140 14
TP141 15
TP142 16
TP143 17
TP144 18
TP145 20
TP146 21
TP147 22
TP148 23
TP149 24
TP150 25
TP151 26
TP152 27
TP153 29
TP132
C12
C13
N.M.
22pF
Reset Circuit
C14
C15
N.M.
N.M.
BR22
BR24
33Jx4
TP252 ARB_INT
ARB_INT (2)
TP249 (FW) VCC3 VCC3
8
7
6
5
8 BR23
7 33Jx4
6
5
8
7 33Jx4
6
5
CPU_SYNC (FW) (4)
TP251

CPU_SYNC (2)
TP250
mt_at_home# (4)
TP261 CCD_TG
CCD_TG (2,4)
TP178 (SPPD)
(SPPD) (7)
TP177 (PSW) R20
33Jx4
(PSW) (7)
100kJ
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
BR25
BR26
33J
R16
IC3
8
7
6
5
8
7 33Jx4
6
5
2 4 TP260
VDD VOUT /RESET0 (2,3,4)
1uF
C10
C16
0.1u
1 3 TP259
GND CT
BU4212F C17 C18

N.M.
1
2
3
4
0.01uF
TP166
TP167
TP168 1
TP169 2
TP170 3
TP171 4
TP172
TP173
TP174
TP175
TP176
L11 0J (1608)
TP156
TP157
TP158
TP159
TP160
TP161
TP162
TP163
TP164
TP165
VCC3
L1
A1
A2
A3
A5
A6
A7
A9
A0
A4
A8
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
ZJSR5101-223(open)
CPU3.3
A[20..0] (2,3) ASIC_RESET
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
C19
+
R21 33J
10u/16V RESETOUT1 TP258
A /ASIC_RST (2,4,12) A
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
R22 C26
10kJ 47p
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Graphic_ASIC section) (AR-203E/5420) 2/12

VCC3 VCC3
VCC3
BR67 10kJx4 L12 N.M.
TP338 R23 33J VCC3 MTAD0 4 5 PIDATA0 1 8
(4) VSAMP
MTAD1 3 6 PIDATA1 2 7 L2
R24 33J BR27 10kJx4 MTAD2 2 7 PIDATA2 3 6
(1,4) CCD_TG
/PCLPRO 4 5 MTAD3 1 8 PIDATA3 4 5 G3.3V
TP339 R25 33J /FAXPRO 3 6
(4) CCD_RS BR70 10kJx4
/ESPRD 2 7 BR66 10kJx4 ZJSR5101-223
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
TP340 R26 33J /OUTACK 1 8 MTAD4 4 5
(4) BSAMP
MTAD5 3 6 PIDATA4 1 8 C37 +
TP341 R27 33J MTAD6 2 7 PIDATA5 2 7
(4) CCD_CP
/INREQ R28 10KJ MTAD7 1 8 PIDATA6 3 6 47u/16V
C27
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
AFE_SDI TP342 R29 33J PIDATA7 4 5 C36
D (4) AFE_SDI D
BR68 10kJx4
TP343 R30 33J BR28 10kJx4 MTAD8 4 5 BR71 10kJx4
(4) CCD_PHI2 JTG_TCK 4 5 MTAD9 3 6
TP344 R31 33J JTG_TMS 3 6 MTAD10 2 7
(4) CCD_PHI1 JTG_TDI 2 7 MTAD11 1 8
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
TP345 R32 33J JTG_TDO 1 8

(4) AFE_SEN
BR69 10kJx4
TP346 R33 33J MTAD12 4 5
(4) ADCLK
/OUTCS R34 10KJ MTAD13 3 6
C38
C39
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
TP347 R35 33J MTAD14 2 7
(1,3,4)
(4) AFE_SCK
MTAD15 1 8
/RESET0
(4) AFE_DB[7..0]
BR29
AFE_DB7 0Jx4 1 8 TP348
AFE_DB6 2 7 TP349
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
0.1u
VCC3 AFE_DB5
TP77
TP78
TP79
TP80
TP81
TP82
TP83
TP84
TP85
TP86
TP87
TP88
TP89
TP90
TP91
TP92
TP93
TP94
TP95
TP96
TP97
TP98
TP99
C48 C49 C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C56 C57 C58 3 6 TP350
TP337
TP336
TP335
TP334
TP333
TP332
TP331
TP330
TP329
TP328
TP327
TP326
TP325
TP324
TP323
TP100
TP101
TP102
TP103
TP104
TP105
TP106
TP107
TP108
TP109
TP110
TP111
AFE_DB4 4 5 TP351
47p 47p 47p 47p 47p N.M. 47p 47p N.M. 47p N.M. BR31 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 8 AFE_DB7 AFE_DB3 0Jx4 1 8 TP352
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
C64
C65
C66
C67
C68
C69
2 7 AFE_DB6 AFE_DB2 2 7 TP353

JTG_TDO
JTG_TDI
JTG_TMS
/INREQ
/ESPRD
/FAXPRO
/PCLPRO
JTG_TCK
/OUTCS
/OUTACK
MTAD15
MTAD14
MTAD13
MTAD12
MTAD11
MTAD10
MTAD9
MTAD8
MTAD7
MTAD6
MTAD5
MTAD4
MTAD3
MTAD2
MTAD1
MTAD0
PIDATA0
PIDATA1
PIDATA2
PIDATA3
PIDATA4
PIDATA5
PIDATA6
PIDATA7
BR30 10kJx4 G3.3V
1 8 AFE_DB3 TP356
(10) CL
2 7 AFE_DB2
3 6 AFE_DB1
4 5 AFE_DB0
BR32 10kJx4
R36 10kJ AFE_SDI

IC4
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
TDI
TD0
TCK
TMS
VCC3
TRSK
/INCS
/POCS
ADCLK
/INACK
/INREQ
BSAMP
VSAMP
CLPWM
/ESPRD
/OUTCS
/HSYNC
MDAT15
MDAT14
MDAT13
MDAT12
MDAT11
MDAT10
MDAT09
MDAT08
MDAT07
MDAT06
MDAT05
MDAT04
MDAT03
MDAT02
MDAT01
MDAT00
AFESCK
CCD_CP
CCD_RS
CCD_TG
VCC(AC)
AFE_SDI
VCC(AC)
PIDATA0
PIDATA1
PIDATA2
VCC(AC)
PIDATA3
PIDATA4
PIDATA5
PIDATA6
PIDATA7
GND(AC)
GND(AC)
GND(AC)
/FAXPRD
/PCLPRD
AFE_DB0
AFE_DB1
AFE_DB2
AFE_DB3
AFE_DB4
AFE_DB5
AFE_DB6
AFE_DB7
/OUTACK
AFE_SEN
/OUTREQ
CCD_PH1
CCD_PH2
BR33 10kJx4
VCC(CORE)
VCC(CORE)
VCC(CORE)
VCC(CORE)
GND(CORE)
GND(CORE)
GND(CORE)
GND(CORE)
1 8 MM_BI0 223 148 TP112
MM_BI1 TP357 GND(CORE) /POREQ
2 7 (5) MM_Y3 224 MM_Y3 VCC(AC) 147
3 6 MM_BI2 TP358 225 146 TP113
1 1
(5) MM_Y2 MM_Y2 /PIWT
C 4 5 MM_AI0 TP359 226 145 TP114 C
(5) MM_Y1 MM_Y1 /PIACK
227 VCC(CORE) GND(AC) 144
R37 10kJ MM_AI1 TP360 228 143 /POACK TP115
1 1
(6) MM_PH_B MM_PH_B /POACK

R38 10kJ MM_AI2 MM_BI0 TP361 229 142 /PIREQ TP116
(6) MM_BI0 MM_BI0 /PIREQ
MM_BI1 TP362 230 141
(6) MM_BI1 MM_BI1 GND(CORE)
MM_BI2 TP363 231 140 PODATA0 TP117
TP364 MM_BI2 PODATA0 PODATA1 TP118 VCC3
(6) MM_PH_A 232 MM_PH_A PODATA1 139
MM_AI0 TP365 233 138 PODATA2 TP119
(6) MM_AI0 MM_AI0 PODATA2
(3) MAD[12..0] (6) MM_AI1 MM_AI1 PODATA3
MM_AI2 PODATA4 PODATA5 TP122 R39
236 GND(AC) PODATA5 135
MAD3 TP409 1 8 TP368 237 134 PODATA6 TP123
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MAD2 TP410 TP369 RAM_MAD3 PODATA6 PODATA7 TP124 10kJ

2 7 238 RAM_MAD2 PODATA7 133
MAD1 TP411 3 6 TP370 239 132
1
MAD0 TP412 TP371 GND(CORE) VCC(CORE) TP76

4 5 240 RAM_MAD1 /TRANSST 131 /TRANSST (1)
BR34 33Jx4 241 130 TP322
MAD10 TP413 TP372 RAM_MAD0 /RECEPTST TP75
1 8 242 RAM_MAD10 /PRINTST 129 /PRINTST (1)
TP422 2 7 TP373 243 128 TP74
(3) BANK1 VCC(CORE) /SCANST /SCANST (1)
TP423 3 6 TP374 244 127 TP73 RCV
(3) BANK0 RAM_BANKS1 RCV RCV (11)
TP424 4 5 TP375 245 126 TP72 VPIN
1 1 1 1 1
(3) /SDCS RAM_BANKS0 VPIN VPIN (11)

BR35 33Jx4 246 125 TP71 VMIN
RAM_CS VMIN VMIN (11)
TP425 1 8 TP376 247 124
(3) /SDRAS RAM_RAS GND(CORE)
TP426 2 7 TP377 248 123 TP70 R40 33J TP321
(3) /SDCAS RAM_CAS VPOUT VPOUT (11)
TP427 3 6 TP378 249 122 TP69 R41 33J TP320
1 1 1
(3) /SDWDE VCC(AC) VMOUT VMOUT (11)

TP428 4 5 TP379 250 121 TP68 R42 33J TP319
(3) RAMDB[15..0] (3) DQM0 RAM_WDE OEN OEN (11)
BR36 33Jx4 251 120
RAM_DQM0 GND(AC) TP67 R43 33J TP318
252 GND(AC) SUSPEND 119 SUSPEND (11)
RAMDB7 TP431 1 8 TP380 253 118 TP54 1 8 PARAD0 TP317 VCC3
RAMDB6 TP432 TP381 RAM_DATA7 IE1284_PARAD0 TP53 BR63 PARAD1 TP316
2 7 254 RAM_DATA6 IE1284_PARAD1 117 2 7
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
VCC3 RAMDB5 TP433 3 6 TP382 255 116 TP52 3 6 PARAD2 TP315

1 1 1 1 1
RAMDB4 TP434 TP383 RAM_DATA5 VCC(AC) TP51 33Jx4 PARAD3 TP314

4 5 256 RAM_DATA4 IE1284_PARAD2 115 4 5
BR39 10kJx4 BR37 33Jx4 257
ASIC 114 MEM_INT R253 10kJ
RAMDB7 RAMDB3 TP435 TP384 GND(CORE) IE1284_PARAD3 TP50 PARAD4 TP313 CLKSW R254 10kJ
1 8 1 8 258 RAM_DATA3 IE1284_PARAD4 113 1 8
2 7 RAMDB6 RAMDB2 TP436 2 7 TP385 259 HG73C141HFV 112 TP49 2 BR62 7 PARAD5 TP312 /POACK R255 10kJ
C70
C71
C72
C73
RAMDB5 RAMDB1 TP437 TP386 RAM_DATA2 IE1284_PARAD5 TP48 PARAD6 TP311 /PIREQ R256 10kJ
3 6 3 6 260 111 3 6
1 1 1 1
RAMDB4 RAMDB0 TP438 TP387 RAM_DATA1 IE1284_PARAD6 TP47 33Jx4 PARAD7 TP310
4 5 4 5 261 RAM_DATA0 IE1284_PARAD7 110 4 5
BR40 33Jx4 262 109
1
BR42 10kJx4 RAMDB15 TP439 TP388 GND(AC) IE1284_REV TP46 R404 33J /REV TP309 BR43 10kJx4
1 8 263 108
1
RAM_DATA15 VCC(CORE) /REV (13) PARAD[7..0] (13)

1 8 RAMDB3 RAMDB14 TP440 2 7 TP389 264 107 TP45 R403 33J FAULT TP308 PODATA0 1 8
RAM_DATA14 IE1284_FAULT /FAULT (13)
2 7 RAMDB2 RAMDB13 TP441 3 6 TP390 265 106 PODATA1 2 7
1
RAMDB12 TP442 TP391 VCC(CORE) IE1284_ACK TP44 /ACK TP307 PODATA2

3 6 RAMDB1 4 5 266 RAM_DATA13 IE1284_BUSY 105 1 8 /ACK (13) 3 6
B 4 5 RAMDB0 BR41 33Jx4 267 104 TP43 2 BR61 7 BUSY TP306 PODATA3 4 5 B
RAM_DATA12 IE1284_PE BUSY (13)
RAMDB11 TP443 1 8 TP392 268 103 TP42 3 6 PE TP305
1 1 1
RAM_DATA11 GND(CORE) PE (13)

BR45 10kJx4 RAMDB10 TP444 2 7 TP393 269 102 TP41 4 33Jx4 5 SLCT TP304
RAM_DATA10 IE1284_SLCT SLCT (13)
1 8 RAMDB15 RAMDB9 TP445 3 6 TP394 270 101 BR46 10kJx4
1
RAMDB14 RAMDB8 TP446 TP395 RAM_DATA9 IE1284_INIT TP40 /INIT TP303 PODATA4
2 7 4 5 271 RAM_DATA8 IE1284_SLCTIN 100 1 8 /INIT (13) 1 8
3 6 RAMDB13 BR44 33Jx4 272 99 TP39 2 BR60 7 /SLCTIN TP302 PODATA5 2 7
1 1
VCC(CORE) VCC(CORE) /SLCTIN (13)

4 5 RAMDB12 TP429 1 8 TP396 273 98 TP38 3 6 /AUTOFD TP301 PODATA6 3 6
1
(3) DQM1 RAM_DQM1 IE1284_AUTOFD /AUTOFD (13)

TP430 2 7 TP397 274 97 TP37 4 33Jx4 5 /STB TP300 PODATA7 4 5
(3) SDCKE RAM_CKE IE1284_STB /STB (13)
BR48 10kJx4 TP447 3 6 TP398 275 96
TP448 TP399 TP400 GND(AC) TSP_MODE
1 8 RAMDB11 4 5 276 95
1
BR47 82Jx4 RAM_CLK_OUT TSO0 TP55 VCC3 VCC3

2 7 RAMDB10 277 GND(CORE) /SCANSP 94 /SCANSP (1)
3 6 RAMDB9 MAD12 TP414 1 8 TP401 278 93 VCC3
1
MAD11 TP415 TP402 RAM_MAD12 VCC(AC) TP56

4 5 RAMDB8 2 7 279 RAM_MAD11 OPE_CLK 92 OP_CLK (4)
MAD9 TP416 3 6 TP403 280 91 VCC3
MAD8 TP417 TP404 RAM_MAD9 GND(AC) TP57
4 5 281 VCC(CORE) OPE_LATCH 90 OP_LATCH (4)
BR49 33Jx4 282 89 TP58 R44 R45
RAM_MAD8 OPE_DATA OP_DATA (4)

MAD7 TP418 1 8 TP405 283 88 TP59 10kJ N.M. R48 BR51 10kJx4
1 1 1 1
MAD6 TP419 TP406 RAM_MAD7 TM TP60 TM (4) N.M. RCV

2 7 284 VCC(AC) /TM 87 TM_ (4) 1 8
MAD5 TP420 3 6 TP407 285 86 VPIN 2 7
MAD4 TP421 TP408 RAM_MAD6 VCC(CORE) TP5 TP298 TP299 VMIN
4 5 286 RAM_MAD5 OUTP14B 85 3 6
BR50 33Jx4 287 84 TP34 4 5
R47 33J RAM_CLK_OUT RAM_MAD4 OUTP13B TP35 PFCLK
(3) SDCLK 288 GND(AC) OUTP12B 83
TP449 289 82 TP36 BR52 10kJx4
C74 CPUDATA15 OUTP11B TP61 PARAD0
290 CPUDATA14 OUTP10B 81 SPFON (4) 1 8
N.M. 291 80 TP62 R50 R49 PARAD1 2 7
1 1 1
CPUDATA13 OUTP09B TP63 MIRON (4) N.M. 10kJ R51 PARAD2

292 CPUDATA12 OUTP08B 79 MPFS (5) 3 6
293 78 10kJ PARAD3 4 5
CPUDATA11 GND(CORE) TP64
294 CPUDATA10 OUTP07B 77 HL (5)
295 76 TP65 BR53 10kJx4
1 1 1
CPUDATA9 OUTP06B TP66 PR (5) PARAD4

296 CPUDATA8 OUTP05B 75 CPFS2 (5) 1 8
VCC3 PARAD5 2 7
C264 1000p PARAD6 3 6
0J (1608) PARAD7 4 5
L13 X2
8 5 R53 33J SFCLK48 BR54 10kJx4
CPU_DATA7
CPU_DATA6
CPU_DATA5
CPU_DATA4
VCC(AC)
CPU_DATA3
CPU_DATA2
CPU_DATA1
CPU_DATA0
GND(AC)
MIRCNT
/CPUSYNC
MEM_INT
ARB_INT
VCC(CORE)
CPU_AD8
CPU_AD7
CPU_AD6
CPU_AD5
GND(CORE)
RAM_CLK_IN
CPU_AD4
CPU_AD3
CPU_AD2
CPU_AD1
CPU_AD0
/CPUCS
SFCLK48
GND(CORE)
/CPUWR
/CPURD
/RESET
VCC(CORE)
PFCLK
CLKSW
GND(CORE)
PFCLKOUT
PFCLKIN
GND(PLL)
VCC(PLL)
GND(PLL)
VCC(PLL)
TM2_15M
/SYNC
GND(AC)
/VIDEO
/LEND
VCC(AC)
OUTP00A
OUTP01A
OUTP02A
OUTP03A
OUTP04A
OUTP05A
OUTP06A
OUTP15A
VCC(CORE)
OUTP07A
OUTP08A
GND(CORE)
OUTP09A
OUTP10A
OUTP11A
OUTP12A
OUTP13A
VCC(CORE)
OUTP14A
OUTP00B
GND(AC)
OUTP01B
OUTP02B
OUTP03B
OUTP04B
VCC(AC)
VCC OUTPUT /INIT 1 8

C76 /SLCTIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2 7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
0.1u C77 /AUTOFD 3 6
C75
22000p
CLK_CONT1 4 82p /STB 4 5
N.C. GND
TP269
TP272
TP273
TP274
TP275
TP276
TP271
SG8002DC(48.0000MHz)
VCC3
A A
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
R52
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
VCC3
TP4
SYNC# TP450
TP268
TP285
TP287
TP286
TP288
TP289
TP290
TP291
TP292
TP293
TP294
TP295
TP296
TP297
(/SYNC) (4)
RAM_CLK_OUT
MEM_INT
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
SFCLK48
PFCLK
CLKSW
PFCLKOUT
PFCLKIN
SYNC#
R374
TP277
TP278
TP279
TP280
TP281
TP282
TP283
TP284
TP3
(1,3) D[15..0]
VCC3 10J N.M.
C79
(1,3) A[20..0]
/CS2
47p PFCLKOUT
/RD
L10 0J (1608) X3 R363 33J R409 TP451 R406 33J

(4) (/ASIC_RST)
PFCLKIN
(1)
8 5 N.M._10KJ
VCC OUTPUT
(1) /LWR
R407 N.M. R375

(5) LDEN
(5) RRS
(1,4) /RESET1
0.1u
/ASIC_RST
(1,3)
GRIDL
VFM_24V
C231 N.M.
(5) CPFS1
(5) MRPS1
(5) MRPS2
(5) MRPS3
(5) PTPULSE
MIRCNT
ARB_INT
VFMCNT_12V
/LEND
(5)
120p R408 N.M.

(5) MC
(5) MMD
(5) TC
(5) PMD
(5) BIAS
22000p
(1)
(5)
TP452 /OA_RST (13)
C232
CLK_CONT1 4
(4)
(4) VIDEO#
N.C. GND
C230
(5)
C256 C257 R236 N.M. CLK_CONT

(5)
(1,5) POFF
N.M. 47p
(1) CPU_SYNC
(1,4,12)
SG8002DC(18.3856MHz)
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Memory section) (AR-203E/5420) 3/12

FlashROM VPP Controll
VCC3
D Serial EE-PROM D
VCC3 VCC3 VCC3

J1,J2
C81 1
0.1u R56 VPP 2
IC5 10kJ 3
8 VCC E0 1
7 WC E1 2
(1) SCL 6 SCL E2 3
N.M.
R58 1kJ 5 4
(1) SDA SDA VSS
24C02/24WC04/24WC08 R59
N.M.
R62

RAMDB[15..0] (2)
VCC3
VCC3 VCC3
C SDRAM C
IC6
(1,2) A[20..0] FLASH ROM
N.M.
N.M.
1 VCC VSS 54
VCC3
10kJ
RAMDB0 2 53 RAMDB15
DQ0 DQ15
3 VCCQ VSSQ 52
RAMDB1 4 51 RAMDB14
RAMDB2 DQ1 DQ14 RAMDB13
SRAM 5 DQ2 DQ13 50
6 49
R63
R64
R65
R66 RAMDB3 VSSQ VCCQ RAMDB12
7 DQ3 DQ12 48
10kJ RAMDB4 8 47 RAMDB11
IC7 DQ4 DQ11
9 VCCQ VSSQ 46
RAMDB5 10 45 RAMDB10
IC8 A16 A17 RAMDB6 DQ5 DQ10 RAMDB9
1 A15 A16 48 11 DQ6 DQ9 44
A0 1 6 D8 A15 2 47 12 43
A1 A0 I/O0 D9 A14 A14 BYTE RAMDB7 VSSQ VCCQ RAMDB8
2 A1 I/O1 7 3 A13 GND 46 TP457 13 DQ7 DQ8 42
A2 3 10 D10 A13 4 45 D15 14 41
A3 A2 I/O2 D11 A12 A12 DQ15 D7 VCC VSS
4 A3 I/O3 11 5 A11 DQ7 44 (2) DQM0 15 LDQM NC 40
A4 13 22 D12 A11 6 43 D14 16 39 TP458
A4 I/O4 A10 DQ14 (2) /SDWDE WE UDQM DQM1 (2)
A5 14 23 D13 A10 7 42 D6 17 38
A5 I/O5 A9 DQ6 (2) /SDCAS CAS CLK SDCLK (2)
A6 15 26 D14 A9 8 41 D13 18 37
A6 I/O6 A8 DQ13 (2) /SDRAS RAS CLKE SDCKE (2)
A7 16 27 D15 A20 9 40 D5 19 36 R67 0J MAD12
A7 I/O7 A19 DQ5 (2) /SDCS CS NC
A8 17 10 39 D12 20 35 MAD11
A8 NC DQ12 (2) BANK0 BA0 A11
A9 18 /HWR TP453 11 38 D4 21 34 MAD9
A9 WE DQ4 (2) BANK1 BA1 A9
A10 19 R68 0J 12 37 MAD10 22 33 MAD8
A11 A10 VCC3 VCC3 (1,2,4) /RESET0 TP454 VPP RP VCC D11 MAD0 A10 A8 MAD7
20 A11 13 VPP DQ11 36 23 A0 A7 32
A12 21 14 35 D3 MAD1 24 31 MAD6
A13 A12 WP DQ3 D10 MAD2 A1 A6 MAD5
29 A13 (1) RY/BY
TP455 15
RY/BY DQ10 34 25 A2 A5 30
A14 30 A19 16 33 D2 MAD3 26 29 MAD4
A15 A14 A18 R69 0J A18 DQ2 D9 A3 A4
31 A15 VDD 8 TP456 17
A17 DQ9 32 27 VCC VSS 28
A16 32 24 A8 18 31 D1
A16 VDD A7 A7 DQ1 D8 C82
19 A6 DQ8 30
C83 C84 A6 20 29 D0 N.M.
A5 DQ0 SDRAM (16bit x 4bank)
5 A5 21 28 /RD
(1) /CS1 CS1 A4 OE
/RD 28 0.1u 0.1u A4 22 27
(1,2) /RD OE A3 GND
/HWR 12 9 A3 23 26
(1) /HWR WE GND A2 CE /CS0 (1)
25 A2 24 25 A1
GND A1 A0
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
IS63LV1024L-12J-TR A17 Flash ROM N.M.
0.1u
B A1 B
C87 VCC3
0.1u
C235
C236
R70
C85
C86
C88 C89 C90 C91 C92 C93 C94
C233
C234
0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u

(1,2) D[15..0] MAD[12..0] (2)
IC7
LH28F800BJE-PBTL90(LHF80JZP) S29AL008D70TFI020#
LH28F160BJE-BTL90(LHF16JT2) S29GL016A90TFIR20#
IC6 Vendor/Type
R81 10kJ OPEN
OPEN OPEN
R82
(J1,J2 in the case of N.M.:0J)
128Mb(2Mx16bitx4bank) K4S281632I-UC60
A R86 0J OPEN A
R83 OPEN 10kJ
C86 0.1u OPEN
C87 OPEN 22000p
64Mb(1Mx16bitx4bank) K4S641632K-UC75
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Driver section 1) (AR-203E/5420) VCC3

4/12
5V/3.3V 3.3V VCC3
IC9
Digital Input Multiprexer 20 C80
TP496 VCC VCC3 0.1u
(11) USB_IN 2 1A1 1Y1 18 (USB_IN) (1)
4 16 TP497 R71 33J
5V SIN1 1A2 1Y2 (SIN1) (1)
6 14 TP498 R72 33J IC43
SIN2 1A3 1Y3 (SIN2) (1)
8 12 TP499 R73 33J 20
SIN3 1A4 1Y4 AFE_SDI# (SIN3) (1) VCC
IC10 AFE_SDI R15 TP18 11 9 TP19 R130 2 18 TP534 R46 VSAMP#
(2) AFE_SDI 2A1 2Y1 AFE_SDI# (10) (2) VSAMP 1A1 1Y1 CCD_TG# VSAMP# (10)
TP463 4 16 0J 13 7 0J 4 16 TP535 R54 56J
(7) (PPD1) D0 VCC (2) AFE_SEN 2A2 2Y2 AFE_SEN# (10) (1,2) CCD_TG 1A2 1Y2 CCD_RS# CCD_TG# (10)
TP464 3 15 5 6 14 TP536 56J R55
(7) (POD) D1 (2) AFE_SCK 2A3 2Y3 AFE_SCK# (10) (2) CCD_RS 1A3 1Y3 CCD_RS# (10)
TP465 2 17 3 TP17 8 12 TP537 R57 100J BSAMP#
D (7) (MFD) D2 2A4 2Y4 (2) BSAMP 1A4 1Y4 BSAMP# (10) D
TP466 1 R74 TP493 1 11 9 TP538 56J R60 CCD_CP#
(7) (CED1) D3 1G (2) CCD_CP 2A1 2Y1 CCD_PHI2# CCD_CP# (10)
TP467 15 5 19 13 7 TP539 R61 56J
(7) (TCS) D4 Y SIN1 2G (2) CCD_PHI2 2A2 2Y2 CCD_PHI1# CCD_PHI2# (10)
TP468 14 TP487 10 15 5 TP540 100J R82
(7) (PMRDY) D5 GND (2) CCD_PHI1 2A3 2Y3 CCD_PHI1# (10)
TP469 13 6 10J C95 17 3 TP541 R83 100J ADCLK#
(7) DVS1 D6 W AFE_SDI AFE_SDI# (2) ADCLK 2A4 2Y4 ADCLK# (10)
TP470 12 TP488 74LCX244 0.1u R133 1 47J
(7) (DRST) D7 1G
open 19
TP484 C96 C97 2G
(8) (SELIN1) 11 A 10 GND
TP485 10
(8) (SELIN2) B
TP486 9 0.1u 33p 74LCX244 C108 VSAMP#
(8) (SELIN3) C
7 8 VCC3 82p
G GND C124 BSAMP#
74HC151 5V/3.3V 3.3V 82p
C125 ADCLK#
IC11 82p
20 C126 CCD_PHI1#
TP500 VCC TP507 R75 33J N.M.
(8) KEYIN1 2 1A1 1Y1 18 (KEYIN1) (1)
TP501 4 16 TP508 R76 33J C129 CCD_PHI2#
(8) KEYIN2 1A2 1Y2 (KEYIN2) (1)
6 14 TP509 R77 1kJ /RESET# N.M.
5V (1,2,3) /RESET0 1A3 1Y3 CCD_CP#
/RESET# R78 100J TP502 8 12 TP510 R79 33J C130
1A4 1Y4 /RESET1 (1,2)
TP503 11 9 TP511 82p
(1) D_CONT 2A1 2Y1 (D_CONT) (11)
IC12 13 7 TP11 C132 CCD_RS#
TP471 2A2 2Y2 33p
(7) (PPD2) 4 D0 VCC 16 (1,2,12) /ASIC_RST 15 2A3 2Y3 5 (/ASIC_RST) (2)
TP472 3 17 3 TP12 C133 CCD_TG#
(7) (PPD3) D1 2A4 2Y4
TP473 2 1 82p
(5) THOPEN D2 1G
TP474 1 R80 TP494 19
(7) (CED2) D3 2G
TP475 15 5 10 C101 C102 C255
(7) DSWS SIN2
R81
TP476 D4 Y TP489 GND C98
(7) (MMLD) 14

TP477 D5 10J 0.1u 0.01uF N.M. N.M.
13 6 74LCX244
TP478 D6 W TP490 VCC3
(7) (FANLK) 12 D7
11 C99 C100
A
10kJ
10 C262
B 0.1u 33p 0.1u
9 C
7 G GND 8
VCC3
(10) AFE_DB#[7..0] AFE_DB[7..0] (2)
74HC151 IC44
VCC 20
VCC3 AFE_DB#0 2 18 AFE_DB0
AFE_DB#1 1A1 1Y1 AFE_DB1
3.3V 3.3V 4 1A2 1Y2 16
AFE_DB#2 6 14 AFE_DB2
AFE_DB#3 1A3 1Y3 AFE_DB3
C 8 1A4 1Y4 12 C
5V IC14 AFE_DB#4 11 9 AFE_DB4
5V AFE_DB#5 2A1 2Y1 AFE_DB5
VCC 20 13 2A2 2Y2 7
2 18 AFE_DB#6 15 5 AFE_DB6
(2) MIRCNT 1A1 1Y1 2A3 2Y3 AFE_DB7
IC13 4 16 TP513 AFE_DB#7 17 3
R85 1A2 1Y2 TP514 2A4 2Y4
4 D0 VCC 16 6 1A3 1Y3 14 1 1G
TP480 3 10kJ 8 12 TP515 BR55 19
(7) (SPID) D1 1A4 1Y4 2G
2 11 9 TP516 5 4 10
D2 (1) SPFMT0 2A1 2Y1 (SPFMT0) (6) GND
1 R86 TP495 13 7 TP517 6 3
D3 (1) SPFMT1 2A2 2Y2 (SPFMT1) (6)
TP482 15 5 15 5 TP518 7 2 74LCX244(open)
(7) (PD1) D4 Y SIN3 (1) SPFMT2/MIRCNT 2A3 2Y3 (SPFMT2) (6)
TP483 14 TP491 17 3 TP519 8 1
(7) (PD2) D5 (1) SPFMT3 2A4 2Y4 (SPFMT3) (6)
13 6 10J 1
D6 W (2) MIRON 1G
12 TP492 19 33Jx4
D7 (2) SPFON 2G
10 GND
11 C103 C104 C105
A 0.1u
10 74LCX244
B 0.1u 33p BR64
9 C
7 8 AFE_DB#0 8 1 AFE_DB0
G GND AFE_DB#1 AFE_DB1
7 2
74HC151 AFE_DB#2 6 3 AFE_DB2
AFE_DB#3 5 4 AFE_DB3
5V 0Jx4
3.3V 5V
BR65
IC15 AFE_DB#4 5 4 AFE_DB4
20 AFE_DB#5 6 3 AFE_DB5
VCC TP520 R87 33J AFE_DB#6 AFE_DB6
(1) SELIN1 2 1A1 1Y1 18 (SELIN1) (8) 7 2
4 16 TP521 R88 33J AFE_DB#7 8 1 AFE_DB7
(1) SELIN2 1A2 1Y2 (SELIN2) (8)
6 14 TP522 R89 33J
(1) SELIN3 1A3 1Y3 (SELIN3) (8)
8 12 TP523 R90 33J TP528 0Jx4
(2) OP_CLK 1A4 1Y4 (OP_CLK) (8)
11 9 TP524 R91 33J TP529
(2) OP_DATA 2A1 2Y1 (OP_DATA) (8)
13 7 TP525 R92 33J TP530
(2) OP_LATCH 2A2 2Y2 (OP_LATCH) (8)
15 5 TP526 R93 33J
(2) TM 2A3 2Y3 (TM) (6)
17 3 TP527 R94 33J
(2) TM_ 2A4 2Y4 (TM_) (6)
1 1G
19 2G
10 C107
R97
R96
GND
10kJ
10kJ
10kJ
R128
74VHCT244 0.1u
B B
5V
5V VCC3
5V/3.3V 3.3V
R98

3.3V 5V
N.M. C106
IC18 IC16
5 0.1u 5
Vcc
1
TP505 1 6 TP531 R100 33J 4
(9) /SYNC A1 Y1 (/SYNC) (2) (2) VIDEO# /VIDEO (9)
2 TP542 R95 100J
TP506 3 4 3
(10) mt_at_home A2 Y2 mt_at_home# (1)
NC7ST08M5X
C109 2 C110
GND
47p 0.1u
NC7WZ17
5V
VCC3 3.3V 5V
3.3V 3.3V C263
IC45
VCC3 0.1u 5
R99 1
10kJ 4
A (1) STROBE (STROBE) (8) A
IC35 2 TP543 R422 100J TP544
Vcc 5 3
1 6 TP533 R101 33J NC7ST08M5X

(8) FW A1 Y1 (FW) (1)
3 A2 Y2 4
TP270
C258
2 C221
0.1u(N.M.) GND
0.1u
NC7WZ17
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Driver section 2) (AR-203E/5420) 5/12
5
6
7
8
BR72 VCC3 VCC3
10kJx4
INT24V 12V
24V PR#
4
3
2
1
BR56 1.5kJx4 IC19 R155 R191 R193
1 8 TP545 1 16 D34 470kJ 4.7kJ 10kJ
(2) MC 1B 1C /MC (8) (D)
2 7 TP546 2 15 Q18 R153
8
(2) BIAS 2B 2C /BIAS (8) 1SS355 IC17A
3 6 TP547 3 14 KRC102S 100J KIA393F
(2) TC 3B 3C /TC (8)
4 5 TP548 4 13 TP265 R146 3 TP27 3 Q19
(2) GRIDL 4B 4C /GRIDL (8) C134 +
5 12 Q20 1.5kF TP28 1 TP23 2SK3018
1
D 5B 5C /MCNT (9) (G)
D
R370 1.5kJ TP549 6 11 KRA119S TP29 2 TP26 2
(1) MCNT 6B 6C (2) PTPULSE -
7 10 TP264
TP551 7B 7C (S)
4
8 E COM 9 1uF/16V R192
KID65001AF Q21 R144 D33 C160 10kJ 12V
R138 3 2 47kJ 1SS355 2.2uF/10V
10kJ R195 R194
PGND TP266
1
PR# 2 3 /PR C162
(2) PR /PR (8) 0.1u 12V
TP22 TP21
100J 100J
D35 IC17B
8
1SS355
KRC102S KIA393F
1
5 +
7
6 TP479
-
PGND
4
24V
VCC3
5V
D49
MTZ J22B VCC3 12V VCC3
24V
R419 R418 BR57 1.5kJx4 R413

N.M._10kJ N.M._10kJ IC21 N.M._10kJ R108
(2) CPFS1 1 8
2 7 TP554 1 16
(2) CPFS2 1B 1C /CPFS1 (9)
3 6 TP555 2 15 R102 R103 R104 R105
(2) MPFS 2B 2C /CPFS2 (9)
4 5 TP556 3 14 N.M._47kJ 1kF 1MF 7.5kF 1kJ
(2) RRS 3B 3C /MPFS (9)
TP557 4 13 R109 IC20A
8
4B 4C /RRS (9)
R379 N.M._1.5kJ TP558 5 12 Q2 KIA393F
(2) VFM_24V 5B 5C
R380 N.M._1.5kJ TP559 6 11 TP561 TP562 N.M._KTA1505S TP618 3
(2) VFMCNT_12V 6B 6C /VFMCNT (9) +
TP560 7 10 N.M._4.7kJ 1/4W TP617 D1 1 TP619
7B 7C FTH
8 E COM 9 VFMOUT (9) 2 -
KID65001AF
4
MA700
D4 R106 R107 12V
C PGND 10kF 4.3kF C
1SS355 C111
0.1u/50V
PGND
VCC3 VCC3
D2 D3
24V 1 1
3 12V 3
CP16
R388 47kJ TP606 2 2
KDS226(open) KDS226
IC22A
8
0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM KIA358F R110 R111
E
Q16 R386 Q12 3 300J 100J
(9) RTH_IN +
3 TP603 TP605 B 2SB1132 1 RTH (1)
2 TP620 TP621
-
2 4.7kJ 1/4W
C
D57 D55
C113
4
C112 12V
TP607 22000p 0.1u
C114
RLS-73 CRH01
KRC102S 12V 0.1u/50V
1
CP17
R389 47kJ TP609
0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
E
Q17 R387 Q13 VCC3 12V 5V
3 TP604 TP608 B 2SB1132
2 4.7kJ 1/4W
C
R112 R113
D58 D56
1.2kF 10kJ
IC20B
8
TP610 KIA393F
B TP622 5 B
RLS-73 CRH01 +
KRC102S
1
7 THOPEN (4)
6 -
PGND
4
R114 C115
INT5V 10kF
22000p
D5
1SS355
R84 R196 Q3 TP611

10kJ 10kJ KRA119S
IC24
(2) MMD 1 1B 1C 16 /MMD (9)

2 15 TP613
(2) MRPS1 2B 2C MRPS_1 (6)
(2) MRPS2 3 3B 3C 14 MRPS_2 (6) 2
(2) MRPS3 4 4B 4C 13 MRPS_3 (6) Analog Tonner Sensor Buffer
5 12 3 TP612
(1,2) POFF 5B 5C /POFF (8)
(2) HL 6 6B 6C 11
VCC3 7 10 TP614 R405 0J
FTH 7B 7C 5V VCC3
8 9 12V
G NC
KID65503F D46 D47
5V 1 1
R414 R115 3 3
N.M._10kJ 100J 1/4W 2 2
Q14 (D)
3 R129 KDS226(open) KDS226(open)
/MMCLK (9)
Q11 N.M.
2 2SK3018(open)
(1) MMCLK (G) R365 IC22B
8
0J KIA358F R366
(S) HLOUT (8)
5 N.M.
(12) TCS_AN +
R142 TP624 7
10kJ(open) (TCS_AN) (1)
6 TP623
5V -
KRC102S
1
4
A A
IC25 R364 R367 C237
(2) MM_Y1 1 1B 1C 16 MMref0 (6)
2 15 R117 0J 10kJ N.M.
(2) MM_Y2 2B 2C MMref1 (6)
3 14 10kJ Q4
(2) MM_Y3 3B 3C MMref2 (6)
4 13 KRC102S
(2) PMD 4B 4C /PMD (9)
(1) PMCLK 5 5B 5C 12 PMCLK_A (9) 3 SHOLD (9)
(2) LDEN 6 6B 6C 11 /LDEN (9)
(2) /LEND 7 7B 7C 10 2
8 9 TP615
G NC
KID65503F
R116
10kJ
1
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Driver section 3) (AR-203E/5420) 6/12
D D
Duplex Motor Driver
Scanner Motor Driver
For AL2040 Model Only
(9) OUT_A-
(9) OUT_A+
(9) OUT_B+ IC26
24VSCMT 5V 3 2
(9) OUT_B- (1) DMT0 I1 O1 /DMT0 (9)
4 NC
R118 5 7
NC O2 /DMT1 (9)
R119 TP594 6
(1) DMT1 I2
10 NC O3 9 /DMT2 (9)
0.68J 1W 11
(1) DMT2 I3
0.68J 1W R120 12 16
IC27 NC O4 /DMT3 (9)
R121 1.5kJ 13
1.5kJ NC
1 OUT 1A VS 24 (1) DMT3 14 I4
2 23 15 24VDupMT
OUT 2A SENSE 1 NC
3 SENSE 2 COMP 1 22
TP586 TP593 D6
4 COMP 2 OUT 1B 21 17 GND COM 1
5 20 C116 18 8
OUT 2B I01 MM_AI0 (2) GND COM
C117 6 19 820p PGND
PGND 820p GND GND
7 18 TD62064AF
GND GND MTZ J22B

(2) MM_BI0 8 I02 I11 17 MM_AI1 (2)
(2) MM_BI1 9 I12 PHASE 1 16 MM_PH_A (2)
5V 10 15 PGND
(2) MM_PH_B PHASE 2 VREF 1
11 14 TP592
VREF 2 RC 1
12 RC 2 VSS 13
R122 TP591
1kJ
L6219DS
C118 R123 R124 C119
820p 30kJ 30kJ 820p
TP587
R125 R126 R127 C120 PGND 5V PGND

C 2kJ 1kJ 510J 0.1u C
PGND PGND
TP588 C121
(5) MMref0
TP589 0.1u
(5) MMref1
TP590
(5) MMref2
PGND 24V
CP1
PGND 0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
24VSCMT
CP2
0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
C122 + C123
24VSPFMT
47u/35V 0.1u/50V
CP3
0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
24VDupMT
PGND
SPF Motor Driver

B Tonner Motor Driver B
24VSPFMT
24V
IC28

(4) (SPFMT0) 8 IN A Vs 13
(4) (SPFMT2) 7 IN A/
(4) (SPFMT1) 11 IN B OUT A 1 SPMT_0 (9)
(4) (SPFMT3) 12 IN B/ OUT A 2
3 5V C127 + C128
OUT A/ SPMT_2 (9)
9 4 R244 10u/35V
4
3
2
1
REF OUT A/ 4.7kJ 0.1u/50V
OUT B 17 SPMT_1 (9)
BR59 6 18
Sync OUT B IC29
10kJx4 OUT B/ 15 SPMT_3 (9)
5 Sense A OUT B/ 16 2 Vcc Vs 6
5
6
7
8
14 Sense B GND 10 (4) (TM) 9 IN1 Vref 8
STA7100M 1 7
(4) (TM_) IN2 OUT1 TMA_O (9)
5 GND OUT2 3 TMB_O (9)
C222
R132 R141 4
5V 1J 2W 1J 2W 0.1u N.C
TA7291AS
R131
1.2kJ
A PGND A
R134 R135 R136 R137
300J 620J 1.2kJ 100J C131
0.1u
TP595
(5) MRPS_1
TP596
(5) MRPS_2
TP597
(5) MRPS_3
PGND PGND PGND
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Noise filter/Pull-up section) (AR-203E/5420) 7/12
VCC3
INT24V
5V
R143
D C135 C136 C137 C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143 D
(9) 24V1(DSWS)
0.1u N.M. 0.1u 0.1u N.M. N.M. N.M. N.M. N.M. 0.22J 2W
R152
D11 1kJ 2W D9 D10
1SS355 1 1
3 3
C144 C145 C146 C147 C148 C149 C150 2 2 R145 R147 R148 R149 R150 R151
15kJ 4.7kJ 10kJ 10kJ 15kJ 10kJ
N.M. N.M. N.M. N.M. N.M. 0.1u 0.1u PGND PGND KDS226 KDS226
C151 C152 C153 C154 C155 C156 C157 C158 C159 R154 1kJ
(9) SPID (SPID) (4)
0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u N.M. R156 1kJ
(9) PPD3 (PPD3) (4)
D12 R157 1kJ
(9) PD1 (PD1) (4)
R158 1kJ
1SS355 5V (9) PD2 (PD2) (4)
R159 1kJ
(9) POD (POD) (4)
D13 R160 1kJ
(9) PMRDY (PMRDY) (4)
TP585 1
3 5V
2
R161 R162 KDS226

20kJ 20kJ D14 D15 D16 D17 C161 C163 C164 C165 C166 C167
1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3 1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p
DSWS (4) 2 2 2 2
KDS226 KDS226 KDS226 KDS226

R163 C168
2.7kJ
0.1u
VCC3
C C
5V
R240 R241 R242 R243

10J 10J 10J 10J
TP13 TP14 TP15 TP16

D18 D19
1 1 1 1
1 1
C223 C224 C225 C226 3 3
2 2 R164 R165 R166 R167
1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 10kJ 10kJ 15kJ 10kJ R377
KDS226 KDS226 10kJ
R168 1kJ
(12) DVSEL DVS1 (4)
R169 1kJ
(12) TCS (TCS) (4)
R170 1kJ
(9) MFD (MFD) (4)
R171 1kJ
(9) MMLD (MMLD) (4)
R378 1kJ
(9) FANLK 5V (FANLK) (4)
C171 C172 C173

D21 D22 D50 C248
1 1 1 1000p 1000p 1000p
3 3 3 1000p
D51
D52
2 2 2
KDS226 KDS226 KDS226

ZENER_UDZS4.7B(open)
ZENER_UDZS4.7B(open)
D20
1SS355
INT24V
B 24V B
C169 + C170 R394 R172
100J 2W IC30
100kJ
47u/35V 0.1u/50V 1 3
IN OUT INT5V
GND
C175 + C176 5V VCC3
2 KIA7805

PGND 47u/35V 0.1u
D23 D24 D25 D26

1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3
L14 0J (1608) L15 N.M. 2 2 2 R173 R174 R175 R176 R177 2 R178 R179
15kJ 15kJ 7.5kJ 7.5kJ 7.5kJ 12kJ 3.3kJ
L4 L5
ZJSR5101-223(open) ZJSR5101-223
(8) 12VIN 12V (8) 3.3VIN VCC3
R180 1kJ
(9) PPD1 (PPD1) (4)
R399 R181 1kJ
(9) PPD2 (PPD2) (4)
C177 + C179 R396 C178 + C180 100kJ R182 1kJ
(9) SPPD (SPPD) (1)
R183 1kJ
(8) PSW (PSW) (1)
47u/25V 0.1u 100kJ 22u/16V 0.1u
R184 1kJ
(9) CED1 (CED1) (4)
R185 1kJ
(9) CED2 (CED2) (4)
R186 1kJ
(8) DRST (DRST) (4)
5V VCC3
A EN5V A
C185 C186 C187 C188 C189 C190
5V D27 D28 D29
1 1 1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 1 1000p 1000p
C181 + C183 R398 C182 + C184 R397 3 3 3
100kJ 100kJ 2 2 2
22u/16V 0.1u 22u/16V 0.1u
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Connector section 1) (AR-203E/5420) 8/12
D D
To Operational PWB
EN5V 5V
To Power unit
INT5V INT24V
CP8
CP7
CN1
0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
CN2
0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
1 2
3 4 18

(5) /BIAS 5 6 /TC (5) (7) DRST 17
(5) /GRIDL 7 8 /MC (5) 16
KEYIN2#
9 10 15
11 12 3.3VIN (7) (7) PSW 14
EN5V 13 14 13
5V 15 16 /POFF (5) 12
(7) 12VIN 17 18 24V 11
(4) FW 19 20 10
(5) /PR 21 22 HLOUT (5) (4) (OP_DATA) 9
23 24 (4) (OP_LATCH) 8
(4) (SELIN2) 7
(4) (OP_CLK) 6
B24B-PNDZS-1
(4) (SELIN1) 5
C194
C (4) (STROBE)
C
0.1u/50V
4
N.M._1608size
C193
(4) (SELIN3) 3
KEYIN1#
2
Q6 Q5 C195 1
PGND PGND KRC106S KRC106S
3 3 1000p IMSA-9619S-18A
(1) ONL 2 (1) PSL 2
1
1
R400 N.M._1608size
B PGND B
5V

D30 D31
1 1
3 3
2 2
R187 R188
KDS226 KDS226 10kJ 10kJ
R189 1kJ KEYIN2#

(4) KEYIN2
R190 1kJ KEYIN1#
(4) KEYIN1
C191 C192
1000p 1000p
A A
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Connector section 2) (AR-203E/5420) 9/12

INT24V
CN6
CN7
1
D 2 To Main motor (7) CED1 1 D
(5) /MMD 3 2 To Cassette detect To Mecha. COUNTER
(7) MMLD 4 3
(5) /MMCLK 5
C198 C199 B3B-PH-K-K 24V
B5B-PASK-1 (Black)
1000p 1000p CN28
3
2
(5) /MCNT 1
PGND
N.M._B03B-PH-K-R
(Red)
24V
CN11 CN10
(5) VFMOUT 1 1 To Cassette paper solenoid
(7) FANLK 2 To Fan motor (5) /CPFS1 2
(5) /VFMCNT 3 3
4
B3B-PH-K-S
B4B-PH-K-S (White)
C200 C201 (White)

1000p 1000p
24V
For AL2040 Model Only
PGND CN12
C 24VDupMT C
1 To Resist roller solenoid
(5) /RRS 2
CN13
3
1
(6) /DMT0 2 B3B-PH-K-E
(6) /DMT1 3
(6) /DMT2 4
To Duplex motor (Blue) For AL2040 Model Only
(6) /DMT3 5 To 2nd. cassette
24V
B05B-XASK-1 5V 24V
5V
CN15 R203
N.M.
200J 1/4W
1 To Interlock switch
(7) 24V1(DSWS) 2
CN16 24V 5V
N.M._1608size
B2P-VH-R
1
C246
C247
(Red) (7) PPD1 2 To Paper pass detect CN18
0.1u/50V
0.1u/50V
3
(5) /CPFS2 1 2
B3B-PH-K-R 3 4 PGND
5 6
(Red) (7) PPD3 7 8
9 10
C205
C206
Not mounted (For debug) (7) PD2 11 12
(7) CED2 13 14
CPU Serial B14B-PHDSS-B

1000p
1000p
1000p
PGND 5V
VCC3 R204
200J 1/4W
CN17
C202
C203
C204
1 CN19
5V (1) RxD 2
(1) TxD 3 1 PGND
INT5V 4 (7) POD 2
3
To Paper out detect
B B
D42 N.M._B4B-PH-K-S
(White) B3B-PH-K-S
1 (White)
3
2
KDS226
CN42
To SPF unit
5V
(4) /SYNC 1
R206 1kJ 2 To Mirror motor R205
3 200J 1/4W
To LD 4

(5) /LDEN 5
(4) /VIDEO 6 CN22
(5) SHOLD 7
8 CN4 1
(7) PPD2 2
(6) OUT_A+ 1 3 5V 5V
B08B-CZHK-B To HL unit
(6) OUT_B+ 2 (5) RTH_IN 4
(6) OUT_A- 3 5
(6) OUT_B- 4
B5B-PH-K-S 24VSPFMT
B4B-PH-K-R
R207
R140
(White)
(Red) CN24
200J 1/4W
200J 1/4W
24V
CN41 1
2
1 (6) SPMT_0 3
2 (6) SPMT_2 4
(5) /PMD 3 To Polygon motor (6) SPMT_1 5
(7) PMRDY 4 5V (6) SPMT_3 6
(5) PMCLK_A 5 (7) SPID 7
8
B05B-CZHK-B R208 24V 9
(7) SPPD 10
200J 1/4W
PGND CN25 CN26 11
12
A 1 1 B12B-PH-K-S A
(7) PD1 2 To Paper detect (5) /MPFS 2 To Multi unit
3 3
(7) MFD 4
B3B-PH-K-M 5
(Green) B5B-PH-K-R
To Toner motor (Red)
CN23
(6) TMA_O 1
(6) TMB_O 2
B2P-VH
(White)
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (Scanner I/F section) (AR-203E/5420) 10/12
D D
To Scanner unit
Copy Lamp Inverter 12V EN5V
24V Q9 2SJ537 L6 CP6

220uH 0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM CP9 CP10
VCL 0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
0603FA1.5A/0603SFF150FM
TWKA-221K
R209 VCC3
910J

D43
1
C207 + D44 + C208 C209 R210 R211 CN3
3
47u/35V 11EQS06 15kJ 12kJ 2 AFE_DB#0 AFE_DB#1
47u/35V 0.1u/50V AFE_DB#2 32 31 AFE_DB#3
R212
R213 AFE_DB#4 30 29
28 27
5.6kJ 1/4W
C210 33p 1kJ KDS226 AFE_DB#6 AFE_DB#5
26 25 AFE_DB#7
(4) mt_at_home 24 23
(4) AFE_SCK# 22 21
(2) CL (4) ADCLK# 20 19 AFE_SEN# (4)
C211
(4) CCD_PHI1# 18 17
R214 Q8
(4) CCD_PHI2# 16 15 AFE_SDI# (4)
15kJ R215 KTC3198 1000p
(4) CCD_CP# 14 13 BSAMP# (4)
56kJ
(4) CCD_RS# 12 11
(4) CCD_TG# 10 9 VSAMP# (4)
8 7
VCL 6 5 VCL
C 4 3
C
2 1
PGND
FF4-32-S15D5
PGND PGND
(4) AFE_DB#[7..0]
AFE_DB#0
AFE_DB#1
AFE_DB#2
AFE_DB#3
AFE_DB#4
AFE_DB#5
AFE_DB#6
AFE_DB#7

B B
A A
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (USB2.0 (FULL) I/F section) (AR-203E only) 11/12
D D

R216 24J
(4) USB_IN
C C
R217 C212 D45
10kJ 100p ZENER_6.2V
(4) (D_CONT)
VCC3 VCC3 R218
IC31 1.5kJ
R420 N.M. CN33

(2) OEN 2 OE# VCC 14
9 SPEED
12 1 TP567 R219 N.M. L7 1
(2) VPOUT VPO MODE +5V
13 BLM18BB121SN1D 2
(2) VMOUT VMO/FSEO D-
11 TP568 R220 24J TP570 BLM18BB121SN1D 3
R221 33J TP563 D+ TP569 R222 24J TP571 L8 D+
(2) RCV 3 RCV D- 10 4 GND
R223 33J TP564 4 C213
(2) VPIN VP C214
R224 33J TP565 5 8
(2) VMIN VM NC Shield
TP566 0.1u
(2) SUSPEND 6 7 0.1u
SUSPEND GND UBS21-4K2J00(ACON)
C215 C216 C217 USB1T20
N.M. N.M. N.M.

D32
B HZM6.2Z4MWA(open) B
L9
0J (1608)
L16
0J (1608)

F.G
A A
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
MCU PWB (CRUM I/F section) (AR-203E/5420) 12/12
D D
24V
To DV Unit
R376 N.M. (Analog Tonner Sensor)
CN5
VCC3 EN5V TP575
(5) TCS_AN 1
TP576 R368 N.M.
(7) TCS 2
R369 0J
(7) DVSEL 3
4
B4B-PH-K-R
R225
N.M. R226 (Red)
IC32 10kJ
3.3V Vcc 5 5V
R139 1 2 24V EN5V
(1) CRUMSDTA A B (CRUMSDTA)
1kJ TP573
To DV Unit with CRUM
R231 0J C218 D39 D40
TP572 4 3 0.1u 1 1
(Analog Tonner Sensor)
(1,2,4) /ASIC_RST OE GND
3 3
TC7SBD385AFU(open) 2 2
R200

R232 10J KDS226 KDS226
10kJ(open) CN9
R201 N.M._300J
1 2
3 4 (CRUMSDTA)
5 6 (CRUMSCL)
7 8 R202 N.M._300J
9 10
C C
N.M._B10B-PHDSS-B
(White)
EN5V
3.3V 5V
C220
IC34
0.1u 5
1
(1) CRUMSCL 4 (CRUMSCL)
2 TP574
3 FB1
NC7ST08M5X(open)
0J (1608)
F-GND 1
FB2
0J (1608)
F-GND 2
B B

FB3
0J (1608)
F-GND 3
FB4
0J (1608)
F-GND 4
A A
PGND
5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
MCU PWB (CPU section) (AR-M200/M201) 1/16

VCC3 VCC3
C1
15PF
R1 R2 C2 BR1 BR2 BR3

IC1 /STBY 1 8 D15 1 8 /CS0# 1 8
NM NM 0.1U TP1 NMI 2 7 D14 2 7 /CS1# 2 7
TP2 7 1 R3 0J R4 NM XTAL /WDTOVF 3 6 D13 3 6 /CS2# 3 6
VDD XIN/CLKIN D12 /CS3#
4 6 FRSEL XOUT 8 4 5 4 5 4 5 4
TP3 4 5 C3 C4
TP4 S0 SSCLK X1 10KJX4 10KJX4 10KJX4
3 S1 VSS 2
AT-49 100P 100P
19.6608MHz BR4 BR5
CY25811SC /PRINTST R5 10KJ D11 1 8 ARB_INT 1 8
R6 R7 TP5 R20 330J R8 NM EXTAL /ES_PAGE R9 10KJ D10 2 7 (FW) 2 7
D9 3 6 CPU_SYNC 3 6
NM 0J P60 R11 10KJ D8 4 5 4 5
C6
C5 15PF 10KJX4 10KJX4
TP6 R12 12P
22J BR6 BR7
1 8 D7 1 8 CCD_TG R67 10KJ
/ES_SRDY 2 7 D6 2 7
ES_CMD 3 6 D5 3 6
R384 33J ES_STS 4 5 D4 4 5
CPUCLK# (3)
/RESET1 (5)
10KJX4 NM_10KJX4
/PRINTST BR9
NM
(2) /PRINTST BR10
C70
TP724 R13 33J /RD# DMT0 /CS5# R392 10KJ D3 1 8 CPUCLK 4 5
(2,3,4,5) /RD DMT0 (7)
R14 33J /HWR# DMT1 D2 2 7 /RD# 3 6
(3,4) /HWR DMT1 (7)
R15 100J /LWR# DMT2 D1 3 6 /HWR# 2 7
(2) /LWR DMT2 (7)
DMT3 D0 4 5 /LWR# 1 8
DMT3 (7)
B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201)
/RES_OA982 TP729 R16 33J

(9) /RES_OA982 MMCLK (6)
/RES_IOASIC TP734 R17 33J NM_10KJX4 10KJX4
(3) /RES_IOASIC RESETOUT1 (5)
/RES_GASIC TP735 R18 33J /RES_NIC
(2) /RES_GASIC /RES_NIC (15)
BR11
BZR (11)
DMT0 POFF R19 10KJ

CRUMSCL (16) 1 8
XTAL
EXTAL
ES_STS R78 1KJ DMT1 2 7
(9) ES_STS CRUMSDA (16)
ES_CMD /CS5# R364 33J DMT2 3 6 SDA R21 2KJ
33P
33P
33P
(9) ES_CMD /CS5 (13)
/STBY
CPUCLK
NMI
/WDTOVF
/ES_SRDY P60 R22 33J RSV_IN0 TP7 DMT3 4 5 SCL R23 2KJ
(9) /ES_SRDY
RY/BY
(4) RY/BY CPU3.3 10KJX4
BR12 BR13
C7
C8
C9
SPFMT0 1 8 /SCANSP 1 8
NM
SPFMT1 /TRANSST
C369
2 7 2 7
NM
C10
SPFMT2 3 6 /SCANST 3 6
TP8
TP9
SPFMT3 4 5 RY/BY 4 5
TP10
TP11
TP12
TP13
TP14
TP15
TP16
TP17
TP19
TP20
TP21
TP22
TP23
TP24
TP25
TP26
TP27
TP28
TP29
TP30
TP31
TP32
TP33
TP34
TP35
TP36
TP37
3 3
10KJX4 10KJX4
IC2
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
Vss
NMI
RES
VCC
VCC
XTAL
STBY
PF7/0
EXTAL
PF6/AS
PF5/RD
103 64 TP38 /RES_FAX
PF3/LWR
WDTOVF
P50/TxD2
PF4/HWR
/RES_FAX (13)
P51/RxD2
AVcc P35/SCK1
P52/SCK2
PF1/BACK
PF0/BREQ
104 63 SCL RxD R24 10KJ
P63/TEND1
P62/DREQ1
P53/ADTRG
Vref P34/SCK0 SCL (4)
TP40 105 62 TP41 RxD TxD R53 10KJ
(6) RTH P40/AN0 P33/RxD1 RxD (12)
TP42 106 61 TP43 SDA
P61/TEND0/CS5
P60/DREQ0/CS4
(6) (TCS_AN) P41/AN1 P32/RxD0 SDA (4)
P20/PO0/TIOCA3
P24/PO4/TIOCA4
P25/PO5/TIOCB4
P26/PO6/TIOCA5
P27/PO7/TIOCB5
P21/PO1/YICOB3
P22/PO2/TIOCC3
P23/PO3/TIOCD3
TP44 107 60 TXD CRUMSDA R52 10KJ
P42/AN2 P31/TxD1 TxD (12)
TP46 108 59 TP47 POFF
(2,5) VIDEO# P43/AN3 P30/TxD0 POFF (6)
R51 33J PROTECT TP48 109 58 /RES_OA982 R95 10KJ
TP49 P44/AN4 VCC TP50 D15 /RES_GASIC R132 10KJ
PF2/LCAS/ WAIT/BREQO
(8) (PSFANLK) 110 P45/AN5 PD7/D15 57 1 8 BR16
/ES_PAGE TP51 111 56 TP52 2 7 33JX4 D14 /RES_IOASIC R131 10KJ
(9) /ES_PAGE P46/AN6/DA0 PD6/D14
TP53 112 55 TP54 3 6 D13 /RES_USB20 R94 10KJ
(6) LCDCONT P47/AN7/DA1 PD5/D13
113 54 TP55 4 5 D12
AVss PD4/D12 /RES_NIC R66 10KJ
114 Vss Vss 53
C11 NM TP56 115 52 TP57 1 8 BR17 D11 /RES_FAX R26 10KJ
P17/PO15/TIOCB2/TCLKD PD3/D11 TP59 D10
116 P16/PO14/TIOCA2 PD2/D10 51 2 7 33JX4
117
HD6412321VF25(H8S/2321) 50 TP61 3 6 D9
/SCANSP TP62 P15/PO13/TIOCB1/TCLKC PD1/D9 TP63 D8
(2) /SCANSP 118 P14/PO12/TIOCA1 PD0/D8 49 4 5
/SCANST R25 33J TP64 119 48 TP65 1 8 BR18 D7
(2) /SCANST P13/PO11/TIOCD0/TCLKB PE7/D7
/TRANSST TP66 120 47 TP67 2 7 33JX4 D6
(2) /TRANSST P12/PO10/TIOCC0/TCLKA PE6/D6
TP68 121 46 TP69 3 6 D5
(6) PMCLK P11/PO9/TIOCB0/DACK1 PE5/D5
SPFMT3 TP70 122 45 TP71 4 5 D4
(5) SPFMT3 P10/PO8/TIOCA0/DACK0 PE4/D4
SPFMT2 123 44
(5) SPFMT2/MIRCNT MD0 Vss
SPFMT1 124 43 TP72 1 8 BR19 D3
(5) SPFMT1 MD1 PE3/D3
SPFMT0 125 42 TP73 2 7 33JX4 D2
(5) SPFMT0 MD2 PE2/D2
/RES_USB20 TP74 126 41 TP75 3 6 D1
(10) /RES_USB20 PG0/CAS PE1/D1
TP76 127 40 TP77 4 5 D0
TP78 PG1/CS3 PE0/D0
128 PG2/CS2 VCC 39
BR20
5 4 /CS3#
(3) /CSIOASIC
6 3 /CS2#
PG3/CS1
PG4/CS0
Vss
NC
VCC
PC0/A0
PC1/A1
PC2/A2
PC3/A3
Vss
PC4/A4
PC5/A5
PC6/A6
PC7/A7
PB0/A8
PB1/A9
PB2/A10
PB3/A11
Vss
PB4/A12
PB5/A13
PB6/A14
PB7/A15
PA0/A16
PA1/A17
PA2/A18
PA3/A19
Vss
PA4/A20/IRQ4
PA5/A21/IRQ5
PA6/A22/IRQ6
PA7/A23/IRQ7
P67/CS7/IRQ3
P66/CS6/IRQ2
Vss
Vss
P65/IRQ1
P64/IRQ0
(2) /CSGASIC D[15..0] (2,3,4,13)
7 2 /CS1#
(4) /CSSRAM
/CS0#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
(4) /CSFROM 8 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
33JX4 H8S/2321
2 TP79 2
TP80
NM
22P
TP81
TP82
TP83
TP84
TP85
TP86
TP87
TP88
TP89
TP90
TP91
TP92
TP93
TP94
TP95
TP96
TP97
TP98
TP99
C12
C13
TP100
TP101
TP102
TP103
TP105
TP106
TP107
TP108
NM
NM
C14
C15
BR21
BR22
BR23
ARB_INT
ARB_INT (2)
(FW)
8
7 33JX4
6
5
8
7 33JX4
6
5
8
7 33JX4
6
5
(FW) (5,9)
CPU_SYNC
CPU_SYNC (2)
mt_at_home# (5)
CCD_TG
CCD_TG (2,5)
(SPPD)
(SPPD) (8)

(PSW)
(PSW) (8)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
BR24
BR25
8
7 33JX4
6
5
8
7 33JX4
6
5
33J
FB1 VCC3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
R50
0J <1608>
A1
A2
A3
A5
A6
A7
A9
A0
A4
A8
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
L1
NM_ZJSR5101-223TA
TP109
CPU3.3 A[20..0] (2,3,4)
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
C19
10U/10V<2012>
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
C25
1 1
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (ASIC section) (AR-M200/M201) 2/16

FB2
NM_0J <1608>
TP837 R30 33J VCC3 VCC3
(5) VSAMP
L2
TP879 R31 33J BR26 10KJX4 ZJSR5101-223TA
(1,5) CCD_TG
/PCLPRO 4 5 G3.3V
TP878 R32 33J /FAXPRO 3 6
(5) CCD_RS
/OUTACK 2 7
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
TP835 R33 33J /INREQ 1 8
(5) BSAMP PIDATA[7..0] (9)
TP874 R34 33J BR28 33JX4
(5) CCD_CP
BR27 10KJX4 1 8 PIDATA0
C27
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
4 (5) AFE_SDI
AFE_SDI TP834 R35 33J JTG_TCK 4 5 2 7 PIDATA1 C36 4
JTG_TMS 3 6 3 6 PIDATA2
TP875 R36 33J JTG_TDI 2 7 4 5 PIDATA3
(5) CCD_PHI2
JTG_TDO 1 8
TP873 R37 33J 1 8 PIDATA4
(5) CCD_PHI1
2 7 PIDATA5
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
TP836 R38 33J 3 6 PIDATA6

(5) AFE_SEN
R40 4 5 PIDATA7
TP876 R39 33J /OUTCS
(5) ADCLK
BR29 33JX4
C38
C39
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
TP877 R41 33J 10KJ
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
(5) AFE_SCK
(14) AFE_DB[7..0]
BR30
AFE_DB7 TP848 1 8 33JX4 /RESET0 (4,5,9,12)
AFE_DB6 TP847
C291
C292
C293
C294
C295
C296
C297
C298
2 7
VCC3
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
AFE_DB5 TP846 3 6
C58 C59 C60 C61 C62 C63 C64 C65 C66 C67 C68 AFE_DB4 TP845 4 5
BR32 C37 C399
1 8 AFE_DB7 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P NM 47P 47P NM 47P NM AFE_DB3 TP844 1 8 33JX4 10U/10V<2012> 10U/10V<2012>
/H_SYNC (9)
C48
C49
C50
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
C56
C57
2 7 AFE_DB6 AFE_DB2 TP843 2 7

JTG_TDO
JTG_TDI
JTG_TMS
/INREQ
/ESPRD
/FAXPRO
/PCLPRO
JTG_TCK
/OUTCS
/OUTACK
BR31 10KJX4 G3.3V
0.1U
1 8 AFE_DB3
(14) CL
2 7 AFE_DB2
3 6 AFE_DB1 C400 C401
4 5 AFE_DB0 10U/10V<2012> 10U/10V<2012>
C69
TP110
TP111
TP112
TP113
TP114
TP115
TP116
TP117
TP118
TP119
TP120
TP121
TP122
TP123
TP124
TP125
TP126
TP127
TP128
TP129
TP742
TP741
TP740
TP739
TP738
TP737
TP736
TP325
TP270
TP630
TP628
TP627
TP507
TP500
TP498
TP495
TP493
TP490
TP486
TP471
TP468
TP462
TP403
TP402
TP382
TP364
TP351
TP140
TP130
TP131
TP132
TP133
TP134
TP135
TP136
TP137
TP138
TP139
BR33 10KJX4
R42 10KJ AFE_SDI
IC4
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149

TDI
TD0
TCK
TMS
VCC3
TRSK
/INCS
/POCS
ADCLK
/INACK
/INREQ
BSAMP
VSAMP
CLPWM
/ESPRD
/OUTCS
/HSYNC
MDAT15
MDAT14
MDAT13
MDAT12
MDAT11
MDAT10
MDAT09
MDAT08
MDAT07
MDAT06
MDAT05
MDAT04
MDAT03
MDAT02
MDAT01
MDAT00
AFESCK
CCD_CP
CCD_RS
CCD_TG
VCC(AC)
AFE_SDI
VCC(AC)
PIDATA0
PIDATA1
PIDATA2
VCC(AC)
PIDATA3
PIDATA4
PIDATA5
PIDATA6
PIDATA7
GND(AC)
GND(AC)
GND(AC)
/FAXPRD
/PCLPRD
AFE_DB0
AFE_DB1
AFE_DB2
AFE_DB3
AFE_DB4
AFE_DB5
AFE_DB6
AFE_DB7
/OUTACK
AFE_SEN
/OUTREQ
CCD_PH1
CCD_PH2
BR34 10KJX4
VCC(CORE)
VCC(CORE)
VCC(CORE)
VCC(CORE)
GND(CORE)
GND(CORE)
GND(CORE)
GND(CORE)
1 8 MM_BI0 223 148 TP141 R44 33J
GND(CORE) /POREQ /POREQ (9)
2 7 MM_BI1 TP142 224 147
(6) MM_Y3 MM_Y3 VCC(AC)
3 6 MM_BI2 TP143 225 146 TP144 1 8
(6) MM_Y2 MM_Y2 /PIWT /PIWR (9)
3 4 5 MM_AI0 TP145 226 145 TP146 2 7 3
(6) MM_Y1 MM_Y1 /PIACK /PIACK (9)
227 VCC(CORE) GND(AC) 144 3 6 /POACK (9) PODATA[7..0] (9)
R45 10KJ MM_AI1 TP147 228 143 TP148 4 5
(7) MM_PH_B MM_PH_B /POACK /PIREQ (9)
R46 10KJ MM_AI2 MM_BI0 TP149 229 142 TP150 BR35 33JX4
(7) MM_BI0 MM_BI0 /PIREQ
MM_BI1 TP151 230 141
(7) MM_BI1 MM_BI1 GND(CORE)
MM_BI2 TP152 231 140 TP153 PODATA0
TP154 MM_BI2 PODATA0 TP155 PODATA1 VCC3
(7) MM_PH_A 232 MM_PH_A PODATA1 139
MM_AI0 TP156 233 138 TP157 PODATA2
(7) MM_AI0 MM_AI0 PODATA2
(4) MAD[12..0] (7) MM_AI1 MM_AI1 PODATA3
MM_AI2 PODATA4 TP162 PODATA5 R47 R48 10J
236 GND(AC) PODATA5 135 /PR_LINE (9)
MAD3 TP817 1 8 TP163 237 134 TP164 PODATA6
MAD2 TP818 TP165 RAM_MAD3 PODATA6 TP166 PODATA7 10KJ R49 10J
2 7 238 RAM_MAD2 PODATA7 133 /SC_LINE (9)
MAD1 TP819 3 6 239 132
MAD0 TP820 TP167 GND(CORE) VCC(CORE) TP168
4 5 240 RAM_MAD1 /TRANSST 131 /TRANSST (1)
BR36 33JX4 TP169 241 130 TP170
MAD10 TP821 TP171 RAM_MAD0 /RECEPTST TP172
1 8 242 RAM_MAD10 /PRINTST 129 /PRINTST (1)
2 7 243 128 TP173
(4) BANK1 VCC(CORE) /SCANST /SCANST (1)
3 6 TP174 244 127 TP175 RCV
(4) BANK0 RAM_BANKS1 RCV
4 5 TP176 245 126 TP177 VPIN
(4) /SDCS RAM_BANKS0 VPIN
BR37 33JX4 TP178 246 125 TP179 VMIN
TP180 RAM_CS VMIN VCC3
(4) /SDRAS 1 8 247 RAM_RAS GND(CORE) 124
2 7 TP181 248 123 TP182
(4) /SDCAS RAM_CAS VPOUT
3 6 249 122 TP183
(4) /SDWDE VCC(AC) VMOUT
4 5 TP184 250 121 TP185
(4) RAMDB[15..0] (4) DQM0 RAM_WDE OEN
BR38 33JX4 TP186 251 120 TP891 MEM_INT R356 10KJ
RAM_DQM0 GND(AC) PARAD[7..0] (15)
VCC3 252 119 TP187 TP885 CLKSW R357 10KJ
RAMDB7 TP854 TP188 GND(AC) SUSPEND TP189 /POREQ R358 10KJ
1 8 253 RAM_DATA7 IE1284_PARAD0 118
BR41 10KJX4 RAMDB6 TP855 2 7 TP190 254 117 TP191 1 8 PARAD0 /PIREQ R359 10KJ
RAMDB5 TP856 TP192 RAM_DATA6 IE1284_PARAD1 PARAD1
1 8 RAMDB7 3 6 255 RAM_DATA5 VCC(AC) 116 2 7
2 7 RAMDB6 RAMDB4 TP857 4 5 TP193 256 115 TP194 3 6 PARAD2
BR39 33JX4 RAM_DATA4 ASIC IE1284_PARAD2 TP195 PARAD3 BR52 10KJX4
3 6 RAMDB5 257 GND(CORE) IE1284_PARAD3 114 4 5
4 5 RAMDB4 RAMDB3 TP858 1 8 TP196 258 113 TP197 1 8BR40 33JX4 PARAD4 PODATA0 1 8
RAMDB2 TP859 TP198 RAM_DATA3 HG73C141HFV(LF) IE1284_PARAD4 TP199 PARAD5 PODATA1
2 7 259 RAM_DATA2 IE1284_PARAD5 112 2 7 2 7
BR45 10KJX4 RAMDB1 TP860 3 6 TP200 260 111 TP201 3 6 PARAD6 PODATA2 3 6
RAMDB0 TP861 TP202 RAM_DATA1 IE1284_PARAD6 TP203 PARAD7 PODATA3
1 8 RAMDB3 4 5 261 RAM_DATA0 IE1284_PARAD7 110 4 5 4 5
2 7 RAMDB2 BR42 33JX4 262 109 TP204 /REV BR43 33JX4
RAMDB15 TP862 TP205 GND(AC) IE1284_REV R54 33J
3 6 RAMDB1 1 8 263 RAM_DATA15 VCC(CORE) 108 /REV_O (15)
4 5 RAMDB0 RAMDB14 TP863 2 7 TP206 264 107 TP207 /FAULT 1 8 BR55 10KJX4
RAM_DATA14 IE1284_FAULT /FAULT_O (15)
RAMDB13 TP864 3 6 265 106 TP208 /ACK 2 7 PODATA4 1 8
VCC(CORE) IE1284_ACK /ACK_O (15)
BR49 10KJX4 RAMDB12 TP865 4 5 TP209 266 105 TP210 BUSY 3 6 PODATA5 2 7
2 RAM_DATA13 IE1284_BUSY BUSY_O (15) 2
1 8 RAMDB15 BR44 33JX4 TP211 267 104 TP212 PE 4 5 PODATA6 3 6
RAM_DATA12 IE1284_PE PE_O (15)
2 7 RAMDB14 RAMDB11 TP866 1 8 TP213 268 103 BR47 33JX4 PODATA7 4 5
RAMDB10 TP867 TP214 RAM_DATA11 GND(CORE) TP215 SLCT R55 33J
3 6 RAMDB13 2 7 269 RAM_DATA10 IE1284_SLCT 102 SLCT_O (15)
4 5 RAMDB12 RAMDB9 TP868 3 6 TP216 270 101 TP217
RAMDB8 TP869 TP218 RAM_DATA9 IE1284_INIT TP219 /INIT VCC3
4 5 271 RAM_DATA8 IE1284_SLCTIN 100 1 8 /INIT_I (15)
BR53 10KJX4 BR48 33JX4 272 99 /SLCTIN 2 7
VCC(CORE) VCC(CORE) /SLCTIN_I (15)
1 8 RAMDB11 1 8 TP220 273 98 TP221 /AUTOFD 3 6
(4) DQM1 RAM_DQM1 IE1284_AUTOFD /AUTOFD_I (15)
2 7 RAMDB10 2 7 TP222 274 97 TP223 /STB 4 5 BR57 10KJX4
(4) SDCKE RAM_CKE IE1284_STB /STB_I (15)
3 6 RAMDB9 3 6 275 96 TP224 BR46 33JX4 RCV 1 8
TP225 GND(AC) TSP_MODE TP226 VPIN
4 5 RAMDB8 4 5 276 RAM_CLK_OUT TSO0 95 2 7
BR51 82JX4 277 94 TP227 VCC3 VCC3 VCC3 VMIN 3 6
GND(CORE) /SCANSP /SCANSP (1)
MAD12 TP822 1 8 TP228 278 93 4 5
MAD11 TP823 TP229 RAM_MAD12 VCC(AC) TP230
2 7 279 RAM_MAD11 OPE_CLK 92 OP_CLK (5)
MAD9 TP824 3 6 TP231 280 91 BR58 10KJX4
MAD8 TP825 RAM_MAD9 GND(AC) TP232 PARAD0
4 5 281 VCC(CORE) OPE_LATCH 90 OP_LATCH (5) 1 8
C351 BR54 33JX4 TP233 282 89 TP234 R56 R57 R58 PARAD1 2 7
RAM_MAD8 OPE_DATA OP_DATA (5)

MAD7 TP826 1 8 TP235 283 88 TP236 10KJ NM NM PARAD2 3 6
NM MAD6 TP827 RAM_MAD7 TM TP237 TM (5) PARAD3
2 7 284 VCC(AC) /TM 87 TM_ (5) 4 5
MAD5 TP828 3 6 TP238 285 86
MAD4 TP829 TP239 RAM_MAD6 VCC(CORE) TP240 BR59 10KJX4
4 5 286 RAM_MAD5 OUTP14B 85 /IMC_READY (9)
BR56 33JX4 TP241 287 84 TP242 PFCLK TP743 PARAD4 1 8
RAM_CLK_OUT RAM_MAD4 OUTP13B TP243 KEYSC3 (5) PARAD5
(4) SDCLK 288 GND(AC) OUTP12B 83 KEYSC2 (5) 2 7
R59 289 82 TP244 PARAD6 3 6
33J CPUDATA15 OUTP11B TP245 KEYSC1 (5) PARAD7
290 CPUDATA14 OUTP10B 81 SPFON (5) 4 5
291 80 TP246 R60 R61 R62
C74 CPUDATA13 OUTP09B TP247 MIRON (5) NM 10KJ 10KJ BR60 10KJX4
292 CPUDATA12 OUTP08B 79 MPFS (6)
NM 293 78 /INIT 1 8
CPUDATA11 GND(CORE) TP248 /SLCTIN
294 CPUDATA10 OUTP07B 77 HL (6) 2 7
295 76 TP249 /AUTOFD 3 6
CPUDATA9 OUTP06B TP250 PR (6) /STB
296 CPUDATA8 OUTP05B 75 CPFS2 (6) 4 5
CPU_DATA7
CPU_DATA6
CPU_DATA5
CPU_DATA4
VCC(AC)
CPU_DATA3
CPU_DATA2
CPU_DATA1
CPU_DATA0
GND(AC)
MIRCNT
/CPUSYNC
MEM_INT
ARB_INT
VCC(CORE)
CPU_AD8
CPU_AD7
CPU_AD6
CPU_AD5
GND(CORE)
RAM_CLK_IN
CPU_AD4
CPU_AD3
CPU_AD2
CPU_AD1
CPU_AD0
/CPUCS
SFCLK48
GND(CORE)
/CPUWR
/CPURD
/RESET
VCC(CORE)
PFCLK
CLKSW
GND(CORE)
PFCLKOUT
PFCLKIN
GND(PLL)
VCC(PLL)
GND(PLL)
VCC(PLL)
TM2_15M
/SYNC
GND(AC)
/VIDEO
/LEND
VCC(AC)
OUTP00A
OUTP01A
OUTP02A
OUTP03A
OUTP04A
OUTP05A
OUTP06A
OUTP15A
VCC(CORE)
OUTP07A
OUTP08A
GND(CORE)
OUTP09A
OUTP10A
OUTP11A
OUTP12A
OUTP13A
VCC(CORE)
OUTP14A
OUTP00B
GND(AC)
OUTP01B
OUTP02B
OUTP03B
OUTP04B
VCC(AC)
VCC3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
TP719 R70 0J FB3

PFCLKOUT 0J <1608> X2 R63 NM_33J
TP251 8 5 SFCLK48A SFCLK48 TP892
X5 C76 VCC OUTPUT
1 AT-49(18.3856MHz) 0.1U C77 1
C75
22000P
TP720 R68 0J VCC3 TP252 NM_12P

PFCLKIN 1 4 R65 33J
C107 C108 R314 N.C. GND SFCLK48B
CPFS1 (6)
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC3 0J NM_SG8002DC(48MHz)
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
10P 12P MRPS3 (6)
RAM_CLK_OUT
MRPS2 (6)
MEM_INT
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
SFCLK48
PFCLK
CLKSW
PFCLKOUT
PFCLKIN
SYNC#
MRPS1 (6) IC9 C402 12P

LDEN (6) R75 R92 TP254 SFCLK48A TP253
(5) MIRCNT (1,5) VIDEO# RRS (6) 7 VDD XIN/CLKIN 1
TP727 NM NM 6 8
(1) CPU_SYNC (6) /LEND TP882 PTPULSE (6) S1 TP257 S0 FRSEL XOUT SFCLK48B TP258
(1) ARB_INT (1) /CSGASIC (6) MMD GASIC_READY (12) 4 S0 SSCLK 5
R69 TP872 TP256 S1 3 2
(1) /LWR (6) PMD S1 VSS
SYNC# TP746 TP255 RSV_OUT0 C375 12P
(/SYNC) (5) (1,3,4,5) /RD (6) TC C411
TP259 RSV_OUT1 R73 R79 CY25814SC X7
10J TP747 (6) GRIDL TP260 RSV_OUT2 NM 0J 0.1U AT-49(12MHz)
C80 TP881 (6) MC TP261
47P C97 (6) BIAS FWREN (5)
(3,5) (/ASIC_RST) (6) VFMCNT_12V
R133 33J
(1,3,4,13) D[15..0] (1,3,4) A[20..0] (6) VFM_24V
(1) /RES_GASIC 1000P
R134 NM (9) /FPOFF
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (I/O ASIC section) (AR-M200/M201) 3/16

4 4
IO ASIC
TP262 RSV_OUT15
TP263 RSV_OUT14
TP264 RSV_OUT13
TP265 RSV_OUT12
3 TP266 RSV_OUT11 3

TP267 RSV_OUT10
TP268 RSV_OUT9
TP269 RSV_OUT8
FB13 VCC3
(11) SELIN1 0J <1608>
(11) SELIN2 INFOLED (11)
(11) SELIN3 PSL (11)
(11) KEYIN SPUS (7) L15
RSV_OUT17 SRVC (7) NM_ZJSR5101-223TA
IOIC3.3V RSV_OUT16
IOIC3.3V
TP271
TP272
TP273
TP274
TP636
TP275
TP276
TP277
TP278
TP279
TP306
TP280
TP281
(RSV_SOL) (7)
PSFM (6)
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
0.1U
C304
10U/10V<2012>
C568
C662
C575
C660
C574
C569
C663
C700
IC52
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
vdd
gnd
GND
GND
XCE_EXT
1 75
SELB(OD,5VFS)
SELA(OD,5VFS)
SELC(OD,5VFS)
PORTF0(PD50K)
PORTF1(PD50K)
PORTF2(PD50K)
PORTF3(PD50K)
PORTF4(PD50K)
PORTF5(PD50K)
PORTF6(PD50K)
PORTF7(PD50K)
VDD VDD
PORTG0(PD50K)
PORTG1(PD50K)
PORTG2(PD50K)
PORTG3(PD50K)
PORTG4(PD50K)
PORTG5(PD50K)
PORTG6(PD50K)
PORTG7(PD50K)
TP282 2 74 TP283
YIN(PD50K)(5VFS)
(1) CPUCLK# PHICLK PORTE0(PD50K) LCDDB4 (5)
3 gnd PORTE1(PD50K) 73 TP284 LCDDB5 (5)
TP285 4 72 TP286
(1) /CSIOASIC XCE0(PU50K) PORTE2(PD50K) LCDDB6 (5)
TP287 5 71 TP288
(1,2,4) A[20..0] CE1(PU50K) PORTE3(PD50K) LCDDB7 (5)
(1,2,4,5) /RD 6 XOE(PU50K) PORTE4(PD50K) 70 TP289 LCDE (5)
(1,4) /HWR 7 XWR(PU50K) PORTE5(PD50K) 69 TP290 LCDRS (5)
A4 8 68 TP291
A3 A4(PU50K) PORTE6(PD50K) /ES_CRDY (9)
9 A3(PU50K) PORTE7(PD50K) 67 TP292 MCNT (6)
A2 10 66
A1 A2(PU50K) gnd
11 A1(PU50K) PORTD0(PD50K) 65 TP293 SFTMT0 (7)
A0 TP294 12 64 TP295
R135 TP296 A0(PU50K) PORTD1(PD50K) TP811 SFTMT1 (7)
(2,5) (/ASIC_RST) 13 XRST(Sch) PORTD2(PD50K) 63 SFTMT2 (7)
2 33J C98
(1,2,4,13) D[15..0] 14 vdd SC65892(IO ASIC) <LQFP100> PORTD3(PD50K) 62 TP297 SFTMT3 (7)
2
(1) /RES_IOASIC R136 D15 15 61 TP298
NM 1000P D14 D7(PU50K) PORTD4(PD50K)
16 D6(PU50K) PORTD5(PD50K) 60 TP299
17 SMC(SCAN)(PD50K) PORTD6(PD50K) 59 TP300
18 SIN(SCAN)(PD50K) PORTD7(PD50K) 58 TP301
TP635 19 57
SOUT(SCAN) gnd
20 AMC(SCAN)(PD50K) PORTC0(PD50K) 56 TP832 (PMRDY) (8)
21 SCK(SCAN) PORTC1(PD50K) 55 TP302 (MMLD) (8)
D13 22 54 TP303
D5(PU50K) PORTC2(PD50K) (FANLK) (8)
D12 23 53 TP304
D4(PU50K) PORTC3(PD50K) THOPEN (6) RSV_IN2
D11 24 52 TP305
D3(PU50K) PORTC4(PD50K)
25 VDD VDD 51
2
R706

GND
D2(PU50K)
D1(PU50K)
D0(PU50K)
PORTA7(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTA6(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTA5(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTA4(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTA3(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTA2(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTA1(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTA0(PD50K)(5VFS)
vdd
PORTB7(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTB6(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTB5(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTB4(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTB3(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTB2(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTB1(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTB0(PD50K)(5VFS)
PORTC7(PD50K)
PORTC6(PD50K)
PORTC5(PD50K)
GND
VCC3
NM_10KJ
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
VCC3
1
R707
4.7KJ
R10
4.7KJ
RSV_IN1 BL (11) /ES_CRDY

MSU_ST1 (13)
MSU_ST1
TP307
TP308
TP309
TP815
TP310
TP311
TP312
TP313
TP314
TP315
TP316
TP317
TP318
TP319
TP320
TP321
TP322
TP323
TP324
DSWS (8)
D10
D9
D8
(TCS) (8)
DVS1 (8)
(PD1) (8)
(PD2) (8)
LCDE
(SCOD) (8)
LCDRS
(SRJD) (8)
(MFD) (8)
1 (PPD1) (8)
1
(PPD2) (8)
(PPD3) (8)
(POD) (8)
NM_10KJ
NM_10KJ
(SPID) (8)
(CED1) (8)
(CED2) (8)
(DRST) (8)
R122
R263
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (Memory section) (AR-M200/M201) 4/16
FlashROM VPP Controll

4 4
VCC3
Serial EE-PROM
VCC3 VCC3 VCC3
C82 J1,J2
0.1U R74
IC5 10KJ 1
8 1 (9) VPP 2
VCC E0
7 WC E1 2 3
6 3 TP889
(1) SCL SCL E2
R76 100J 5 4
(1) SDA SDA VSS
CAT24WC08LI R77
NM
NM
R80

RAMDB[15..0] (2)
3 3
VCC3
VCC3 VCC3
(1,2,3) A[20..0]
IC6
NM
NM
10KJ
1 VCC VSS 54
VCC3 RAMDB0 2 53 RAMDB15
DQ0 DQ15
3 VCCQ VSSQ 52
RAMDB1 4 51 RAMDB14
RAMDB2 DQ1 DQ14 RAMDB13
5 DQ2 DQ13 50
6 49
R81
R82
R83
R84 RAMDB3 VSSQ VCCQ RAMDB12
7 DQ3 DQ12 48
10KJ RAMDB4 8 47 RAMDB11
IC7 DQ4 DQ11
9 VCCQ VSSQ 46
RAMDB5 10 45 RAMDB10
IC8 A16 TP326 TP327 A17 RAMDB6 DQ5 DQ10 RAMDB9
1 A15 A16 48 11 DQ6 DQ9 44
A0 1 6 D8 A15 TP328 2 47 TP329 12 43
A1 A0 I/O0 D9 A14 TP330 A14 BYTE RAMDB7 VSSQ VCCQ RAMDB8
2 A1 I/O1 7 3 A13 GND 46 13 DQ7 DQ8 42
A2 3 10 D10 A13 TP331 4 45 TP332 D15 14 41
A3 A2 I/O2 D11 A12 TP333 A12 DQ15 TP334 D7 TP850 VCC VSS
4 A3 I/O3 11 5 A11 DQ7 44 (2) DQM0 15 LDQM NC 40
A4 13 22 D12 A11 TP335 6 43 TP336 D14 TP849 16 39 TP851
A4 I/O4 A10 DQ14 (2) /SDWDE WE UDQM DQM1 (2)
A5 14 23 D13 A10 TP337 7 42 TP338 D6 TP813 17 38 TP816
A5 I/O5 A9 DQ6 (2) /SDCAS CAS CLK SDCLK (2)
A6 15 26 D14 A9 TP339 8 41 TP340 D13 TP840 18 37 TP812
A6 I/O6 A8 DQ13 (2) /SDRAS RAS CLKE SDCKE (2)
A7 16 27 D15 A20 TP341 9 40 TP342 D5 TP838 19 36 TP852 R85 0J MAD12
A7 I/O7 A19 DQ5 (2) /SDCS CS NC
A8 17 TP888 10 39 TP343 D12 TP853 20 35 MAD11
A8 NC DQ12 (2) BANK0 BA0 A11
A9 18 TP344 11 38 TP345 D4 TP839 21 34 MAD9
A9 (1,3) /HWR WE DQ4 (2) BANK1 BA1 A9
A10 19 R86 NM TP346 12 37 MAD10 22 33 MAD8
A11 A10 VCC3 VCC3 (2,5,9,12) /RESET0 TP347 RP VCC TP348 D11 MAD0 A10 A8 MAD7
20 A11 (9) VPP
13 VPP DQ11 36 23 A0 A7 32
A12 21 TP349 14 35 TP350 D3 MAD1 24 31 MAD6
A13 A12 WP DQ3 TP352 D10 MAD2 A1 A6 MAD5
29 A13 (1) RY/BY 15 RY/BY DQ10 34 25 A2 A5 30
A14 30 A19 TP353 16 33 TP354 D2 MAD3 26 29 MAD4
A15 A14 A18 TP355 A18 DQ2 TP356 D9 A3 A4
31 A15 VDD 8 17 A17 DQ9 32 27 VCC VSS 28
A16 32 24 A8 TP357 18 31 TP358 D1
A16 VDD A7 TP359 A7 DQ1 TP360 D8 C83
19 A6 DQ8 30
C84 C85 A6 TP361 20 29 TP362 D0 NM
A5 DQ0 SDRAM (16bit x 4bank)
TP726 5 A5 TP363 21 28
(1) /CSSRAM CS1 A4 OE /RD (1,2,3,5)
28 0.1U 0.1U A4 TP365 22 27
2 (1,2,3,5) /RD OE A3 GND 2
12 9 A3 TP366 23 26 TP367
(1,3) /HWR WE GND A2 CE /CSFROM (1)
25 A2 TP368 24 25 TP369 A1
GND A1 A0
NM
NM
NM
NM
IS63LV1024L-12J-TR A17 S29AL016D70TFI020
22000P
A1
NM
NM
VCC3

C88
0.1U
C352
C353
R88
C86
C87
C89 C90 C91 C92 C93 C94 C95
0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
C354
C355
(1,2,3,13) D[15..0] MAD[12..0] (2)
1 1
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (Driver section 1) (AR-M200/M201) 5/16

3.3V VCC3 3.3V
IC13 5V VCC3
VCC 20 5V 3.3V
2 18 TP370 R96 33J
(2) OP_CLK 1A1 1Y1 (OP_CLK) (11)
4 16 TP371 R97 33J
(2) OP_DATA 1A2 1Y2 (OP_DATA) (11)
6 14 TP372 R98 33J R89
(2) OP_LATCH 1A3 1Y3 (OP_LATCH) (11)
8 12 TP373 NM
Reset Circuit 1A4 1Y4 /FAX_RST (13)
11 9 TP374 IC11
(9,10) /OP_RST 2A1 2Y1 /NIC_RST (15)
13 7 TP375 TP814 /RESET# 5
(2,4,9,12) /RESET0 2A2 2Y2 Vcc
VCC3 VCC3 /RESET# R121 100J TP378 15 5 TP379 R119 1KJ
2A3 2Y3 /RESET1 (1)
4 17 3 TP380 R101 100J TP833 R120 33J TP376 1 6 TP377 R91 33J 4
(16) /ASIC_RST 2A4 2Y4 (/ASIC_RST) (2,3) (11) /SYNC A1 Y1 (/SYNC) (2)
1 1G
19 TP381 3 4
NM
2G (14) mt_at_home A2 Y2 mt_at_home# (1)
10
0.01U
R27 GND C105 C104 C99
100KJ 74LCX244 2
0.1U NM 47P GND C96
IC3
TP383 NC7WZ17 0.1U
C310
C311
2 VDD VOUT 4 /RESET0 (2,4,9,12)
C290 C16 1 3 TP786
GND CT
1U<2012> 0.1U BU4212F C17 C18
NM 3.3V VCC3 3.3V
0.01U
IC16
VCC 20
(2) MIRCNT 2 1A1 1Y1 18
4 16 TP384
1A2 1Y2 TP385 VCC3
6 1A3 1Y3 14
ASIC Reset 8 12 TP387 BR61 3.3V 3.3V
1A4 1Y4 TP388
(1) SPFMT0 11 2A1 2Y1 9 5 4 (SPFMT0) (7)
13 7 TP389 6 3 VCC3
(1) SPFMT1 2A2 2Y2 (SPFMT1) (7)
R28 33J 15 5 TP390 7 2 R93
(1) SPFMT2/MIRCNT 2A3 2Y3 (SPFMT2) (7)
TP386 17 3 TP391 8 1 10KJ
(1) RESETOUT1 /ASIC_RST (16) (1) SPFMT3 2A4 2Y4 (SPFMT3) (7)
1 IC14
(2) MIRON 1G
19 33JX4 5
(2) SPFON 2G Vcc
10

R29 C26 GND C110 TP393 R100 33J
(11) FW 1 A1 Y1 6 (FW) (1,9)
10KJ 47P 74LCX244 0.1U
3 4 TP394
A2 Y2
C376 2 C103
GND
NM 0.1U
5V NC7WZ17
3.3V
OP Reset 5V
IC20
3 VCC 20 3
R64 33J TP718 2 18 TP396 R109 100J
(1,2) VIDEO# 1A1 1Y1 /VIDEO (11)
TP395 4 16 TP397
(2,3) (/ASIC_RST) /OP_RST (9,10) 1A2 1Y2
6 14 TP398
1A3 1Y3
(2) KEYSC1 8 1A4 1Y4 12 (KEYSC1) (11)
(2) KEYSC2 11 2A1 2Y1 9 (KEYSC2) (11)
C79 R345 13 7
(2) KEYSC3 2A2 2Y2 (KEYSC3) (11)
47P 1KJ 15 5
(2) TM 2A3 2Y3 (TM) (7)
(2) TM_ 17 2A4 2Y4 3 (TM_) (7)
1 1G
19 2G
0.1U
10
33P
GND
74VHCT244
R71 R72
10KJ 10KJ
C114
C117
5V VCC3
3.3V R223 R224

NM_0J 0J
IC26
VCC 20
2 18 TP900
1A1 1Y1 TP899
4 1A2 1Y2 16
6 14 TP898
(3) LCDDB4 1A3 1Y3 LCDDB4# (11)
8 12 TP897
(3) LCDDB5 1A4 1Y4 LCDDB5# (11)
11 9 TP896
(3) LCDDB6 2A1 2Y1 LCDDB6# (11)
13 7 TP895
(3) LCDDB7 2A2 2Y2 LCDDB7# (11)
15 5 TP894
(3) LCDE 2A3 2Y3 LCDE# (11)
17 3 TP893
(3) LCDRS 2A4 2Y4 LCDRS# (11)
1 1G
19 2G
0.1U
10 GND
74LCX244
2 2
C115
VCC3
R110 NM_100J
C129 AFE_SDI#
IC23 NM
20 C130 AFE_SEN#
VCC

2 18 TP404 R361 33J AFE_SDI# NM
(2) AFE_SDI 1A1 1Y1 AFE_SDI# (14)
4 16 TP405 R370 33J AFE_SEN# C131 AFE_SCK#
(2) AFE_SEN 1A2 1Y2 AFE_SEN# (14)
6 14 TP406 R371 33J AFE_SCK# NM
(2) AFE_SCK 1A3 1Y3 AFE_SCK# (14)
8 12 TP407
1A4 1Y4 TP408 R373 33J (PB_NOE)
(9,10) PB_NOE 11 2A1 2Y1 9 (PB_NOE) (13)
13 7 TP409 R374 33J (PB_NAE0) C306 (PB_NOE)
(9,10) PB_NAE0 2A2 2Y2 (PB_NAE0) (13)
15 5 TP410 R375 33J (PB_NWE) NM
(9,10) PB_NWE 2A3 2Y3 (PB_NWE) (13)
17 3 TP411 R376 33J (/RD) C307 (PB_NAE0)
(1,2,3,4) /RD 2A4 2Y4 (/RD) (13)
1 NM
1G C308 (PB_NWE)
19 2G
10 NM
GND C128 VCC3 C309 (/RD)
74LCX244 0.1U NM
R237
10KJ
5
IC46
(2) FWREN 1
4
2
NM_TC7SH32FU
3
R226
VCC3 NM_10KJ C255
0.1U
1 IC19 C116 VSAMP# 1

20 NM
VCC TP412 R332 33J VSAMP# C120 CCD_TG#
(2) VSAMP 2 1A1 1Y1 18 VSAMP# (14)
4 16 TP413 R333 33J CCD_TG# NM
(1,2) CCD_TG 1A2 1Y2 CCD_RS# CCD_TG# (14) CCD_RS#
6 14 TP414 R336 33J C121
(2) CCD_RS 1A3 1Y3 CCD_RS# (14)
8 12 TP415 R338 33J BSAMP# NM
(2) BSAMP 1A4 1Y4 CCD_CP# BSAMP# (14)
11 9 TP416 R344 33J C122 BSAMP#
(2) CCD_CP 2A1 2Y1 CCD_PHI1# CCD_CP# (14)
13 7 TP417 R354 33J NM
(2) CCD_PHI1 2A2 2Y2 CCD_PHI1# (14) CCD_CP#
15 5 TP418 R355 33J CCD_PHI2# C123
(2) CCD_PHI2 2A3 2Y3 CCD_PHI2# (14)
17 3 TP419 R360 33J ADCLK# NM
(2) ADCLK 2A4 2Y4 ADCLK# (14) CCD_PHI2#
1 C124
1G NM
19 2G
10 C125 CCD_PHI1#
GND C127 NM
TC74VHC244FT 0.1U C126 ADCLK#
NM
A B C D E
A B C D E

24V VCC3 VCC3
10KJ
10KJ
10KJ
10KJ
12V
24V PR#
R303 12V
IC25
R268
R269
R270
R271
BR63 1.5KJX4 R300 R301 10KJ
TP792 1 8 TP420 1 16 R363 470KJ 4.7KJ
(2) MC 1B 1C /MC (11) (D)
TP785 2 7 TP421 2 15 Q18 R299 IC17B
8
(2) BIAS 2B 2C /BIAS (11) IC17A
TP790 TP422 KRC102S 100J KIA393F
8
(2) TC 3 6 3 3B 3C 14 /TC (11)

TP789 4 5 TP423 4 13 47KJ R298 3 TP425 3 Q19 KIA393F
(2) GRIDL 4B 4C /GRIDL (11) C312 +
TP426 5 12 1.5KF TP424 1 TP427 2SK3018 5
(3) MCNT 5B 5C /MCNT (12) (G) +
R395 1.5KJ TP428 6 11 TP429 TP430 Q7 TP432 2 TP433 2 7 TP434
(3) PSFM 6B 6C (2) PTPULSE -
4 R396 1.5KJ TP435 7 10 KTA1505S TP431 6 4
7B 7C (S) -
R362 4.7KJ1/4W<3216>
4
8 E COM 9 1U<2012> R302
4
PSFMOUT (12) 10KJ 12V

KID65001AF R297 D36 C367
47KJ 1SS355 2.2U<2012>
10KJ
10KJ
PGND
1
D51 C379
0.1U
1SS355
R265
R266
PGND
VCC3 12V VCC3
VCC3 24V
5V
D52 R102 R103 R104 R105

MTZ J22B 1KF 1MF 7.5KF 1KJ
24V IC22A
8
R419 R418 BR62 1.5KJX4 R413 KIA393F

NM_10KJ NM_10KJ TP781 IC21 NM_10KJ R108 TP436
(2) CPFS1 1 8 3 +
2 7 TP437 1 16 TP438 D1 1
(2) CPFS2 1B 1C /CPFS1 (12) FTH
3 6 TP439 2 15 2
(2) MPFS 2B 2C /CPFS2 (12) -
TP784 4 5 TP440 3 14 NM_47KJ
(2) RRS 3B 3C /MPFS (12)
TP441 R112
4
4 13 /RRS (12) MA700

TP723 R379 NM_1.5KJ TP442 4B 4C TP443 TP444 Q2 R106 R107 12V
(2) VFM_24V 5 5B 5C 12
TP722 R380 NM_1.5KJ TP445 6 11 NM_KTA1505S 10KF 4.3KF

(2) VFMCNT_12V 6B 6C /VFMCNT (12)
TP446 7 10 TP447 NM_4.7KJ1/4W<3216> C111
7B 7C
8 E COM 9 VFMOUT (12)
0.1U/50V<1608>
KID65001AF
D4
PGND 24V
1SS355
CP16 VCC3 VCC3
R388 47KJ
TP448
D2 D3
1 12V 1
0603SFF150FM/32-2
3 3
E
3 Q16 R386 Q12 PGND 2 2 3
3 TP449 TP450 B 2SB1132
NM_KDS226 KDS226
2 4.7KJ1/4W<3216>
8
IC53A
C
D57 D55
R113 R114
TP451 3 TP452 300J 100J
(12) RTH_IN +
1 RTH (1)
2 TP453
RLS-73 CRH01 -
KRC102S 12V KIA358F-EL/P C113
1
4
CP17 12V
R389 47KJ C112
TP454 22000P 0.1U
C118
0603SFF150FM/32-2
0.1U/50V<1608>
E
Q17 R387 Q13
3 TP455 TP456 B 2SB1132
2 4.7KJ1/4W<3216>
C
D58 D56 VCC3 12V VCC3
TP457
KRC102S RLS-73 CRH01 R118 R124
1
VCC3 1.2KF 4.7KJ
PGND IC22B
8
KIA393F
TP458 5
INT5V +
7 THOPEN (3)
R414 6 -
NM_10KJ
Q14
4
3 D5 R123 C119
/MMCLK (12)
10KF
1SS355 22000P
(1) MMCLK 2
TP459
R90 R296 Q3
1
10KJ 10KJ KRA119S
R142
NM_10KJ IC24
2 KRC102S TP800 2
1
(2) MMD 1 1B 1C 16 /MMD (12)
TP795 2 15 TP802
(2) MRPS1 2B 2C MRPS_1 (7)
TP793 3 14 TP803 2
(2) MRPS2 3B 3C MRPS_2 (7)
TP794 4 13 TP804 LCD Contrast Buffer
(2) MRPS3 4B 4C MRPS_3 (7) VCC3 VCC3
5 12 3 TP460
(1) POFF 5B 5C /POFF (11)
6 11 TP461 EN5V
(2) HL 6B 6C D66 D67
TP801 7 10
5V FTH 7B 7C VCC3
8 G NC 9 1 1
3 3
IC27 KID65503F 2 2
1 16 TP805
MM_Y1 1B 1C MMref0 (7)
2 15 TP806 R117 R115 NM_KDS226 KDS226
3 14 TP807 10KJ 100J1/4W<3216> R316

TP798 4 13 Q4 NM
PMD 4B 4C /PMD (11)
5 12 3 TP553
PMCLK 5B 5C PMCLK_A (11) SHOLD (11) (LCDCONT) (11)
TP797 6 11 IC45A R393 R394
8
LDEN 6B 6C /LDEN (11)

TP799 7 10 TP464 2 R264 0J NM
E
/LEND 7B 7C TP469 Q15

8 G NC 9 (1) LCDCONT 3 +
HLOUT (11) 1 B
KID65503F 2 TP472 TP473 NM_2SB1197K
12KF -
R116 R308
C
10KJ KIA358F-EL/P NM
4
KRC102S R368 R307 TP476
1
7.5KF C398
NM EN5V C407 R383
NM NM 0.1U
C305
0.1U
INT24V
5V 12V VCC3
Analog Tonner Sensor Buffer
D45
D59 D60
1SS355
5V 1 1
TP466 3 3
Q20 EN5V
1
2 2
KRA119S
1 R129 NM_KDS226 NM_KDS226 1
NM
8
IC45B
Q21
8
IC53B
3 2 5 R366 0J R381
R339 R304 +
TP467 7 TP470 5 NM
(16) TCS_AN +
PR# 2 3 /PR 6 TP463 7 TP465
PR /PR (11) - (TCS_AN) (1)
TP474 TP475 6 -
KIA358F-EL/P
4
100J 100J KIA358F-EL/P

4
D61 R378 R382 C371

1SS355
KRC102S 0J 10KJ NM
1
PGND
A B C D E
A B C D E

Scanner Motor Driver
(12) OUT_A-
4 (12) OUT_A+ 4
(12) OUT_B+
24VSCMT 5V
(12) OUT_B- Duplex Motor Driver
R143
R144 IC31
(1) DMT0 3 I1 O1 2 /DMT0 (12)
0.68J 1W TP477 4
0.68J 1W TP478 R145 TP479 NC
IC32 5 NC O2 7 /DMT1 (12)
R146 1.5KJ 6
(1) DMT1 I2
1.5KJ 1 24 TP480 10 9
OUT 1A VS NC O3 /DMT2 (12)
2 OUT 2A SENSE 1 23 (1) DMT2 11 I3
3 22 TP481 TP482 12 16
SENSE 2 COMP 1 NC O4 /DMT3 (12)
TP483 4 21 TP484 13
COMP 2 OUT 1B C133 NC
5 OUT 2B I01 20 MM_AI0 (2) (1) DMT3 14 I4
C134 6 19 820P PGND TP485 15 24VDupMT
PGND 820P GND GND NC
7 GND GND 18
D8
(2) MM_BI0 8 I02 I11 17 MM_AI1 (2) 17 GND COM 1
(2) MM_BI1 9 I12 PHASE 1 16 MM_PH_A (2) 18 GND COM 8
5V 10 15
(2) MM_PH_B PHASE 2 VREF 1
11 14 TP487 TD62064AF
TP488 VREF 2 RC 1 MTZ J22B
12 RC 2 VSS 13
R147
1KJ L6219DS PGND
C135 R148 R149 C136
820P 30KJ 30KJ 820P
TP489
R150 R151 R152 C137 PGND 5V PGND

2KJ 1KJ 510J 0.1U
PGND PGND
C138
(6) MMref0
0.1U
(6) MMref1
(6) MMref2
PGND
PGND
Shifter Motor Driver
3 3
IC33
(3) SFTMT0 3 I1 O1 2 /SFTMT0 (12)
TP491 4
TP492 NC
SPF Motor Driver 5 NC O2 7 /SFTMT1 (12)
(3) SFTMT1 6 I2
TP494 10 9
NC O3 /SFTMT2 (12)
(3) SFTMT2 11 I3
24VSPFMT TP496 12 16
NC O4 /SFTMT3 (12)
TP497 13
24V NC
IC34 (3) SFTMT3 14 I4
CP1 TP499 15 24VSFTMT
0603SFF150FM/32-2 NC
(5) (SPFMT0) 8 IN A Vs 13
D9
(5) (SPFMT2) 7 IN A/ 24VSCMT 17 GND COM 1
(5) (SPFMT1) 11 IN B OUT A 1 SPMT_0 (11) 18 GND COM 8
12 2 CP2
(5) (SPFMT3) IN B/ OUT A
3 0603SFF150FM/32-2 TD62064AF
OUT A/ SPMT_2 (11)
9 4 C139 + C140 MTZ J22B
4
3
2
1
REF OUT A/ 24VSPFMT
17 47U/35V 0.1U/50V
OUT B SPMT_1 (11)
BR66 6 18 <1608> CP3 PGND
Sync OUT B 0603SFF150FM/32-2
10KJX4 OUT B/ 15 SPMT_3 (11)
5 Sense A OUT B/ 16 24VDupMT
5
6
7
8
14 Sense B GND 10
STA7100M PGND
5V CP5
0603SFF150FM/32-2
R157 R158
24VSPFSOL
1J 2W 1J 2W
CP6
R159 0603SFF150FM/32-2
1.2KJ
24VSFTMT
RSPF Solenoid Driver
2 PGND 2
R160 R161 R162 R163
300J 620J 1.2KJ 100J C141
24VSPFSOL
0.1U D41 D42 D43
1SS355 1SS355 1SS355
(6) MRPS_1
(6) MRPS_2
(6) MRPS_3
PGND PGND PGND

/RSV_SOL (11)
TP501 R275 TP504
Q25
(3) (RSV_SOL)
NM_2SD1781K
NM_1.2KJ
R406
NM_10KJ
Tonner Motor Driver
/SRVC (11)
TP502 R403 TP505
Q24
(3) SRVC
2SD1781K
5V 24V
1.2KJ R407
10KJ
R309
/SPUS (11)
NM_0J <1608> R312 TP503 R404 TP506
0J <1608> C143 C142 + Q23
(3) SPUS
R164 10U/35V 2SD1781K
4.7KJ 0.1U/50V<1608>
1.2KJ R408
IC36
10KJ
2 Vcc Vs 6
(5) (TM) 9 IN1 Vref 8
(5) (TM_) 1 IN2 OUT1 7 TMA_O (12)

1 5 3 TMB_O (12)
1
GND OUT2
N.C 4
C145
0.1U/50V<1608> PGND
TA7291AS
C144
NM_10U/10V<2012>
PGND
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (Noise filter/Pull-up section) (AR-M200/M201) 8/16

VCC3
5V
VCC3
4 C146 C147 C148 C149 C150 C151 C152 C153 C154 D10 D11 D12 D13
4
1 1 1 1
0.1U NM 0.1U 0.1U NM NM NM NM NM 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 R167 R168 R169 R170 R171 R172 R173 R174
15KJ 15KJ 15KJ 4.7KJ 4.7KJ 4.7KJ 15KJ 4.7KJ
INT24V
C155 C156 C157 C158 C159 C160 C161
R175
NM NM NM NM NM 0.1U 0.1U R176 1KJ
(12) 24V1(DSWS) (11) SCOD (SCOD) (3)
R177 1KJ
(11) SPID (SPID) (3)
0.22J 2W R178 1KJ
(11) SRJD (SRJD) (3)
R179 R180 1KJ
(12) PPD3 (PPD3) (3)
D14 1KJ 2W R181 1KJ
(12) PD1 (PD1) (3)
C162 C163 C164 C165 C166 C167 C168 C169 C170 1SS355 R182 1KJ
(12) PD2 (PD2) (3)
0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U NM R183 1KJ
(12) POD (POD) (3)
R184 1KJ
(11) PMRDY (PMRDY) (3)
PGND PGND
5V
D15 D16 D17 D18 C171 C172 C173 C174 C175 C176 C177 C178
1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P
D19 2 2 2 2
1SS355 5V KDS226 KDS226 KDS226 KDS226

D20
1
TP508 3
2
R185 R186 KDS226

20KJ 20KJ
DSWS (3) VCC3

3 5V
3
VCC3 R187 C179
2.7KJ
0.1U
D21 D22 D37

1 1 1
3 3 3
2 2 2 R188 R189 R190 R191 R340 R377
R192 R193 R194 R195 R196 R197 1KJ 1KJ 15KJ 4.7KJ 4.7KJ 4.7KJ
10J 10J 10J 10J 10J 10J KDS226 KDS226 KDS226
TP509 TP510 TP511 TP512 TP513 TP514

R305 100J TP831 R198 1KJ
TP515 TP516 TP517 TP518 (16) DVSEL DVS1 (3)
C180 C181 C182 C183 C184 C185 R306 100J TP830 R199 1KJ
(16) TCS (TCS) (3)
R200 1KJ
(12) MFD (MFD) (3)
1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P R201 1KJ
1
1
1
1
(12) MMLD (MMLD) (3)
R367 1KJ
(12) FANLK (FANLK) (3)
R372 1KJ
(12) PSFANLK (PSFANLK) (1)
VCC3
R202 R203 R204 R205 C186 C187 C188 C189 C372 C380
0J 0J 0J 0J D23 D24 D54
1 1 1 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P
3 3 3
UDZS3.9B
UDZS3.9B
2 2 2
D63
D62
2 2
D25 5V VCC3
1SS355
INT24V
24V
R206
100J 2W IC37
C191 R125 D26 D27 D28 D29
C190 + 100KJ 1 3 1 1 1
IN OUT INT5V 1
0.1U/50V<1608> 3 3 3 3
47U/35V 2 2 2 R207 R208 R209 R210 R211 R212 R213
GND 2

15KJ 15KJ 4.7KJ 4.7KJ 4.7KJ 12KJ 3.3KJ
C192 + C193 KDS226 KDS226 KDS226 KDS226
2 KIA7805
PGND
47U/35V 0.1U
R214 1KJ
(12) PPD1 (PPD1) (3)
FB4 R215 1KJ
(12) PPD2 (PPD2) (3)
0J <1608> R216 1KJ
(11) SPPD (SPPD) (1)
R217 1KJ
(11) PSW (PSW) (1)
FB5
L4 NM_0J <1608>
NM_ZJSR5101-223TA
R218 1KJ
(11) 12VIN 12V (12) CED1 (CED1) (3)
L5 R219 1KJ
(12) CED2 (CED2) (3)
ZJSR5101-223TA R220 1KJ
(11) DRST (DRST) (3)
C194 + C196 R126
(11) 3.3VIN VCC3 5V VCC3
100KJ
47U/25V 0.1U/50V<1608>
C195 + C197 R128
100KJ C198 C199 C200 C201 C202 C203
22U/16V 0.1U D30 D31 D32
1 1 1000P 1000P 1000P 1000P 1 1000P 1000P
3 3 3
2 2 2

5V
1 1
C204 + C206 R127
EN5V
100KJ
22U/16V 0.1U
C205 + C207 R130
100KJ
22U/16V 0.1U
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (IMC2 section 1/2) (AR-M200/M201) IC38

9/16
_SDRAM_DATA[15:0]
SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]
TP519 119 74 SDRAM_DATA0 TP520 1 BR67 8 100JX4 _SDRAM_DATA0
TP521 PI_LINE_SYNC/GP_D6 SDRAM_DATA0 SDRAM_DATA1 TP522 _SDRAM_DATA1
120 PI_TR_TGEN SDRAM_DATA1 73 2 7
TP523 124 72 SDRAM_DATA2 TP524 3 6 _SDRAM_DATA2
PI_TGEN6 SDRAM_DATA2 IC39 _SDRAM_DATA[15:0]
TP525 125 68 SDRAM_DATA3 TP526 4 5 _SDRAM_DATA3
(2) /PIWR PI_TGEN5 SDRAM_DATA3
TP527 126 67 SDRAM_DATA4 TP528 1 BR68 8 100JX4 _SDRAM_DATA4
TP529 PI_TGEN4 SDRAM_DATA4 SDRAM_DATA5 TP530 _SDRAM_DATA5 SDRAM_ADDR1 _SDRAM_DATA0
(2) /PIACK 127 PI_TGEN3 SDRAM_DATA5 66 2 7 25 A0 IO0 29
TP531 128 65 SDRAM_DATA6 TP532 3 6 _SDRAM_DATA6 SDRAM_ADDR2 24 31 _SDRAM_DATA1
(2) PIDATA[7..0] (2) /PIREQ PI_TGEN2 SDRAM_DATA6 A1 IO1
TP533 129 63 SDRAM_DATA7 TP534 4 5 _SDRAM_DATA7 SDRAM_ADDR3 23 33 _SDRAM_DATA2
TP535 PI_TGEN1 SDRAM_DATA7 SDRAM_DATA8 TP536 _SDRAM_DATA8 SDRAM_ADDR4 A2 IO2 _SDRAM_DATA3
131 PI_TGEN0 SDRAM_DATA8 62 1 BR69 8 100JX4 22 A3 IO3 35
PIDATA7 TP537 132 61 SDRAM_DATA9 TP538 2 7 _SDRAM_DATA9 SDRAM_ADDR5 21 38 _SDRAM_DATA4
PIDATA6 TP539 PI_DATA7 SDRAM_DATA9 SDRAM_DATA10 TP540 _SDRAM_DATA10 SDRAM_ADDR6 A4 IO4 _SDRAM_DATA5
4 133 PI_DATA6 SDRAM_DATA10 60 3 6 20 A5 IO5 40 4
PIDATA5 TP541 134 58 SDRAM_DATA11 TP542 4 5 _SDRAM_DATA11 SDRAM_ADDR7 19 42 _SDRAM_DATA6
PIDATA4 TP543 PI_DATA5 SDRAM_DATA11 SDRAM_DATA12 TP544 _SDRAM_DATA12 SDRAM_ADDR8 A6 IO6 _SDRAM_DATA7 VCC3
135 PI_DATA4 SDRAM_DATA12 57 1 BR70 8 100JX4 18 A7 IO7 44
PIDATA3 TP545 137 56 SDRAM_DATA13 TP546 2 7 _SDRAM_DATA13 SDRAM_ADDR9 8 30 TP809
PIDATA2 TP547 PI_DATA3 SDRAM_DATA13 SDRAM_DATA14 TP548 _SDRAM_DATA14 SDRAM_ADDR10 A8 IO8 TP810
138 PI_DATA2 SDRAM_DATA14 55 3 6 7 A9 IO9 32 SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]
PIDATA1 TP549 141 53 SDRAM_DATA15 TP550 4 5 _SDRAM_DATA15 SDRAM_ADDR11 6 34 TP901 R346
PIDATA0 TP551 PI_DATA1 SDRAM_DATA15 SDRAM_ADDR12 A10 IO10 TP902
142 PI_DATA0 SDRAM_BANK[1:0] 5 A11 IO11 36
109 SDRAM_DQMA0 TP552 1 BR71 8 33JX4 _SDRAM_DQMA0 TP730 SDRAM_BANK0 4 39 TP909 10KJ VCC3
SDRAM_DQMA0 SDRAM_DQMB0 TP554 _SDRAM_DQMB0 TP731 SDRAM_BANK1 A12 IO12 TP910
(12) OA_RX 143 PP_HIDRIVE/USART1_RX SDRAM_DQMB0 107 2 7 3 A13 IO13 41
VCC3 145 106 SDRAM_DQMA1 TP556 3 6 _SDRAM_DQMA1 TP732 SDRAM_WE_L 2 43 TP911
(12) OA_TX RY_BY TP557 PP_DRIVE/USART1_TX SDRAM_DQMA1 SDRAM_DQMB1 TP558 _SDRAM_DQMB1 TP733 SDRAM_CAS_L A14 IO14 SDRAM_ADDR0 R221
146 PP_NINIT SDRAM_DQMB1 105 4 5 _SDRAM_DATA[15:0] 1 A15 IO15/A-1 45
R351 10KJ RY_BY TP559 147 SDRAM_RAS_L 48
TP560 PP_NFAULT SDRAM_CS0_L TP561 R222 33J _SDRAM_CS0_L _SDRAM_DQMB0 A16 NM
151 PP_NSELECTIN SDRAM_CS0_L 104 17 A17
TP562 152 102 SDRAM_CS1A_L TP563 R390 33J _SDRAM_CS1A_L _SDRAM_DQMB1 16
TP564 PP_NAUTOFD SDRAM_CS1A_L TP565 _SDRAM_DATA8 A18
153 PP_SELECT SDRAM_CS1B_L 77 9 A19 VCCW 13 VPP (4)
TP566 154 75 TP567 R225 33J ROM_CS_L TP808 10
TP568 PP_PERROR ROM_CS_L A20
155 PP_BUSY
TP569 156 111 TP570 R227 33J SDRAM_WE_L _SDRAM_DQMA1 11
TP571 PP_NACK SDRAM_WE_L TP572 R228 33J SDRAM_CAS_L _SDRAM_DQMA0 WE VCC3 C208
157 PP_DATA7 SDRAM_CAS_L 110 28 OE
TP573 159 101 TP574 R229 33J SDRAM_RAS_L VCC3 ROM_CS_L 26 37 NM
TP575 PP_DATA6 SDRAM_RAS_L TP728 CE VCC
160 PP_DATA5 SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]
TP576 161 100 TP577 BR72 1 8 33JX4 SDRAM_ADDR0 RY_BY 15 C209
TP578 PP_DATA4 SDRAM_ADDR0 TP579 SDRAM_ADDR1 RY/BY 0.1U
162 PP_DATA3 SDRAM_ADDR1 99 2 7
TP580 163 97 TP581 3 6 SDRAM_ADDR2 47
PP_DATA2 SDRAM_ADDR2 BYTE
10KJ
TP582 165 96 TP583 4 5 SDRAM_ADDR3 TP744 14 46
NM
TP584 PP_DATA1/USART1_CK SDRAM_ADDR3 TP585 BR73 33JX4 SDRAM_ADDR4 TP745 WP/ACC GND
166 PP_DATA0 SDRAM_ADDR4 95 1 8 12 RESET GND 27
TP586 167 94 TP587 2 7 SDRAM_ADDR5
PP_NSTROBE SDRAM_ADDR5 TP588 SDRAM_ADDR6
SDRAM_ADDR6 92 3 6
TP589 168 91 TP590 4 5 SDRAM_ADDR7
TP591 BASE_CLK/GP_PWM1 SDRAM_ADDR7 TP592 BR74 33JX4 SDRAM_ADDR8
CLK_EXT 169 CLK_EXT/GP_PWM2 SDRAM_ADDR8 90 1 8 8M/16M Flash ROM

TP593 TP594 SDRAM_ADDR9
R230
R231
170 MAIN_CLK/GP_PWM0 SDRAM_ADDR9 89 2 7
85 TP595 3 6 SDRAM_ADDR10
TP596 SDRAM_ADDR10 TP597 SDRAM_ADDR11 R232 NM
(13) PB_NCS1 178 REG_A9/PB_NCS1 SDRAM_ADDR11 82 4 5 (2,4,5,12) /RESET0
TP598 180 80 TP599 BR75 1 8 33JX4 SDRAM_ADDR12
(10,13) PB_DATA[7:0] REG_A8/PB_NCS2 SDRAM_ADDR12
PB_DATA7 BR76 1 33JX4 8 TP600 181 TP601 2 7
NM
REG_AD7/PB_DATA7 SDRAM_BANK[1:0]
PB_DATA6 2 7 TP602 182 84 TP603 3 6 SDRAM_BANK0
REG_AD6/PB_DATA6 SDRAM_BANK0
22000P
PB_DATA5 3 6 TP604 183 83 TP605 4 5 SDRAM_BANK1
PB_DATA4 TP606 REG_AD5/PB_DATA5 SDRAM_BANK1
4 5 185 REG_AD4/PB_DATA4
PB_DATA3 BR77 1 8 TP607 186 79 TP608 R234 33J _SDRAM_CLK
REG_AD3/PB_DATA3 SDRAM_CLK _SDRAM_CLK
PB_DATA2 2 7 TP609 187 78 SDRAM_CKE TP610 R235 33J _SDRAM_CKE
PB_DATA1 TP611 REG_AD2/PB_DATA2 SDRAM_CKE R236 4.7KJ
3 6 188 REG_AD1/PB_DATA1
PB_DATA0 TP612
R233
C210
3 4 5 189 REG_AD0/PB_DATA0
3
33JX4 TP613 190
TP614 REG_ADDR_VALID/PB_NCS0 OA3.3V
(10) PB_NCS3 194 REG_RD_L/PB_NCS3
TP615 195 7 C211
(5,10) PB_NAE0 REG_WR_L/PB_NAE0 PLLCS_VDDA
TP616 196 NM
TP617 REG_CS_L/PB_NAE1
(5,10) PB_NWE 197 REG_RDY/PB_NWE
TP618 198 C212 C213 IC40
(5,10) PB_NOE INTERRUPT_L/PB_NOE SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]
0.01U 1U<2012>
(10,13) PB_ADDR[7:0] _SDRAM_DATA[15:0]
PB_ADDR0 BR78 1 33JX4 8 TP619 199 6 SDRAM_ADDR0 TP764 23 2 _SDRAM_DATA0 TP748
PB_ADDR1 TP620 GP_C0/PB_ADDR0 PLLCS_VSSA SDRAM_ADDR1 TP765 A0 DQ0 _SDRAM_DATA1 TP749
2 7 201 GP_C1/PB_ADDR1 24 A1 DQ1 4
PB_ADDR2 3 6 TP621 202 SDRAM_ADDR2 TP766 25 5 _SDRAM_DATA2 TP750
PB_ADDR3 TP622 GP_C2/PB_ADDR2 SDRAM_ADDR3 TP767 A2 DQ2 _SDRAM_DATA3 TP751
4 5 203 GP_C3/PB_ADDR3 26 A3 DQ3 7
PB_ADDR4 BR79 1 8 TP623 204 SDRAM_ADDR4 TP768 29 8 _SDRAM_DATA4 TP752
2 7 205 GP_C5/PB_ADDR5 30 A5 DQ5 10
PB_ADDR6 3 6 TP625 207 SDRAM_ADDR6 TP770 31 11 _SDRAM_DATA6 TP754
4 5 208 GP_C7/PB_ADDR7 PLLSS_VDDA 149 32 A7 DQ7 13
33JX4 SDRAM_ADDR8 TP772 33 42 _SDRAM_DATA8 TP756
SDRAM_ADDR9 TP773 A8 DQ8 _SDRAM_DATA9 TP757
(1) ES_CMD 1 GP_B0/USART0_TX 34 A9 DQ9 44
2 C214 C215 SDRAM_ADDR10 TP774 22 45 _SDRAM_DATA10 TP758
(1) ES_STS GP_B1/USART0_RX A10 DQ10
TP629 8 0.01U 1U<2012> SDRAM_ADDR11 TP775 35 47 _SDRAM_DATA11 TP759
GP_B2/USART0_CK SDRAM_ADDR12 TP776 A11 DQ11 _SDRAM_DATA12 TP760
(1,5) (FW) 9 GP_B3/ANA_SD1 PLLSS_VSSA 148 SDRAM_BANK[1:0] 36 A12 DQ12 48
TP631 11 SDRAM_BANK0 TP777 20 50 _SDRAM_DATA13 TP761
(10) DT_ACKB GP_B4/DT_ACKB BA0 DQ13
TP632 12 SDRAM_BANK1 TP778 21 51 _SDRAM_DATA14 TP762
(10) DT_REQB GP_B5/DT_REQB BA1 DQ14
TP633 13 53 _SDRAM_DATA15 TP763
TP634 GP_B6/DT_ACKA OA3.3V TP788 _SDRAM_CS0_L DQ15
(13) MODEM_IN 14 GP_B7/DT_REQA 19 CS
3 TP787 SDRAM_WE_L 16
VDD_IO TP780 SDRAM_CAS_L WE VCC3
(1) /ES_PAGE 15 GP_D0/ADC_A0 VDD_IO 20 17 CAS
16 25 TP779 SDRAM_RAS_L 18 49
(3) /ES_CRDY GP_D1/ADC_A1 VDD_IO RAS VDDQ
19 33 43 VCC3
(1) /ES_SRDY GP_D2/ADC_A2 VDD_IO VDDQ
TP638 21 46 _SDRAM_CLK TP791 38 9
(10) WAKEUP GP_D3/ADC_CLK VDD_IO _SDRAM_CLK CLK VDDQ
TP639 22 59 TP796 _SDRAM_CKE 37 3
TP640 GP_D4/ADC_DATA VDD_IO VCC3 CKE VDDQ
(12) OA982_READY 23 GP_D5/ADC_NCS VDD_IO 71
81 OA3.3V _SDRAM_DQMA0 15 27
VDD_IO _SDRAM_DQMA1 LDQM VDD
(2) /IMC_READY 24 GP_A0 VDD_IO 93 39 UDQM VDD 14
TP642 26 103 FB6 1 C235 C236 C237 C238
(13) MDM_IRQ GP_A1 VDD_IO VDD
TP643 28 115 0J <1608> 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
(10) SUSPEND(USB2.0) GP_A2/DC_CHY1 VDD_IO
TP644 29 130
TP645 GP_A3/DC_CHX1 VDD_IO C397 C396 C395 C217 C239
(2) /SC_LINE 30 GP_A4/DC_PWM1 VDD_IO 144 VSSQ 52
TP646 31 158 10U/10V<2012> 10U/10V<2012> 10U/10V<2012> 10U/10V<2012> L6 NM 46
(10) INT_USBD GP_A5/DC_CHY0 VDD_IO VSSQ
TP647 32 171 NM_ZJSR5101-223TA 12
(2) /PR_LINE GP_A6/DC_CHX0 VDD_IO VSSQ
R238 /FPOFF TP648 34 184 6
2 (2) /FPOFF GP_A7/DC_PWM0 VDD_IO VSSQ 2
C216 200 C248 C249 C250
NM 10KJ VDD_IO 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
(2) /H_SYNC 37 PO_LINE_SYNC/ANA_SCLK VSS 54
TP650 38 41
TP651 PO_PAGE_SYNC/ANA_NCS OA3.3V C218 C219 C220 C221 C222 C223 C224 C225 C226 TP912 VSS
(2) /POREQ 39 PO_REQ/ANA_SD0 40 N.C VSS 28
TP652 40 18 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
(2) /POACK PO_ACK/PDATA0/PDS0 VDD_CORE
TP653 42 36
/FPOFF R239 10KJ 33JX4 TP654 PO_DONE/PDATA2/PDS2 VDD_CORE HY57V561620FTP-H-C
43 PO_WR/PDATA1/PDS1 VDD_CORE 70
PODATA7 1 8 TP655 44 88
PODATA6 TP656 PO_DATA7/LHEAT/PAS_M VDD_CORE
2 7 45 PO_DATA6/LCTRL/CFIRE2 VDD_CORE 122
PODATA5 3 6 TP657 47 140
PODATA4 TP658 PO_DATA5/AGATE/CFIRE1 VDD_CORE
4 5 48 PO_DATA4/ACLK/MFIRE2 VDD_CORE 174
PODATA3 BR80 1 8 TP659 49 192
PODATA2 TP660 PO_DATA3/PENABLE/MFIRE1 VDD_CORE C227 C228 C229 C230 C231 C232 C233 C234
2 7 50 PO_DATA2/PLOAD
PODATA1 3 6 TP661 51 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U IC44
PO_DATA1/PCLK SDRAM_ADDR[12:0]
PODATA0 4 5 TP662 52

PO_DATA0/PDATA3/PAS_C _SDRAM_DATA[15:0]
BR81 10 SDRAM_ADDR0 23 2 _SDRAM_DATA0
33JX4 TP663 VSS_IO SDRAM_ADDR1 A0 DQ0 _SDRAM_DATA1
175 USB_DM VSS_IO 27 24 A1 DQ1 4
TP664 176 41 SDRAM_ADDR2 25 5 _SDRAM_DATA2
(2) PODATA[7..0] USB_DP VSS_IO A2 DQ2
54 SDRAM_ADDR3 26 7 _SDRAM_DATA3
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
VSS_IO SDRAM_ADDR4 A3 DQ3 _SDRAM_DATA4
VSS_IO 64 29 A4 DQ4 8
76 SDRAM_ADDR5 30 10 _SDRAM_DATA5
VSS_IO C240 C241 C242 C243 C244 C245 C246 C247 SDRAM_ADDR6 A5 DQ5 _SDRAM_DATA6
VSS_IO 86 31 A6 DQ6 11
98 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U SDRAM_ADDR7 32 13 _SDRAM_DATA7
VSS_IO SDRAM_ADDR8 A7 DQ7 _SDRAM_DATA8
C366
C362
C381
C382
C383
C384
C385
C386
VSS_IO 108 33 A8 DQ8 42
(5,10) /OP_RST R137 TP665 112 123 SDRAM_ADDR9 34 44 _SDRAM_DATA9
33J C100 TDO RESET_L VSS_IO SDRAM_ADDR10 A9 DQ9 _SDRAM_DATA10
(12) TDO 113 TDO VSS_IO 136 22 A10 DQ10 45
(1) /RES_OA982 R138 1000P (12) TCK TCK 114 150 SDRAM_ADDR11 35 47 _SDRAM_DATA11
NM TMS TCK VSS_IO SDRAM_ADDR12 A11 DQ11 _SDRAM_DATA12
(12) TRST_L (12) TMS 116 TMS VSS_IO 164 SDRAM_BANK[1:0] 36 A12 DQ12 48
(12) TDI TDI 117 179 SDRAM_BANK0 20 50 _SDRAM_DATA13
R343 NM_0J TRST_L TP666 TDI VSS_IO SDRAM_BANK1 BA0 DQ13 _SDRAM_DATA14
(2,4,5,12) /RESET0 118 TRST_L VSS_IO 193 21 BA1 DQ14 51
VCC3 206 VCC3 53 _SDRAM_DATA15
R342 4.7KJ R245 NM TP667 VSS_IO TP925 _SDRAM_CS1A_L DQ15
172 TEST_MODE0 19 CS
R246 NM TP668 177 _SDRAM_DATA0 BR82 1 8 10KJX4 SDRAM_WE_L 16
TEST_MODE1 _SDRAM_DATA1 SDRAM_CAS_L WE VCC3
2 7 17 CAS
R247 4.7KJ 17 _SDRAM_DATA2 3 6 SDRAM_RAS_L 18 49
R248 4.7KJ VSS_CORE _SDRAM_DATA3 RAS VDDQ VCC3
VSS_CORE 35 4 5 VDDQ 43
69 _SDRAM_DATA4 BR83 1 8 10KJX4 _SDRAM_CLK TP926 38 9
VSS_CORE _SDRAM_CLK CLK VDDQ
87 _SDRAM_DATA5 2 7 _SDRAM_CKE 37 3
VSS_CORE _SDRAM_DATA6 CKE VDDQ
VSS_CORE 121 3 6
VCC3 139 _SDRAM_DATA7 4 5 _SDRAM_DQMA0 15 27
VSS_CORE _SDRAM_DATA8 10KJX4 _SDRAM_DQMA1 LDQM VDD
5 XIN VSS_CORE 173 BR84 1 8 39 UDQM VDD 14
1 R240 10KJ TDO C252 X4 4 191 _SDRAM_DATA9 2 7 1 C300 C299 C302 C301 1
R241 10KJ TCK 33P AT-49(18.3856MHz) XOUT VSS_CORE _SDRAM_DATA10 VDD 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
3 6
R242 10KJ TMS R249 0J XIN TP669 _SDRAM_DATA11 4 5
R243 10KJ TDI XOUT OA-982 _SDRAM_DATA12 BR85 1 8 10KJX4 C265 52
R244 NM_10KJ TRST_L _SDRAM_DATA13 NM VSSQ
2 7 VSSQ 46
R369 _SDRAM_DATA14 3 6 12
C254 _SDRAM_DATA15 VSSQ
NM 4 5 VSSQ 6
33P C256 C263 C264
54 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
C303 VSS
VSS 41
CLK_EXT _SDRAM_CS1A_L NM TP930 40 28
CLK_EXT N.C VSS
R250 C251
4.7KJ _SDRAM_CS0_L NM HY57V561620FTP-H-C
C253
_SDRAM_CKE 47P
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (IMC2 USB2.0 section 2/2) (AR-M200/M201) 10/16
ISP33
VCC3
4 0J <1608> 4
L11
C257 C258 C259 C260
0.01U 0.01U 0.01U 0.01U
C270 C271
0.1U 0.1U
ISP33
GND
FG
GND
C266 C267 C268 C269
0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
VCC3
GND
ISP33 TP670 0J <1608>
L13
C272 C273
15P 18P
X6
C262
C261 0.1U
10U/10V<2012>
AT-49(12MHz)

R399
0.1U
TP907
VCC3 C406
C403
100KJ
0.1U
3 10U/10V<2012> 3
C404 R111 TP783
PB_ADDR[7:0] (9,13)
1U<2012> 1MF R253 PB_ADDR7 TP700
VCC3 1.2KJ PB_ADDR6 TP699
C405
PB_ADDR5 TP698
R254 PB_ADDR4 TP697
NM TP871 PB_ADDR3 TP696
TP677
(9) WAKEUP
R257
(9) SUSPEND(USB2.0)
10KJ
VCC3 VCC3
FG R267 R260 R261
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
NM_<1608> 10KJ 10KJ IC41

TP880 R262
R255
1.5KJ
VBUS
CN1 10KJ
DGND
XTAL1
XTAL2
DATA15
DATA14
DATA13
DATA12
DATA11
VCC1V8
UBR23-4K2200 C274
VCC(I/O)
WAKEUP
VCC(3V3)
SUSPEND
L7 5 0.01U L8 DLW21SN900SQ2 1 48 PB_ADDR2 TP695

SHIELD AGND DATA10
MODE0/DA1
4 TP704 2 47 PB_ADDR1 TP694

BLM21PG600SN1 GND TP706 RPU DATA9 PB_ADDR0 TP693
3 3 46
BUS_CONF/DA0
+D DP DATA8 PB_DATA[7:0] (9,13)

2 TP705 4 45 PB_DATA7 TP692
-D DM DATA7 PB_DATA6 TP691
+5V 1 5 AGND DATA6 44
TP709 6 43 PB_DATA5 TP690
R139 TP702 RREF DATA5 PB_DATA4 TP689
(5,9) /OP_RST 7 RESET_N DATA4 42
33J 8 41
R310 EOT VCC(I/O) PB_DATA3 TP688
USB2.0 DEV1 (1) /RES_USB20 (9) DT_REQB 9 DREQ DATA3 40
R272 NM R273 10 ISP1583BS 39 PB_DATA2 TP687
(9) DT_ACKB DACK DATA2
C101 PB_NOE 11 38 PB_DATA1 TP686
12KF 1000P NM PB_NWE DIOR DATA1 PB_DATA0 TP684
12 DIOW DATA0 37
L9
13 DGND ALE/A0 36
VCC3 R258 10KJ TP683 14 35
R259 NM TP685 INTRQ DGND TP675 R256 10KJ
15 READY/IORDY MODE1 34
BLM21PG600SN1 16 33 TP701
(9) INT_USBD INT N.C.
10KJ
10KJ
TP707
DA2
CS_N
RW_N/RD_N
DS_N/WR_N
CS0_N
CS1_N
AD0
AD1
AD2
VCC(I/O)
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
VCC1V8
DGND
R274
2 2
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
0J
R251
R252
DIE
VCC3
TP782
TP870
10KJ
10KJ
TP681

0.1U
VCC3 VCC3 TP682

IC42
R401
R400
C370
5
5 (9) PB_NCS3 1
IC183 4 TP703
2 4 TP908 2
(5,9) PB_NAE0
3 PB_NOE
(5,9) PB_NOE
3 TC7SH08FU PB_NWE
C410 C408 (5,9) PB_NWE
1
0.1U TC7SH126FU 0.1U TP708
VCC3
(9,13) PB_DATA[7:0]
PB_DATA0
5 IC43 PB_DATA1
PB_DATA2
2 4 PB_DATA3
(9) DT_ACKB
PB_DATA4
3 1 PB_DATA5
C409 PB_DATA6
0.1U TC7SH04FU PB_DATA7
1 1
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (Connector section 1) (AR-M200/M201) 11/16

To Power unit
To Operational PWB
INT5V INT24V
EN5V 5V VCC3
4 4
CN2
1 2
3 4
(6) /BIAS 5 6 /TC (6)
(6) /GRIDL 7 8 /MC (6)
9 10
0603SFF150FM/32-2
CP8
CP9
CP10
11 12 3.3VIN (8) 5V CN3
EN5V
EN5V 13 14
0603SFF150FM/32-2
0603SFF150FM/32-2
5V
5V 15 16 /POFF (6)
24V
(8) 12VIN 17 18 24V 32
(5) FW 19 20 D33 31
(6) /PR 21 22 HLOUT (6) 30
23 24 1 29
3 28
R276 2
C275 C276 B24B-PNDZS-1(LF)(SN) R347 NM_<1608> 10KJ 27
26
(SELIN1) 25
0.1U/50V<1608> (White) (SELIN2) 24
KDS226
(SELIN3) 23
R277 1KJ
(3) KEYIN 22
NM_<1608>
(5) (KEYSC3) 21
PGND PGND
(5) (KEYSC2) 20
PGND
(5) (KEYSC1) 19
C277
(1) BZR 18
1000P R353 0J
(6) (LCDCONT) 17
(LCDRS) 16
(LCDE) 15
(LCDDB4) 14
(LCDDB5) 13

(LCDDB6) 12
(LCDDB7) 11
(8) DRST 10
R350 0J
(3) PSL 9
(8) PSW 8
(5) (OP_DATA) 7
(5) (OP_CLK) 6
5
(5) (OP_LATCH) 4
3 R352 NM 3
(3) INFOLED 3
R331 NM
(3) BL 2
1
FF4-32-S15D5
NM
R385 R398 R365

NM
1000P
1000P
1000P
100J
NM
0J 0J
C365
To SPF unit To RSPF unit 5V

C364
C278
C279
C280
C363
5V
5V 5V
24VSPFSOL
24VSPFMT
R278
R140
R349
CN29 CN30
200J1/4W<3216>
1 2 1
R141
200J1/4W<3216>
2 4 3
200J1/4W<3216>
200J1/4W<3216>
(7) SPMT_0 3 (8) SPPD 6 5 SRJD (8)
(7) SPMT_2 4 8 7
(7) SPMT_1 5 10 9
(7) SPMT_3 6 (8) SPID 12 11 SCOD (8)
(8) SPID 7 (7) SPMT_3 14 13
8 (7) SPMT_1 16 15 /RSV_SOL (7)
24VSPFMT
9 (7) SPMT_2 18 17
(8) SPPD 10 (7) SPMT_0 20 19 /SPUS (7)
11 22 21 R295 100J R330 100J
12 24 23 /SRVC (7) (5) LCDDB7# (LCDDB7) (3) SELIN1 (SELIN1)
B12B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN)
B24B-PNDZS-1(LF)(SN) C358 C361
100P 100P
2 R294 100J R329 100J 2

(5) LCDDB6# (LCDDB6) (3) SELIN2 (SELIN2)
C357 C360
100P 100P
R293 100J R328 100J

(5) LCDDB5# (LCDDB5) (3) SELIN3 (SELIN3)
C356 C359

100P 100P
R292 100J
(5) LCDDB4# (LCDDB4)
To LSU C349
100P
R291 0J
(5) LCDE# (LCDE)
5V
C347
INT5V
100P
D65
1
3 24V R290 100J
(5) LCDRS# (LCDRS)
2 CN41
1 C317
KDS226 2
1 (6) /PMD 3 1
To Polygon motor 100P
(8) PMRDY 4
CN42
(6) PMCLK_A 5
(5) /SYNC 1
R282 1KJ 2 B05B-CZHK-B(LF)(SN)(V)
3
To LD 4 PGND
(6) /LDEN 5
(5) /VIDEO 6
(6) SHOLD 7
8
B08B-CZHK-B(LF)(SN)(V)
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (Connector section 2) (AR-M200/M201) 5V

12/16
INT24V
24V R283
200J1/4W<3216>
1/4W Not mounted (For debug)
CP21
CN10 CN11
4 0J <1608>
4
CN12 1 1 CPU Serial
(8) 24V1(DSWS) 2 To Interlock switch (8) PPD2 2
1 To Main motor 3 To HL unit
2 (6) RTH_IN 4
B2P-VH-R(LF)(SN)
(6) /MMD 3 5 VCC3
(8) MMLD 4
(6) /MMCLK 5 (Red)
B5B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN) CN13
C281 C282
1
0.1U/50V<1608>
0.1U/50V<1608>
B5B-PASK-1(LF)(SN) (White)
1000P 1000P (1) RxD 2
(1) TxD 3
(White) 4
C283
C284
PGND B4B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN)
5V (White)
PGND
R284 24V
200J1/4W<3216>
CN14
24V 1
OA982 JTAG & Serial
(6) /MPFS 2 To Multi unit
3 VCC3
(8) MFD 4
CN15
CN16 5
1 CN17
(6) VFMOUT 1 (6) /CPFS1 2 To Cassette paper B5B-PH-K-R(LF)(SN) TCK
(8) FANLK 2 3 1 2
To VF Fan motor /RESET0
(6) /VFMCNT 3 solenoid (9) TRST_L 3 4
(Red) OA_TX

4 (9) TMS 5 6
B3B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN) OA_RX
(9) TDO 7 8
B4B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN) (9) TDI
TCK 9 10
(White) (9) TCK
C285 C286 /RESET0 B10B-PHDSS-B(LF)(SN)
(2,4,5,9) /RESET0 OA_TX
(White) (9) OA_TX
1000P 1000P OA_RX
(9) OA_RX
To 2nd. cassette
3 24V
3
PGND
24V
5V
CN18
1 CN19
(6) /RRS 2 To Resist roller
3 (6) /CPFS2 1 2
solenoid 3 4
24VDupMT 5 6
B3B-PH-K-E(LF)(SN) (8) PPD3 7 8
CN20 9 10
(Blue) (8) PD2 11 12
1 (8) CED2 13 14
NM
(7) /DMT0 2
(7) /DMT1 3 To Duplex motor B14B-PHDSS-B(LF)(SN) To PS Fan motor
1000P
1000P
1000P
(7) /DMT2 4
(7) /DMT3 5
NM_<1608>
(White)
B05B-XASK-1(LF)(SN)
C373
C374
CN35
C287
C288
C289 (6) PSFMOUT 3
(8) PSFANLK 2
PGND
PGND 1
CN21
NM_B03B-PASK-1(LF)(SN)
(8) CED1 1
2 C368
3 To Cassette detect (White)
1000P
B3B-PH-K-K(LF)(SN)
CN22
(Black) 24V
(7) OUT_A+ 1
(7) OUT_B+ 2 CN23 PGND
(7) OUT_A- 3 To Mirror motor
(7) OUT_B- 4 5V 3
2 2 To Mecha. COUNTER 2
(6) /MCNT 1
B4B-PH-K-R(LF)(SN) R285
200J1/4W<3216>
(Red) NM_B3B-PH-K-R
CN24 (Red)
1
(8) PPD1 2
3 To Paper pass detect
B3B-PH-K-R(LF)(SN)

(Red)
CN25
(7) TMA_O 1
LED for Checker
(7) TMB_O 2 To Toner motor 5V
B2P-VH(LF)(SN) R286
200J1/4W<3216>
(White)
CN26
VCC3
1 VCC3 VCC3
(8) POD 2
3 To Paper out detect
NM
NM
B3B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN)
R288
R289
(White)
390J
24VSFTMT
TP710 TP711
R287
CN27 D39 D40

TP712
1
(7) /SFTMT0 2 D38
1 (7) /SFTMT1 3 To Shifter motor CN28 Q9 NM_LT1P67A Q10 NM_LT1P67A 1
(7) /SFTMT2 4 NM_KRC106S NM_KRC106S
(7) /SFTMT3 5 1
3 TP713 3 TP714
(8) PD1 2
B5B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN) 3 To Paper detect LT1P67A
(2) GASIC_READY 2 (9) OA982_READY 2
(White) B3B-PH-K-M(LF)(SN)
(Green)
1
1
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (Modem I/F Connector) (AR-M200/M201) 13/16

(9,10) PB_DATA[7:0]
BR91 33JX4
PB_DATA7 5 4 #PB_DATA7
4 PB_DATA4 8 1 #PB_DATA4 4
PB_DATA3 5 4 #PB_DATA3 To Modem PWB
(9,10) PB_ADDR[7:0] PB_DATA1 #PB_DATA1
7 2
BR93 33JX4
PB_ADDR7 5 4 BR90 33JX4 #PB_ADDR7
PB_ADDR6 6 3 #PB_ADDR6 24V EN5V
PB_ADDR5 7 2 #PB_ADDR5 VCC3
PB_ADDR4 8 1 #PB_ADDR4
(5) /FAX_RST R313 PB_ADDR1 7 2 #PB_ADDR1
100J PB_ADDR0 8 1 #PB_ADDR0
(1) /RES_FAX R325
0.1U
NM BR92 33JX4 PB_NCS1
(9) PB_NCS1
0603SFF150FM/32-2
(PB_NAE0)
C102
(5) (PB_NAE0)
0603SFF150FM/32-2
0603SFF150FM/32-2
(PB_NWE)
CP11
CP12
(5) (PB_NWE)
(PB_NOE)
CP13
(5) (PB_NOE)
(/FAX_RST)
CN5
(MDM_IRQ) R311 #MDM_IRQ TP903 TP904
(9) MDM_IRQ
1KJ 0J <1608> 0J <1608>
L16 39 40 L14
VCC3 37 38 #MDM_IRQ
(/FAX_RST) 35 36 (PB_NOE)
(PB_NWE) 33 34 (PB_NAE0)
D46 PB_NCS1 31 32 #PB_ADDR0
29 30

1 #PB_ADDR1 #PB_ADDR2
#PB_ADDR3 27 28 #PB_ADDR4
3 25 26
2 #PB_ADDR5 #PB_ADDR6 PGND
#PB_ADDR7 23 24 #PB_DATA0
KDS226 #PB_DATA1 21 22 #PB_DATA2
#PB_DATA3 19 20 #PB_DATA4
#PB_DATA5 17 18 #PB_DATA6
#PB_DATA7 15 16 MCU_INT
MCU_nCS 13 14 (/RD)
3 11 12
3
MCU_D0 MCU_D1
MCU_D2 9 10 MCU_D3
MCU_D4 7 8 MCU_D5
MCU_D6 5 6 MCU_D7
MODEM_IN 3 4
1 2
B40B-PNDZS-1(LF)(SN)
(1,2,3,4) D[15..0]
VCC3
BR89 33JX4
D7 5 4 MCU_D7
D6 6 3 MCU_D6
R315 D5 7 2 MCU_D5
10KJ D4 8 1 MCU_D4
D3 5 4 MCU_D3
D2 6 3 MCU_D2
D1 7 2 MCU_D1
D0 8 1 MCU_D0
MODEM_IN
(9) MODEM_IN
R391 (5) (/RD) BR88 33JX4 (/RD)
TP725 MCU_nCS
(1) /CS5 MCU_INT
100J (3) MSU_ST1 R317
C378 1KJ
VCC3
NM
D47
1
3
2
2 2
KDS226

D7 PB_DATA7
D6 PB_DATA6
D5 PB_DATA5
D4 PB_DATA4
D3 PB_DATA3
D2 PB_DATA2
D1 PB_DATA1
D0 PB_DATA0
MSU_ST1 (MDM_IRQ)
NM
NM
NM
C320 C332 C326 C322

C323
C324
C325
10KJ 10KJ 10KJ 10KJ

NM
NM
NM
1 1
C328
C329
C331
NM
NM
NM
NM
C330 C321 C333 C327

C334
10KJ 10KJ 10KJ 10KJ

C335
C336
C337
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (Scanner I/F section) (AR-M200/M201) 14/16
4 4
To Scanner unit
Copy Lamp Inverter 12V EN5V
24V
CP18 Q5 2SJ537 L12 CP14 CP15

0603SFF150FM/32-2 220UH

1 2 0603SFF150FM/32-2
VCL 0603SFF150FM/32-2
TWKA-221K VCC3 TP886

R318
3 910J 3 L17 3
1J <1608>
D48
1
R322 CN4
3
C338 + D49 + C339 C340 R319 12KJ 2 AFE_DB#0 AFE_DB#1
47U/35V 11EQS06 15KJ AFE_DB#2 32 31 AFE_DB#3
47U/35V 0.1U/50V<1608> R320 AFE_DB#4 30 29
1KJ KDS226 AFE_DB#6 28 27 AFE_DB#5
R321
C341 33P 26 25 AFE_DB#7
(5) mt_at_home 24 23
(5) AFE_SCK# 22 21
(5) ADCLK# 20 19 AFE_SEN# (5)
C342
5.6KJ1/4W<3216>
(2) CL (5) CCD_PHI1# 18 17
(5) CCD_PHI2# 16 15 AFE_SDI# (5)
R323 Q6 1000P
(5) CCD_CP# 14 13 BSAMP# (5)
15KJ R324 KTC3198
(5) CCD_RS# 12 11
56KJ
(5) CCD_TG# 10 9 VSAMP# (5)
8 7
VCL 6 5 VCL
4 3
2 1
PGND FF4-32-S15D5
PGND PGND
2 2
(2) AFE_DB[7..0]
BR86 33JX4
AFE_DB0 1 8 AFE_DB#0

BR87 33JX4
AFE_DB0
AFE_DB1
AFE_DB2
AFE_DB3
AFE_DB4
AFE_DB5
AFE_DB6
AFE_DB7
C109C318C132C314C313C319C315C316
47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P
1 1
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (NIC I/F section) (AR-M200/M201) 15/16
4 4
VCC3 EN5V
CP19
CP20
0603SFF150FM/32-2
0603SFF150FM/32-2

TP905 TP906
L18 L19
0J <1608> 0J <1608>
3 To NIC PWB 3
CN39
24
23
22
R326 21
(5) /NIC_RST 20
0.1U
1KJ PARAD0 TP672 1 8
R327 PARAD1 TP673 19
(1) /RES_NIC 2 7 18
NM PARAD2 TP674 3 6
PARAD3 TP676 17
C106
4 5 16
PARAD4 TP678 1 8 BR94 33JX4
PARAD5 TP679 15
2 7 14
PARAD6 TP680 3 6
PARAD7 TP717 13
4 5 12
/ACK_O BR95 33JX4
(2) /ACK_O 11
BUSY_O
(2) BUSY_O 10
PE_O
(2) PE_O 9
SLCT_O
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
12P
(2) SLCT_O 8
/FAULT_O
(2) PARAD[7..0] (2) /FAULT_O 7 VCC3 EN5V
/STB_I
(2) /STB_I 6
/AUTOFD_I
(2) /AUTOFD_I 5
/SLCTIN_I
(2) /SLCTIN_I 4
/INIT_I
C388
C387
C389
C391
C390
C392
C393
C394
(2) /INIT_I 3
/REV_O R402 NM C345 C346 C343 C344
(2) /REV_O 2
1 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U 0.1U
24FMN-BTK-A
2 2

1 1
A B C D E
A B C D E
MCU PWB (CRUM I/F section) (AR-M200/M201) 16/16
4 CRUM Control 4
24V
TP721 R348 NM
CN6
(6) TCS_AN
1 To DV Unit
EN5V (8) TCS 2
VCC3
(8) DVSEL 3 (To Analog Tonner Sensor)
4
NM_B4B-PH-K-R
(Red)
R334
NM R335
IC49 10KJ
3.3V Vcc 5 5V
TP883 1 2 TP884
(1) CRUMSDA A B (CRUMSDA)
R337 0J C348
TP715 4 3 0.1U
(5) /ASIC_RST OE GND
TC7SBD385AFU
24V EN5V
R341 To DV Unit with CRUM
10KJ
D34 D35 (To Analog Tonner Sensor)
1 1

3 3
2 2
R279
10J KDS226 KDS226
CN7
3 3
R280 300J
1 2
EN5V 3 4 (CRUMSDA)
5 6 (CRUMSCL)
7 8 R281 300J
9 10
B10B-PHDSS-B(LF)(SN)
3.3V 5V
C350 (White)
IC51
0.1U 5
1
4 TP887
(1) CRUMSCL (CRUMSCL)
2
3
TC7SET08F
FB8
FB10 FB14
2 2
0J or CHIP INDUCTER(NM) <1608>
F-GND 1 0J or CHIP INDUCTER(NM) <1608> 0J or CHIP INDUCTER(NM) <1608>
F-GND 3 F-GND 6

FB9
FB11 FB15

0J or CHIP INDUCTER(NM) <1608> 0J or CHIP INDUCTER(NM) <1608>
F-GND 2
F-GND 4 F-GND 7
FB12
1 1
F-GND 5
PGND
A B C D E
A B C D E
OPE PWB (7SEG) (AR-203E/5420) 1/1

a1 a2 a3
b1 b2
f1 f2 f3
g1 g2 g3 b3
e1 e2 e3
c1 c2
d1 d2 d3 c3
4 Q305 LEDM 4
+5V 2SB1197K LEDM
1 3
R424 LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A

10kJ LTL-1LHG-002A NM_LTL-1LHEE-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A
2
g3 f3 e3 d3 c3 b3 a3
DU22 AE MPL PE ME ZPL DU21 RPL
TP1 R425 LED60 LED75 LED69 LED71 LED73 LED91 LED70 LED76
1kJ
Q304 LTL-1LHEE-002A LTL-1LHEE-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A

2SB1197K LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A
1 3 g2 f2 e2 d2 c2 b2 a2
SPFL JPL CS1L DPL EXL EXD EXN CS2L DAA1 SCNL
C. OPE PWB (AR-203E/5420)
R426
10kJ LED67 LED68 LED102 LED74 LED77 LED78 LED79 LED80 LED81 LED92 5VEN
2
LTL-1LHG-002A
LTL-1LHG-002A
TP2 R427 LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHEE-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A

1kJ LTL-1LHEE-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A PML ONLL
g1 f1 e1 d1 c1 b1 a1
Q306 SJAL BPL 1ENR TPL 3RE 2RE 1RE NOR DAA2 2ENR LED72 LED61
2SB1197K PSL R364 470J
1 3 LED89 LED90 LED93 LED94 LED95 LED96 LED97 LED98 LED99 LED101 ONL
R363 470J
R428
10kJ R365 R366 R378 R367 R368 R369 R370 R371 R372 R420 R379 R422 R373 R374 R375 R376 R377
2
150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J 150J
TP3 R429 TP16

1kJ TP12 TP13 TP15 TP17
TP11 TP18
TP10 TP19
TP9 TP20
TP14
TP8 TP21
3 TP7 TP22 3
TP6
TP5 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26 TP27
13
6
9
7
11
12
10
8
42
40
38
41
33
34
36
37
43
39
31
32
45
46
47
IC304 IC304 DUPK SW29
/Q9
/Q7
/Q3
/Q4
/Q5
/Q6
/Q8
/Q1
/Q2
SKQNABD010
/Q28
/Q21
/Q24
/Q22
/Q26
/Q27
/Q25
/Q23
/Q11
/Q10
/Q12
/Q13
/Q14
/Q15
LC7935AN
EXUPK SW17
SKQNABD010
EXDWK SW18
SKQNABD010
EXMODK SW24
+5V SKQNABD010
/Q29
/Q30
VCC
/STROBE
BEO
/LATCH
S IN
CLOCK
S OUT
GND1
GND2
GND3
GND4
GND5
/Q32
/Q31
/Q20
/Q19
/Q18
/Q17
/Q16
5
4
3
2
1
15
16
63
51
49
50
30
64
19
14
35
44
62
18
17
48
ZUPK SW23
+5V TP35 TP34 TP33 TP32 TP31 TP30 TP29 TP28 SKQNABD010
18FMN-BMTTR-A-TB or IMSA-9619S-18C-TB C342 C343 +5V
47uF/16V 22000PF TP41 TP40 C348 ZDWK SW22

D-GND D-GND TP39 TP38 TP37 TP36 +5V SKQNABD010
18 DRST DRST 22000PF
17 5V 5V R411 R423 R412
16 KIN2 PSW 1.5KJ 1.5KJ 1.5KJ CRSK SW19
15 PSW KIN2 SKQNABD010
R394
R399
R397
R396
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
14 ONL KIN1
13 PSL OP-STB TP42 R339 1KJ
12 D-GND OP-CLK TP46 R408 150J TP43 R418 1KJ BPK SW30
11 5VEN OP-LATCH TP47 R410 150J TP44 R419 1KJ IC306 SKQNABD010
R406
R398
R403
R395
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
10 OP-DATA OP-DATA TP48 R409 150J TP45 R421 1KJ TP51 6 100J
9 W D0 4 TP58 R390
OP-LATCH SELIN1 3 TP59R389 100J
8 SELIN2 SELIN2 C346 C344 C345 C328 D1 TP60R388 100J 10UPK SW25
7 5 Y D2 2
OP-CLK SELIN3 1 TP61R387 100J SKQNABD010
6 SELIN1 D-GND 200PF 200PF 200PF 200PF D3 100J
5 D4 15 TP62R386
OP-STB 5VEN 5VEN +5V 14 TP63R402 100J
4 SELIN3 PSL TP49 PSL D5 100J MAGK SW20
2 3 D6 13 TP64R385 2
KIN1 ONL TP50 ONL 16 12 TP65R384 100J SKQNABD010
2 D-GND D-GND +5V VCC D7
1 D318 C350 +5V
11
1000p
1000p
1000p
1000p

D315 1SS133 D314 SCNK SW21
C329
C336
C330
C340
CN304 B 10
1SS133 1SS133 0.1uF 9 SKQNABD010
C
R401
R393
R392
R391
R400
R405
8 7
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
4.7KJ
GND G
C332
C338
C339
C331
1000p
1000p
1000p
1000p
D317 D313 OLK SW26

74HC151
1SS133 1SS133 SKQNABD010
TP53 IC305
6 W 4 TP66 R383 100J
R416 510J TP52 D0 TP67 R382 100J CLK SW27
D1 3
R414 510J TP54 5 Y 2 TP68 R381 100J SKQNABD010
D2 TP69 R407 100J
D3 1
CN303 R417 1KJ TP55 15 TP70 R380 100J
R413 1KJ TP56 D4 TP71 R404 100J 1UPK SW28
D5 14
DRST R415 1KJ TP57 13 SKQNABD010
1 +5V D6
2 16 VCC D7 12
D-GND
1000p
1000p
1000p
3 PSW SW16 C351 C353 C352

C333
C347
C337
A 11
B 10
S3B-PH-K-S C354 SKQNABD010 D316 D311 N.M. N.M. N.M. C349 9
C
C334
C335
C341
1SS133 1SS133 8 7
1000p
1000p
1000p
N.M. 0.1uF GND G

D319 D312 D320 74HC151
1SS133 1SS133 1SS133
+5V
+5V
R431
4.7KJ
1 CN305 1
R430 100J CVOP
1
2
3
NM_ S3B-PH-K-R (RED)

C355
NM_1000p
A B C D E
A B C D E
OPERATION PWB (LED/LCD section) (AR-M200/M201) 1/3

LCDDB7#
LCDDB6#
LCDDB5#
LCDDB4#
5V LCDE#
LCDRS#
1 3 LED_V1
4 Q303 LED301 LED302 LED304 LED303 4
KRA225S COPY CS1L HPL SJAL 5VEN
100p
100p
100p
100p
100p
100p
C332
C327
C328
C329
C330
C331
LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHEE-002A OPEN R344
Q304 100J
2 KRA225S
To LCD
1 3 IC301
LED_V2
10
LED308 LED307 LED314 LED309 R335 0J GND
LCDCONT 9
V5
PRINT CS2L SPFL BPL 8
R334 100J LCDRS# VDD
LCDRS 7
RS
LCDDB[7..4] 6
R333 100J LCDE# R/W
LCDE 5
LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LCDDB4 R332 100J LCDDB4# E
4
Q305 LCDDB5 R331 100J LCDDB5# DB4
3
2 KRA225S LCDDB6 R330 100J LCDDB6# DB5
2
LCDDB7 R329 100J LCDDB7# DB6
1 3 1

LED_V3 DB7
LED306 LED305 LED310 GPM181C0
SCAN FAX RPL
0.1u
0.1u
R328 D304
D. OPERATION PWB (AR-M200/M201)
10kJ
LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A LTL-1LHG-002A ZENER_3.3V
2
C338
C333
TP12
TP13
TP14
3 3
R324 R325 R326
0J 0J 0J
TP3
TP2 TP4
DATA1
TP1
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
IC304
TB62725AF
/OUT0
/OUT1
/OUT2
/OUT3
/OUT4
/OUT5
/OUT6
/OUT7
VCC
S-IN
CLOCK
/LATCH
/ENABLE
S-OUT
R-EXT
GND
2
3
4
1
16
13
14
15
2 2
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP9
TP10
R327 C323

3.3V 820J
3.3V open
R306 5VEN
OPEN
C322
R323 0.1u LED311

10KJ PSL
R305
0J
LTL-1LHG-002A
R304 100J Q307
OP-DATA
R303 100J 3 TP15 R301 470J
OP-CLK
TP11 R302 100J
Q302 2
PSL
3
2 C305 C306 C307

OP-LATCH
1 1000p 1000p open 1
KRC106S
1
C308
Open KRC106S
1
A B C D E
A B C D E
OPERATION PWB (KEY / Buzzer section) (AR-M200/M201) 2/3

5VEN
4 4
BZ301
1
D301
2
PS1720P02
1SS133 KEY321 KEY320 KEY322 KEY316 KEY306 KEY314 KEY312 KEY301
ESRT NM2K NM6K RAT NM9K RK NM1K MODK
R339 10kJ
SKQNABD010 SKQNABD010 SKQNABD010 SKQNABD010 SKQNABD010 SKQNABD010 SKQNABD010 SKQNABD010

D302
Q306 1SS133 KEY325 KEY323 KEY318 KEY309 KEY315 KEY313 KEY311 KEY302
3 LK NM8K CLK NM0K SHPK ENT NM4K BPK
BZR 2
D303

1SS133 KEY324 KEY319 KEY317 KEY308 KEY307 KEY305 KEY304 KEY303
KRC106S
1
MENU NM5K NM3K ASTK CAK EXP NM7K 2SIDE
3 3
5V IC303
16
VCC TP19
R338 1kJ TP16 1 15
KEYSC1 R337 1kJ TP17 2 A Y0
14
KEYSC2 R336 1kJ TP18 3 B Y1
13
KEYSC3 C Y2
12
C321 Y3 TP20
6 11 F-KEYSC1
G1 Y4 TP21
4 10 F-KEYSC2
C318 C319 C320 0.1u G2A Y5 TP22
5 9 F-KEYSC3
G2B Y6 TP23
7
Open Open Open Y7
8
GND
74HC238
IC302
2 TP24 6 4 TP26 R314 100J 2
W D0 F-KEYIN1
3 TP27 R313 100J
D1 F-KEYIN2
R318 33J TP25 5 2 TP28 R312 100J
KEYIN Y D2 F-KEYIN3
1 TP29 R311 100J
D3 F-KEYIN4
5V 15 TP30 R307 100J
D4 F-KEYIN5
5V 14 TP31 R308 100J
D5 F-KEYIN6
13 TP32 R309 100J
D6 F-KEYIN7
C315 16 12 TP33 R310 100J
VCC D7
2kJ
2kJ
2kJ
47pF C312 11 TP34
A TP35
10

0.1u B TP36 C337 R342 C335 R341 C334 R340 C313 R319 C314 R320 C316 R321 C317 R322 C336 R343
9
C
8 7
GND G Open 2kJ Open 2kJ Open 2kJ Open 2kJ Open 2kJ Open 2kJ Open 2kJ Open 2kJ
R346
R347
R348
74HC151
R317 1kJ
SELIN3 R316 1kJ
SELIN2 R315 1kJ
SELIN1
C311 C310 C309
Open Open Open
KEY310
PSW
1 PSW 1
SKQNABD010
C304
Open
A B C D E
A B C D E
OPERATION PWB (Connector section) (AR-M200/M201) 3/3
4 To MCU PWB 4
3.3V 5V 5VEN
C303 C324 C302 C325 C301 C326
CN302 47uF/16v 0.1u 47uF/16v 0.1u 47uF/16v 0.1u

1 To FAX Key PWB
2 TP37 To Drum Initial Detector
3
4 TP38
5
6

7
8 TP39
SELIN1
9 TP40 CN301
SELIN2
10 TP41
SELIN3
11 TP42 1
KEYIN F-KEYSC3
12 TP43 2 CN303
KEYSC3 F-KEYSC2
13 TP44 3
KEYSC2 F-KEYSC1
14 TP45 4 DRST
3 KEYSC1 F-KEYIN7 1 3
15 TP46 5
BZR F-KEYIN6 2
16 TP47 6
LCDCONT LCDDB[7..4] F-KEYIN5 3
17 TP48 7
LCDRS F-KEYIN4
18 TP49 8
LCDE F-KEYIN2
19 TP50 LCDDB4 9 S3B-PH-K-S
F-KEYIN3
20 TP51 LCDDB5 10 F-KEYIN1
21 TP52 LCDDB6 11 LED_V3
22 TP53 LCDDB7 12 LED_V2
23 DRST 13 LED_V1
24 TP54 14
PSL DATA1
25 PSW 15
26 TP55
OP-DATA
27 TP56
OP-CLK
28 BM15B-GHS-TBT
29 TP57
OP-LATCH
30
31
32
32FMN-BMTTR-A-TB
Open
R352
2 2

1 1
A B C D E
[14] FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD 2) Select "Option" → "Serial Number Setting" on the menu bar.
PROCEDURES
[Preparation]
Write the download data (extension .dwl) into the main unit.
A USB port is required for the PC.
Create "MaintenanceTool" flooder in the PC, and copy the following
files to the folder.
Necessary for program download
• Maintenance.exe (← Tool program)
• ProcModelQ.fmt
• ProcModelQ.mdl
Driver
• Drivers/Vista/Mainte.inf (For Windows Vista)
• Drivers/2kXP/Mainte.inf (For Windows XP/2000) 3) Set the serial number according to the following.
• Drivers/Win9xME/Mainte.inf (For Windows Me/98SE)
• Drivers/Win9xME/UsbScan.sys (For Windows Me/98SE)
Download file
• Download file (extension .dwl)
Note: Copy the download data file (extension .dwl) to the folder in
which the maintenance program is included.
When making a folder for the maintenance tool in the PC,
do not put a long folder name in the absolute path.
[Example]
Erroneous case: c:\Mainte nance Tool Download
Proper case: c:\MaintenanceTool
1. Initial setting
(Serial number setting procedures)
Product Code (P): Enter number (0 – 99)
The serial number is set to the PC which is used for downloading.
Enter the product code of "3."
Setting is required once only, and there is no need to set again
when rebooting the program. ID Code(I): Enter number (0 – 99)
Assign an individual code to each PC uses
Note: This setting is required only when downloading the default
"Maintenance.exe."
data of E2PROM, and is not required when downloading
firmware only. After completion setting, press [OK]/[ENTER] key.
1) PC side: Boot "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/ 4) The serial number has been assigned.
5420/M200/M201 series" in the "Select Model" menu.
(Only to set the serial number, the PC should not be con- 2. Download procedures
nected to the machine.)
1) Main unit side: Execute simulation No. 49-01 (Flash ROM pro-
gram write mode).
Check that "d" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is dis-
played for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel. (Press
and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key ( ) (or
[ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key for the AR-M200/M201) together,
AR-208/203E/5420/M200/M201
series
and turn on the power simultaneously.)
2) Connect machine and the PC with a USB cable. (Connect it to
the USB port on the main unit without fail.
3) PC side: Boost "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/
5420/M200/M201 series" in the Select Model menu.
AR-208/203E/5420/M200/M201
series
AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD PROCEDURES 14 - 1

4) PC side: Check that the "Simulation Command List" tree is dis- 8) PC side: Specify the download file (*****.dwl) to be used.
played on the integration maintenance program.
5) PC side: When the integration maintenance program is
boosted and "The copier is not turned on." is displayed at the
bottom of display, select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu
bar.
9) PC side: When a download file is specified, downloading is

performed automatically.
6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed in the "Special (MCU/

IMC2/Facsimile)" folder in the integration maintenance pro-
gram. (If trees are not displayed, check that the USB connec-
tor is connected, and select "Reconnect" in procedure 5)
again.)
10) PC side: When download is completed, the following mes-

sage is displayed.
7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" in the

main tree to develop its sub trees, and double-click "Download
DWL Data Area" in the sub trees.
Note: Since, however, the machine enters the download data

write state, do not turn OFF the power of the machine at this
moment.
11) Main unit side: Wait until "0FF" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD
COMPLETE!" is displayed for the AR-M200/M201) on the
operation panel. When "0FF" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD
COMPLETE!" is displayed for the AR-M200/M201), download
is completed.
Turn OFF the power of the machine, and disconnect the USB
cable.
12) Terminate the integration maintenance program, and turn ON
the machine again.
Download is completed with the above procedures.

Note: When another machine is connected, connect the USB
cable again and select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu 4) PC side: Check that the "Simulation Command List" tree on
bar of the integration maintenance program. Repeat the the integration maintenance program.
above procedures from 5).
5) PC side: Boot the integration maintenance program. If "The

* Inhibition during download (Important) copier is not turned on." is displayed, select "File" → "Recon-
nect" on the menu bar.
If download is failed, the next download may not be executed. Use
great care not to execute the following items during download.
• Never turn off the machine.
• Never disconnect the download cable (USB cable).
* If the above inhibition item occurs during
downloading, turn OFF/ON the power.
1) When "d" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is displayed
for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel, execute the
download procedure again.
2) If "d" is not displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is not displayed
for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel, turn OFF the
power and press and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key
( ) (or [ZOOM]/[COPY RATIO] key for the AR-M200/M201)
and turn ON the power. Check that "d" is displayed (or
"DOWNLOAD MODE" is displayed for the AR-M200/M201) on
the operation panel, and execute the download procedure
again. 6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed on "Special (MCU/
If "d" is not still displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is not still IMC2/Facsimile" in the integration maintenance program. (If
displayed for the AR-M200/M201), replace the MCU with a new trees are not displayed, check that the USB cable is connected
one. and select "Reconnect" again in procedure 5).
3. Version acquisition procedures

gram write mode).
played for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel of the
main unit. (Press and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key
together, and turn on the power simultaneously.)
2) Connect the machine and the PC with a USB cable.
3) PC side: Boost "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/
AR-208/203E/5420/M200/M201
series

7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" in the 4) PC side: Check that "Simulation Command List" tree is dis-
main tree items to develop its sub trees. Select "Get Version" played in the integration maintenance program.
in the sub trees.
5) PC side: Boot the integration maintenance program. If "The

8) Check that the following display is shown. copier is not turned on." is displayed on the lower side of the
display, select "File" → "Reconnect" on the menu bar.
With the above procedures, version acquisition is completed.

• The display of "**.**" means its version is not downloaded. The 6) PC side: Check that trees are displayed on "Special (MCU/
downloaded versions are displayed in a version number as IMC2/Facsimile" in the integration maintenance program. (If
shown in "MCU Boot Version" and "MCU program Version". trees are not displayed, check that the USB cable is connected
and select "Reconnect" again in procedure 5).
4. EEPROM data acquisition procedure
EEPROM data is acquired to the PC. Use this procedure as data
maintenance of EEPROM.
gram write mode).
played for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel of the
main unit. (Press and hold [Clear] key and [ZOOM DOWN] key
together, and turn on the power simultaneously.)
3) PC side: Boot "Maintenance.exe" and select "AR-208/203E/
AR-208/203E/5420/M200/M201
series

7) PC side: Double-click "Special (MCU/IMC2/Facsimile)" to 5. Installing procedures
develop its sub trees, and select "Upload EEPROM Data
Area" in the sub trees. <USB integration maintenance program installation>
Driver installation is made on plug-and-play.
<Installation on Windows Vista>
gram write mode).
3) The [Found New Hardware] display is shown as below. Select
[Locate and install driver software (recommended)].
8) PC side: Enter a desired file name, and select "Save."
Note: A message to confirm the administrator of the computer is

displayed. Press [Agree] button.
4) The [Found New Hardware - DOWNLOAD] display is shown.
Click [I don't have the disc. Show me other options.].
9) PC side: When upload is completed, the complete message is
displayed.
With the above procedure, the EEPROM data acquisition is com-

pleted.
Data acquired by the EEPROM data acquisition procedure are
saved in a file with extension of .eep.

5) When the following display is shown, select [Browse my com- 8) The path to the folder which includes the maintenance tool
puter for driver software (advanced)]. driver (Maintenance.inf) is displayed. Press [Next] button.
6) The following display is shown. 9) When the following display is shown, select [Install this driver
software anyway].
10) When the following display is shown, close [Close] button to

complete installation.
7) Press [Browse] button, specify the folder which includes the

maintenance tool driver (Maintenance.inf), and press [OK] but-
ton.

<Installation on Windows XP> 5) Select the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver
1) Main unit side: Execute simulation No. 49-01 (Flash ROM pro- (Mainte.inf) and press <OK> button.
gram write mode). (Suppose that the driver is included in
Check that "d" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is dis- C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\2kXp folder.)
3) The following display is shown.
Select [Install from a list or specific location] and press <Next>
button.
6) Check the path to the folder which includes the maintenance

tool driver (Mainte.inf), and press <Next> button.
4) Select [Include this location in the search;]. If the search loca-

tion is not the folder which includes the maintenance tool
driver (Mainte.inf), select <Browse>. If the search location is
the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver, press
<Next> button to go to procedure 7).
7) When the following display is shown, press [Continue Anyway]

button.

8) When the following display is shown, installation is completed. 5) Select [Specify a location] and press <Next> button.
Press <Finish> button.
6) Select [Include this location in the search;]. If the search loca-

With the above procedures, installation (on Windows XP) of the tion is not the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver
integration maintenance program is completed. (Mainte.inf), select <Browse>. If the search location is the
folder which includes the maintenance tool driver, press
<Installation on Windows 2000>
<Next> button to go to procedure 9).
gram write mode).
3) Check that the Found New Hardware Wizard is displayed, and
press <Next> button.
7) Specify the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver

(Mainte.inf), and press <Open> button.
4) Select [Search for a suitable driver for my device] and press

<Next> button.

8) Check that the path to the folder which includes the mainte- <Installation on Windows Me>
nance tool driver (Mainte.inf) is displayed, and press <OK> 1) Main unit side: Execute simulation No. 49-01 (Flash ROM pro-
button. gram write mode).
(Suppose that the maintenance tool driver is included in Check that "d" is displayed (or "DOWNLOAD MODE" is dis-
C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\2kXp folder.) played for the AR-M200/M201) on the operation panel. (Press
3) The following display is shown on the PC side.
Select [Specify the location of the driver], and press <Next>
button.
9) Press <Next> button to start installation.
4) Select [Specify a location], specify the folder which includes

the maintenance tool driver (Mainte.inf) as the search location,
and press <Next> button.
If the search location does not include the maintenance tool
driver (Mainte.inf), press <Browse> button to specify the folder
which includes the maintenance tool driver (Mainte.inf).
(Suppose that the maintenance tool driver is included in
C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\Win9xMe folder.)
10) When the following display is shown, installation is completed.

11) Restart the PC.

With the above procedures, installation (on Windows 2000) of the
integration maintenance program is completed.

5) Select the folder which includes maintenance tool driver
(Mainte.inf), and press <OK> button.
(Suppose that the driver is included in
C:\MaintenanceTool\Drivers\Win9xMe folder.)
6) Check that the path to the folder which includes the mainte-
nance tool driver (Mainte.inf) is displayed, and press <Next>
button.
7) When the following display is shown, installation is completed.

8) Restart the PC.

With the above procedures, installation (on Windows ME) of the
integration maintenance program is completed.

Memo

Memo

LEAD-FREE SOLDER
The PWB’s of this model employs lead-free solder. The “LF” marks indicated on the PWB’s and the Service Manual mean “Lead-Free” solder.
The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder.
Example:
<Solder composition code of lead-free solder>
Solder composition Solder composition Solder composition code

code (Refer to the Sn-Ag-Cu a
Lead-Free table at the right.)
Sn-Ag-Bi
b
Sn-Ag-Bi-Cu
Sn-Zn-Bi z
5mm
a Sn-In-Ag-Bi
Sn-Cu-Ni
Sn-Ag-Sb
n
s
i
Bi-Sn-Ag-P p
Bi-Sn-Ag
(1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD

When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread.
Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident.
Since the melting point of lead-free solder thread is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the exclusive-use
soldering iron is recommendable.
(2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK

Since the melting point of lead-free solder is about 220°C, which is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering capacity is
inferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land separation or may exceed
the heat-resistive temperature of components. Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when completion of soldering is
confirmed.
Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently.
If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron tip after
completion of soldering work.
If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer.

CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT
(Danish) ADVARSEL !
Lithiumbatteri – Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri
af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.
(English) Caution !
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions.
(Finnish) VAROITUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan
tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden
mukaisesti.
(French) ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect
de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé par
le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux
instructions du fabricant.
(Swedish) VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent
typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens
instruktion.
(German) Achtung
Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.
Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder
vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.
Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom
Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.
CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL

(For USA, CANADA)
"BATTERY DISPOSAL"
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM PRIMARY
(MANGANESS DIOXIDE) MEMORY BACK-UP BATTERY
THAT MUST BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. REMOVE THE
BATTERY FROM THE PRODUCT AND CONTACT YOUR
LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGENCIES FOR INFORMATION
ON RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL OPTIONS.
"TRAITEMENT DES PILES USAGÉES"

CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE DE SAUVEGARDE DE
MÉMOIRE LITHIUM PRIMAIRE (DIOXYDE DE MANGANÈSE)
QUI DOIT ÊTRE TRAITÉE CORRECTEMENT. ENLEVEZ LA
PILE DU PRODUIT ET PRENEZ CONTACT AVEC VOTRE
AGENCE ENVIRONNEMENTALE LOCALE POUR DES
INFORMATIONS SUR LES MÉTHODES DE RECYCLAGE ET
DE TRAITEMENT.

COPYRIGHT © 2008 BY SHARP CORPORATION
All rights reserved.
Printed in Japan.
No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form or by any means,
electronic; mechanical; photocopying; recording or otherwise
without prior written permission of the publisher.
Trademark acknowledgements
• Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® 98, Windows® Me, Windows® 2000,
Windows® XP, Windows® Vista, and Internet Explorer® are registered trademarks
or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
• Adobe®, the Adobe® logo, Acrobat®, the Adobe® PDF logo, and ReaderTM are
registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and other countries.
• IBM, PC/AT, and PowerPC are trademarks of International Business Machines
Corporation.
• Sharpdesk is a trademark of Sharp Corporation.
• All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
SHARP CORPORATION
Digital Document System Group
CS Promotion Center
Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan
2008 April Printed in Japan

Ar 203 e

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Ar 203 e

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

SERVICE MANUAL

This document has been published to be used

LASER WAVE – LENGTH : 770 ~ 795nm VARNING !

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A. List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 A. MCU PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9

B. Disassembly procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 B. MCU PWB (AR-M200/M201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-21

C. Assembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 C. OPE PWB (AR-203E/5420) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-37

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

5. SPLC printer (AR-M200/M201)

6. Scan function (AR-203E/M200/M201)

B. Asia Subsidiary (AR-203E/M201)

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 1

–25˚C 30˚C 40˚C

(4) Supply storage condition

*1: The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 2

4. Toner cartridge replacement

4) Put Toner unit in a collection bag immediately after removing it

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 3

1 Original cover 2 Document glass 3 Operation panel

Toner cartridge Drum cartridge

1 Front cover 2 Side cover 3 Fusing unit release lever

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 1

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 2

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 3

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 4

No. Part name Control signal Function / Operation

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 5

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 6

No. Name Function

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 7

No. Part name Function and operation

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 8

Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.

Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and toner cartridges

The copier should be installed near an accessible power outlet for

20cm (8") 20cm (8")

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 1

5. Removing protective packing

4) Remove the locking tape of the developer unit.

2) Release the scan head locking switch.

Grasp here and turn in

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 2

2) Hold the section of Toner unit shown in the figure below,

Note: Be careful not to splash developer outside Developer

4) Insert Toner unit carefully into the copier.

Note: Never rotate the gear in the reverse direction.

6) Pull out the shutter in the arrow direction.

13) Insert Developer unit carefully into the copier.

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 3

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 4

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 5

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 6

3) Click the "MFP Driver" button.

7) In the printer port selection window, verify the network printer

C. Setting up Button Manager

AR-203E/5420/M200/M201 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 7

6) Select "Sharp Button Manager T / S" in "Send to this applica-

6) Click the "Apply" button.